Installation, Start-Up and Service Instructions CONTENTS

Installation, Start-Up and Service Instructions CONTENTS
AERO®
39MN,MW03-110
Indoor and Weathertight Outdoor
Air Handlers
Installation, Start-Up and
Service Instructions
CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,3
UNIT AND COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION . . . . 4-44
39M Unit Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
28MK (Humidifier) Nomenclature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
28MC,28MH (Water Coil) Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . 6
28MZ (Steam Coil) Nomenclature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
28ME (Direct Expansion Coil) Nomenclature . . . . . 8
28MG (Integral Face and Bypass) Nomenclature. . 9
28MD,28MJ (Water Coil) Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . 9
Motor Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Gas-Fired Duct Furnace Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . 11
Base Unit Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
39MN, MW Component Weights and Lengths . . . 14
Physical Data — Fan Offerings by Unit Size
and Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Physical Data — Fan Data by Wheel Diameter
and Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Coil Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data,
Medium Face Area Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data,
Large Face Area Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1/ -in. Water Coil Connection Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2
5/ -in. Water Coil Connection Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
8
1-in. Steam Coil Connection Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
5/ -in. Steam Coil Connection Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
8
Hot Water — Integral Face and Bypass
Coil Connection Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Steam — Integral Face and Bypass
Coil Connection Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Operating Charge (Approximate) —
Direct Expansion Coil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Coil Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Dry Coil Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Motor Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Forward-Curved Fan Drive Centerline
Distances in Inches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Airfoil Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches . . 39
Belt Drive Plenum Fan Drive Centerline Distances in
Inches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
PRE-INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-48
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Rigging and Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Long-Term Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Service Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Drain Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Unit Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Internal Vibration Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
External Vibration Isolation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Roof Curb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Pier or Beam Mount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48-121
Page
Indoor and Outdoor Unit Shipping Split
(All Sizes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Duct Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Panel Cutting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Face and Bypass Dampers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Zone Damper Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Mixing Box/Filter Mixing Box Damper Linkage. . . . . 59
Mixing Box Damper Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Vertical Draw-Thru Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Stacked Supply Fan, Return Fan
and Exhaust Box Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Fan Sled Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Fan Sled Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Fan Motors and Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Motor Power Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
V-Belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Direct Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Outdoor Hoods and Louvers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Coil Connection Housing (Outdoor Unit —
All Sizes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Humidifier Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Assembly of Vertical Manifolds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Coil Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Water and Steam Coil Piping
Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Coil Freeze-Up Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Refrigerant Piping, Direct-Expansion Coils . . . . . 83
Distributor Nozzle Change-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Filter Drier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
TXV (Thermostatic Expansion Valve). . . . . . . . . . . 84
• TXV LOCATION
• SOLDER TECHNIQUES
• TXV BULB LOCATION AND INSTALLATION
• EXTERNAL EQUALIZER CONNECTION
• OIL RETURN CONNECTION
• EXPANSION VALVE ADJUSTMENT
Hot Gas Bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Hot Gas Bypass Piping and Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
• INSTALL PIPING
Condensate Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Fan Motor Wiring Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . 90
Motor Nameplate Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Fan Motor Starter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
VFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
VFD with Bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
VFD Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
VFD Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Electric Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Gas Furnace Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Gas-Fired Duct Furnaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
• INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
• VERIFICATION
• CONDENSATE DRAINS
• FURNACE COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION
• OPERATING AND SAFETY CONTROLS
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No. 04-53390014-01
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 39M-16SI
Pg 1
10-13
Replaces: 39M-14SI
Page
START-UP CHECKLIST —
39M GAS-FIRED DUCT FURNACE . . . . . . . . . . CL-5
START-UP CHECKLIST —
39M GAS-FIRED FURNACE RACK
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CL-6
CONTENTS (cont)
Page
• COMBUSTION AIR SUPPLY
• VENTING
• OUTDOOR INSTALLATIONS
• INDOOR INSTALLATIONS
• GAS SUPPLY, PIPING, AND CONNECTIONS
Gas-Fired Rack System Furnaces . . . . . . . . . . . 118
• INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
• VERIFICATION
• CONDENSATE DRAINS
• FURNACE COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION
• OPERATING AND SAFETY CONTROLS
• COMBUSTION AIR SUPPLY
• UNIT LOCATION AND CLEARANCES
• VENTING
• GAS SUPPLY, PIPING, AND CONNECTIONS
Energy Recovery Ventilation (ERV) Sections. . . 121
• RECEIVING AND INSPECTION
• RIGGING AND STACKING
• ERV WHEEL MOTOR WIRING
START-UP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121-126
Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Energy Recovery Wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
SERVICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126-157
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Electric Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Gas-Fired Furnaces (Duct and Rack System). . . 126
• INSPECTION
• OPERATION CHECK
Fan Motor Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Energy Recovery Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
• CLEANING
• CASSETTE REPLACEMENT
• ADJUSTING AIR SEALS
• SEGMENT INSTALLATION AND REPLACEMENT
• WHEEL DRIVE MOTOR AND PULLEY
REPLACEMENT
• SOLID BELT REPLACEMENT
• LINK BELT REPLACEMENT
• OTHER MAINTENANCE
Cleaning Unit Interior/Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Coil Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Winter Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Coil Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Changing Coil Hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
• NUFIN COILS
• DIRECT EXPANSION COILS
• CHILLED WATER AND HOT WATER COILS
• STEAM INNER DISTRIBUTING TUBE COILS
• PIPING
Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Magnehelic Gage Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Fan Shaft Bearing Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Fan and Shaft Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Motor Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Motor and Drive Package Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Variable Frequency Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157-163
Steam Coil Performance Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Steam Failure Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
VFD Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
START-UP CHECKLIST —
39MN AHU UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CL-1,CL-2
START-UP CHECKLIST —
39MW AHU UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CL-3,CL-4
INTRODUCTION
The 39M Series central station air handlers are usually installed with ductwork; they provide air conditioning at nominal capacities of 1500 to 55,000 cfm. The 39M air handler design allows hundreds of different configuration possibilities.
Each unit is assembled to meet specific job requirements and
can be shipped in sections or as a single assembly. These instructions describe how to install, start up, and service 39M
air handlers.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
The 39M air-handling equipment is designed to provide
safe and reliable service when installed and operated within
design specifications. To avoid injury to personnel and damage to equipment or property when operating this equipment,
use good judgment and follow safe practices as outlined
below.
DANGER
NEVER enter an enclosed fan cabinet or reach into a unit
while the fan is running.
Failure to heed this warning will result in severe personal
injury or death.
WARNING
LOCK OPEN AND TAG the fan motor power disconnect
switch before working on a fan. Take fuses with you and
note removal on tag.
LOCK OPEN AND TAG the electric heat coil power
disconnect switch before working on or near heaters.
Failure to follow these safety precautions could lead to
severe personal injury or death.
WARNING
CHECK for adequate ventilation when welding, cutting, or
performing any other fume producing activities inside
air-handling unit cabinet or plenum so that fumes will not
migrate through ductwork to occupied spaces.
WHEN STEAM CLEANING COILS be sure that the area
is clear of personnel.
SECURE fan drive sheave with a rope or strap before
working on a fan to ensure that rotor cannot freewheel.
PREVENT unauthorized entry into the unit; leave safety
latches in place on access doors except during installation
or service procedures. After accessing a section, replace
and tighten the safety latch.
DO NOT work on dampers until their operators are
disconnected.
BE SURE that fans are properly grounded before working
on them.
Failure to follow these safety precautions could lead to personal injury.
2
WARNING
WARNING
CHECK the assembly and component weights to be sure
that the rigging equipment can handle them safely. Note
also the centers of gravity and any specific rigging
instructions.
PROTECT adjacent flammable material when welding or
flame cutting. Have a fire extinguisher at hand and ready
for immediate use.
Failure to follow these safety precautions could lead to
severe personal injury and/or equipment damage.
1. Improper installation, adjustment, alteration, service,
or maintenance can cause property damage, personal
injury, or loss of life. Refer to the User’s Information
Manual provided with this unit for more details.
2. Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other
appliance.
What to do if you smell gas:
1. DO NOT try to light any appliance.
2. DO NOT touch any electrical switch, or use any phone
in your building.
3. IMMEDIATELY call your gas supplier from a neighbor’s phone. Follow the gas supplier’s instructions.
If you cannot reach your gas supplier call the fire
department.
WARNING
DO NOT remove access panel fasteners until fan is
completely stopped.
Pressure developed by a moving fan can cause excessive
force against the panel and toward personnel.
Failure to heed this warning could lead to personal injury
and/or equipment damage.
IMPORTANT: The installation of air-handling units and
all associated components, parts, and accessories which
make up the installation and subsequent maintenance shall
be in accordance with the regulations of ALL authorities
having jurisdiction and MUST conform to all applicable
codes. It is the responsibility of the installing contractor to
determine and comply with ALL applicable codes and
regulations. Field-supplied motors should be Underwriters
Laboratories (UL) or Canadian Standards Association
(CSA) approved. Field wiring must comply with National
Electrical Code (NEC) and all local requirements.
CAUTION
DO NOT ground equipment to fan assembly when
welding. Damage to fan bearings could result.
DO NOT restore power to unit until all temporary
walkways inside components have been removed.
NEVER pressurize equipment in excess of specified test
pressures.
Failure to follow these safety precautions could lead to
equipment damage.
WARNING
DO NOT USE TORCH to remove any component. System
contains oil and refrigerant under pressure.
To remove a component, wear protective gloves and goggles and proceed as follows:
a. Shut off electrical power to unit.
b. Recover refrigerant to relieve all pressure from system using both high-pressure and low pressure ports.
c. Traces of vapor should be displaced with nitrogen
and the work area should be well ventilated. Refrigerant in contact with an open flame produces toxic
gases.
d. Cut component connection tubing with tubing cutter
and remove component from unit. Use a pan to catch
any oil that may come out of the lines and as a gage
for how much oil to add to the system.
e. Carefully unsweat remaining tubing stubs when necessary. Oil can ignite when exposed to torch flame.
Failure to follow these procedures may result in personal
injury or death.
3
part numbers are listed and affixed to each individual component section.
For further information on unit and component identification
contact your Carrier representative for the AHUBuilder® program. Refer to the 39M Product Data catalog for more information on individual component sections. Refer to Fig. 3 and 4 and
Tables 1-18 for component data.
UNIT AND COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION
The 39M air handler comes in two basic configurations;
horizontal and vertical. Using appropriate sections, it is possible to design many unit variations, including blow-thru units
and plenum fan units with multiple discharges. See Fig. 1A
and 1B for nameplate label identification. Fig. 2A-2I show an
example of the model number used for 39M unit sections and
components. Each unit’s model number is listed on a label affixed to the fan section. Section and major component level
a39-3999
a39-3998
Fig. 1B — Section Nameplate Label
(Each Component Section will have
a Section Nameplate Label)
Fig. 1A — Unit Nameplate Label
(Found on Each Component Section
Shipped Separately)
4
39M
N
03
-
000001
12
X
P
S
Shipping Option
S – Standard
Q – Quote Control
39M – Aero®
Air Handler
Code Model
N – Indoor Unit
W – Outdoor Unit
Finish and Thermal Option*
Order Type
S – Special Order
X – Standard Order
Unit Size
30
03
36
06
40
08
50
10
61
12
72
14
85
17
96
21
B0 (110)
25
Shipping No. of Pieces
in Airflow Order
Example: 12 = 1 of 2
22 = 2 of 2
*See Finish and Thermal Option table.
FINISH AND THERMAL OPTION (POSITION 17)
CODE
B
C
D
F
G
H
K
P
R
S
X
Revision Level
000001 thru 999999 – Standard Unit
a39-4342
EXTERNAL FINISH
Pre-Paint
Pre-Paint
Pre-Paint
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
Pre-Paint
Pre-Paint
Pre-Paint
INTERNAL FINISH
AgION®
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
AgION
AgION
AgION
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Special Order
THERMAL BREAK
Level 1
Level 2
Level 1
Level 2
Level 1
Level 2
Level 1
Level 2
Level 1
Level 2
Fig. 2A — 39M Unit Nomenclature
a39-4407
28MK
M
R
S
XXXXXXXXXX
–
Revision Level
– Current Revision
28MK – Humidifier
XXXXXXXXXX – Always
39M Unit Size
Code Size
B – 03
M–
C – 06
N –
D – 08
P –
F – 10
Q –
G – 12
R –
H – 14
S –
J – 17
T –
K – 21
V –
L – 25
W–
Frame Material
S – Stainless Steel
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
Hand
R – Right
L – Left
Fig. 2B — 28MK (Humidifier) Nomenclature
5
28MC V 6 20 F D A 020 A R N –
Revision Level
28MC – 1/2 in. Chilled Water
28MH – 1/2 in. Hot Water
Coating
N – Non-Coated
E – E-Coated
Coil Position
H – Horizontal
V – Vertical
Hand
R – Right
L – Left
Rows
1 – 1 Row
2 – 2 Row
4 – 4 Row
6 – 6 Row
8 – 8 Row
0 – 10 Row
Tubes In Face 12 – 44*
39M Unit
Size L
M
B
03
20
14
12
06
20
14
12
08
22
16
14
10
22
16
14
12
28
22
20
14
28
24
20
17
30
24
22
21
38
32
28
25
38
32
28
30
38
32
28
36
44
36
30
40 24/24 44
36
50 28/28 44
36
61 34/34 28/28 44
72 38/40 32/32 24/26
85 38/40 32/32 24/26
96 44/44 36/36 28/28
110 44/44 36/36 28/28
Header Style
A – MPT Std
B – MPT Non-Ferrous
NOTE: If positions 7-8 are ≥ 30,
then position 15 cannot = B.
39M Unit
Size DBTS† (in.)
03
020
30
06
034
36
08
040
40
10
052
50
12
052
61
14
059
72
17
065
85
21
065
96
25
074
110
S
N/A
12
12
12
14
14
16
18
18
18
24
24
28
34
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tube Wall and
Hairpin Type
1/2 in. O.D. Copper Tube
A – .016 Std. Hairpin
B – .025 Std. Hairpin
Circuiting
H – Half Circuit
F – Full Circuit
D – Double Circuit
B
L
M
S
092
096
096
104
104
107
126
126
144
a39-4302
LEGEND
— Bypass
— Large
— Medium
— Small
Fin Material
Fins Per Inch
Casing Material
A – AL 8 GALV.
D – AL 11 GALV.
F – AL 14 GALV.
G – AL 8 ST. STL.
K – AL 11 ST. STL.
M – AL 14 ST. STL.
N – CU 8 ST. STL.
R – CU 11 ST. STL.
T – CU 14 ST. STL.
*Multiple values indicate that two coils must be ordered.
†Distance between tube sheets.
Fig. 2C — 28MC,28MH (1/2-in. Water Coil) Nomenclature
6
28MZ H 1 26 F B T 074 A X N –
28MZ – IDT Steam
– – Coil Revision
Coil Position
H – Horizontal
V – Vertical
Coating
N – Non-Coated
E – E-Coated
Rows
1 – 1 Row
2 – 2 Row
X – Always
Tubes In Face*
If position 11 = S
1 in.
39M Unit
Size L
M
B
03
8
5
5
06
8
5
5
08
9
6
5
10
9
6
5
12
11
9
8
14
11
10
8
17
12
10
9
21
15
13
11
25
15
13
11
30
15
13
11
36
18
15
12
40 10/10 18
15
50 12/11 18
15
61 14/14 12/11
18
72 16/16 13/13 10/11
85 16/16 13/13 10/11
96 18/18 14/15 12/12
110 18/18 14/15 12/12
Header Style
A – MPT Std
Header Note:
Pos. 11 (Type S )
Supply = 2 1/2 in. MPT
Condensate = 2 1/2 in. MPT
Pos. 11 (Type T )
(1) Row 10-28TF = 2 in. MPT (Supply and Return)
29-40 = 2 1/2 in. MPT (Supply)
2 in. MPT (Return)
(2) Row 10-28TF = 2 1/2 in. MPT (Supply and Return)
29-40TF = 3 in. MPT (Supply)
= 2 1/2 in. MPT (Return)
TF-Tubes in face
If position 11 = T
5/8 in.
S
L
M
B
S
N/A 16
10
10 N/A
5
16
10
10 10
5
18
12
11 10
5
18
12
11 10
5
22
18
16 10
5
22
20
16 10
6
24
20
19 12
7
30
26
22 14
7
30
26
22 14
7
30
26
22 14
10
36
30
24 20
10 20/20 36
30 20
11 24/22 36
30 22
14 28/28 24/22 36 28
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
39M Unit
Size
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
Circuiting
F – Full
Fin Material
Fins Per Inch
Casing Material
B – AL 6 GALV.
E – AL 9 GALV.
C – AL 12 GALV.
H – AL 6 ST. STL.
L – AL 9 ST. STL.
J – AL 12 ST. STL.
P – CU 6 ST. STL.
S – CU 9 ST. STL.
Q – CU 12 ST. STL.
B
L
M
S
DBTS† (in.)
020
034
040
052
052
059
065
065
074
092
096
096
104
104
107
126
126
144
Tube Size and Copper Wall
S – 1 in. O.D. x .030 Wall Outer Tube
5/8 in. O.D. x .020 Wall Inner Tube
T – 5/8 in. O.D. x .035 Wall Outer Tube
3/8 in. O.D. x .020 Wall Inner Tube
LEGEND
— Bypass
— Large
— Medium
— Small
a39-4139
*Multiple values indicated that two coils must be ordered.
†Distance between tube sheets.
Fig. 2D — 28MZ (Steam Coil) Nomenclature
7
28ME V 4 32 B A A 065 Z R N –
28ME – Direct Expansion
Revision Level
Coil Position
V – Vertical
Coating
N – Non-Coated
E – E-Coated
Rows
4 – 4 Row
6 – 6 Row
8 – 8 Row
Hand
R – Right
L – Left
Tubes In Face 14 - 44*
39M Unit
Size L
M
03
20
14
06
20
14
08
22
16
10
22
16
12
28
22
14
28
24
17
30
24
21
38
32
25
38
32
30
38
32
36
44
36
40 24/24 44
50 28/28 44
61 34/34 28/28
72 38/40 32/32
85 38/40 32/32
96 44/44 36/36
110 44/44 36/36
Header Style
Z – Standard (Copper)
Varies with Coil
39M Unit
Size
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
Circuiting
A – Face Split Quarter
B – Face Split Half
C – Face Split Full
D – Double
E – Quarter Circuit – Single Distributor
J – Half Circuit – Single Distributor
G – Row Split Full
K – Row Split Quarter
M – Row Split Half
Tube Wall and Hairpin Type
1/2 in. O.D. Copper Tube
A – .016 Std. Hairpin
B – .025 Std. Hairpin
Fin Material
Fins Per Inch
Casing Material
A – AL 8 GALV.
D – AL 11 GALV.
F – AL 14 GALV.
G – AL 8 ST. STL.
K – AL 11 ST. STL.
M – AL 14 ST. STL.
N – CU 8 ST. STL.
R – CU 11 ST. STL.
T – CU 14 ST. STL.
L
M
DBTS† (in.)
020
034
040
052
052
059
065
065
072
092
096
096
104
104
107
126
126
144
a39-4303
LEGEND
— Large
— Medium
*Multiple values indicated that two coils must be ordered.
†Distance between tube sheets.
Fig. 2E — 28ME (Direct Expansion Coil) Nomenclature
8
28MG
M
H
S
2
2
04 G
N
R
A H X
–
28MG – Integral Face and Bypass
Revision Level
39M Unit Size
Code Size
M–
B – 03
N –
C – 06
P –
D – 08
Q –
F – 10
R –
G – 12
S –
H – 14
T –
J – 17
V –
K – 21
W–
L – 25
X – Always
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
Tube Orientation
H – Horizontal
V – Vertical
Fin Material
A – Aluminum
C – Copper
Coil Position
H – Horizontal
Hand
R – Right
L – Left
Coil Type
H – Hot water
S – Steam
Actuator
Y – Yes
N – No
Coil Circuiting
1 – 1/4 Circuit
2 – 1/2 Circuit
3 – 3/4 Circuit
4 – Full Circuit
6 – 1 1/2 Circuit
7 – 1/3 Circuit
Casing Material
G – Galvanized
S – Stainless Steel
Fins per Inch
04 – 4
05 – 5
06 – 6
07 – 7
08 – 8
09 – 9
10 – 10
11 – 11
12 – 12
13 – 13
14 – 14
Rows
1 – 1 row
2 – 2 row
3 – 3 row
a39-4346
Fig. 2F — 28MG (Integral Face and Bypass Coil) Nomenclature
28MD
V 4 30 F
A C 092 A R
N A
A – Always
28MD – 5/8 in. Chilled Water
28MJ – 5/8 in. Hot Water
Coating
N – Non-Coated
E – E-Coated
Coil Position
H – Horizontal
V – Vertical
Hand
R – Right
L – Left
Rows
1 – 1 Row
2 – 2 Row
4 – 4 Row
6 – 6 Row
8 – 8 Row
Header Style
A – MPT Standard
B – MPT Non-Ferrous
Tubes in Face
39M Size
03-61
10-36
39M Size L
72
32/32
85
32/32
96
36/36
110
36/36
M
26/26
26/26
28/30
28/30
B
20/22
20/22
24/24
24/24
39M Unit
Size
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
S
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Circuiting
H – Half Circuit
F – Full Circuit
D – Double Circuit
Fin Material
Fins Per Inch
Casing Material
A – AL 8 GALV.
C – AL 12 GALV.
F – AL 14 GALV.
G – AL 8 ST. STL.
J – AL 12 ST. STL.
M – AL 14 ST. STL.
N – CU 8 ST. STL.
Q – CU 12 ST. STL.
T – CU 14 ST. STL.
DBTS* (in.)
020
034
040
052
052
059
065
065
074
092
096
096
104
104
107
126
126
144
Tube Wall and Hairpin Type
5.8 in. O.D. Copper Tube
C – .020 Std. Hairpin
D – .035 Std. Hairpin
*Distance between tube sheets.
Fig. 2G — 28MD,28MJ (5/8-in. Water Coil) Nomenclature
9
a39-4313
93 MR 01 18 B A 02 0 1 0 3 S Fan Motor
Revision Level
MR High Efficiency
MS Premium Efficiency
Fan Application
R Return/Exhaust
S Supply
Horsepower*
1/2
01
3/4
02
1
03
1 1/2
04
2
05
3
06
5
07
7 1/2
08
10
09
15
10
20
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
200
Supplier Designation
Not Used
(Always 0)
Application Mounting
F1†
F2†
F3**
Voltage
02
115/230-1-60
03
230-1-60
07
575-3-60
18
460-3-60
25
208/230/460-3-60
27
200/230/460-3-60
28
200/400-3-50
(190/380-3-50)
30
230/400-3-50
Insulation Class/Shaft Grounding
Vendors (Std.)/No
0
1
Vendors (Std.)/Yes
Frame
48
01
56
02
143T
25
145T
26
182T
27
184T
28
213T
29
215T
30
254T
31
245T
32
284T
33
286T
34
324T
35
326T
36
364T
37
RPM Synchronous
A
B
C
D
E
F
1200 60 Hz
1800 60 Hz
3600 60 Hz
1000 50 Hz
1500 50 Hz
3000 50 Hz
Type
Open Drip Proof/Open Slotted Band
A
Totally Enclosed - Fan Cooled
C
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
51
52
53
54
365T
404T
405T
444T
445T
286TS
324TS
326TS
364TS
365TS
405TS
404TS
444TS
445TS
284TS
a39-4382
*Not all horsepower values shown are applicable to 39M units.
†F3 Box location may be substituted for either F1 or F2.
**F3 Mounting may only be available on ODP Motors.
Mounting numbers apply when facing Motor Shaft end.
F1
F2
F3
Fig. 2H — Motor Nomenclature
10
39MG C 11 M B B S1 N B G XX –
Revision Level
39MG – Gas Heat
XX – Always
Unit Size
C
D
F
G
H
J
K
L
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
M
N
P
Q
R
S
T
V
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Unit Exterior
G – Galvanized
P – Pre-Paint
30 W – 110
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
HXTube Construction
(Type Steel)
B – 409 SS HX-Galv. Frame
C – 304 SS HX-Galv. Frame
Fuel Type
N – Natural Gas
L – Propane
11 – Carrier Gas Heat Code
Sequence
M – Master
S – Slave
Altitude and Country
S1 – 0-2000/USA
C1 – 0-4500/Canada
H2 – 2001-3000/USA
H3 – 3001-4000/USA
H4 – 4001-5000/USA
4501-5000/Canada
H5 – 5001-6000/USA and Canada
H6 – 6001-7000/USA and Canada
H7 – 7000 and up/USA and Canada
Electric Power
B – 120/1/60
Control Signal
B – 0-10 VDC
a39-4392
Fig. 2I — Gas-Fired Duct Furnace Nomenclature
11
39MN Indoor Unit Dimensions
39MN
UNIT
SIZE
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
UNIT CASING
H (in.)
W (in.)
37
37
40
40
47
47
50
60
60
60
71
77
87
102
113
113
126
126
33
46
54
67
67
72
79
79
86
104
109
109
117
117
120
139
139
157
a39-4251
NOTES:
1. Weights and dimensions are approximate. For
more exact dimensions, consult with a local
Carrier Sales Engineer or select the desired unit
using AHUBuilder® software.
2. All dimensions in inches unless otherwise
noted.
3. Unit height based on 6 in. base rail option.
39MW Outdoor Unit Dimensions
39MW
UNIT
SIZE
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
UNIT CASING
H (in.)
W (in.)
41
41
44
44
51
51
54
64
64
64
75
81
91
106
117
117
130
130
36
49
57
70
70
75
82
82
89
107
112
112
120
120
123
142
142
160
a39-4252
NOTES:
1. Weights and dimensions are approximate. For
more exact dimensions, consult with a local
Carrier Sales Engineer or select the desired unit
using AHUBuilder software.
2. All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
3. Unit height based on 6 in. base rail option.
LEGEND
AWL — Airway Length
H
— Height
W
— Width
Fig. 3 — Base Unit Dimensions
12
Air Distribution Components
1 Mixing box
3 Filter mixing
box
2 Mixing box
(side inlet)
Plenum & Filtration Sections
4 Air mixer
5 Exhaust
box
6 Exhaust
box (side
outlet)
B
U
7 Internal
face and
bypass
damper
section
8 External face
and bypass
damper
section
FACE
LOAD
B
HEPA
FILTER
L
B
9 Plenum
section
10 Humidifier
section
11 Blow-thru
discharge
plenum
section
12 Horizontal
flat, filter
section
13 Horizontal,
angle filter
section
15 Horizontal,
14 Horizontal,
bag/front loading
bag/side
cartridge section
loading
cartridge
filter section
B
16 Horizontal,
17 Turning
blow-thru front
plenum
loading HEPA
filter section
Heat Transfer Sections
C
H
H
C
C
H
20 Heating 21 Extended length
22 Dual coil
18 Cooling coil 19 Extended length
cooling coil section
coil
heating coil section
section with
section with
with drain pan
section
with drain pan
drain pan
drain pan
B
A
H
24 Electric
heat
section
23 Integral
face and
bypass
heating coil
section
A
B
C
H
L
U
B
A
C
C
26 Multizone
25 Multizone/dual
damper
duct heating/cooling
coil section with
drain pan
27 Vertical cooling
coil section
with drain pan
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Horizontal Discharge
Vertical Discharge
Cooling
Heating
Front Lower Discharge
Front Upper Discharge
H
a39-4383
30 Gas
28 Cooling
29 Heating
heater
internal
internal
section
face and
face and
bypass coil
bypass coil
Housed Fan Sections
A
INLET B
RETURN
A
B
C H
INLET
SUPPLY/
RETURN
Fan Configurations
C
INLET
INLET
G
D
INLET
F RETURN E
31 Horizontal fan
A
Available
Configurations
D
32 Draw-thru exhaust
fan section
33 Blow-thru supply fan
section with rear inlet
and diffuser
B
Fan Component
Section Number
31 32 33 34 35 36
A Upblast Rear Discharge
X
X
B Upblast Front Discharge
X
X
C Top Horizontal Front Discharge
X
X
X
D Bottom Horizontal Front Discharge X
X
X
E Downblast Front Discharge
X
F Downblast Rear Discharge
X
X
X
G Bottom Horizontal Rear Discharge
X
X
H Top Horizontal Rear Discharge
X
X
Discharge may be field-fabricated
INLET
INLET
D
G
X
Hinged Door on Both Sides
X
X
X
X
X
X
Hinged Door on Hand Side
X
X
X
X
X
X
Removable Panels
X
X
X
X
X
X
X = Standard configuration
INLET
34 Vertical fan section
with bottom inlet
X
Fan Section Access
C
H
35 Belt drive
plenum fan
36 Direct drive
plenum fan
single/dual
Fig. 4 — Component Drawings (Refer to Table 1)
13
Table 1 — 39MN,MW Component Weights and Lengths
SECTION DIMENSIONS (in.) AND WEIGHTS (lb)
A39
Nominal cfm at
500 fpm
1500
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8500
10500
12500
Unit Size
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
Indoor H (in.)
37
37
40
40
47
47
50
60
60
Outdoor H (in.)
41
41
44
44
51
51
54
64
64
Indoor W (in.)
33
46
54
67
67
72
79
79
86
Outdoor W (in.)
36
49
57
70
70
75
82
82
89
27
760 / 960
45
830 / 1080
36
760 / 980
30
460 / 660
27
390 / 590
45
830 / 1080
18
270 / 440
27
300 / —
12
230 / 380
18
270 / 4400
24
320 / 510
36
400 / 620
48
470 / 720
36
640 / 860
48
720 / 970
30
410 / 610
12
460 / 610
24
540 / 730
24
540 / 730
42
670 / 910
48
710 / 960
48
710 / 960
30
410 / 610
24
320 / 510
H
H
AWL
W
W
ITEM
NO.
AWL
DESCRIPTION
AWL (in.) (Indoor/Outdoor) Weight (lb)
1
Mixing box
2
Side inlet mixing box
3
Filter mixing box
4
Air mixer
5
Exhaust box
6
Side outlet exhaust box
7
Internal face and bypass damper section
8
External face and bypass damper section
Plenum section — 12 in.
Plenum section — 18 in.
9
Plenum section — 24 in.
Plenum section — 36 in.
Plenum section — 48 in.
Humidifier section — 36 in.
10
Humidifier section — 48 in.
11
12
13
14
15
Horizontal blow-thru discharge plenum section
Horizontal flat filter section
2 in. or 4 in. side loading
Horizontal angle filter section
2 in. or 4 in. side loading
Horizontal bag/cartridge filter section, SL
6 in. or 12 in. media with 2 in. pre-filter track
Horizontal bag/cartridge filter section, SL
15 in. or 30 in. media with 2 in. pre-filter track
Horizontal bag/cartridge filter section, FL
Face loading media with or without header
16
Horizontal blow-thru HEPA filter section, FL
17
Turning plenum
18
Cooling coil section with drain pan
19
Extended length cooling coil section with
drain pan
20
Heating coil section
21
Extended length heating coil section with
drain pan
22
Dual coil section with drain pan
23
Integral face and bypass heating coil
section
Low Amp (in.)
Electric heat section with
(I/O) (lb)
control box
High Amp (in.)
(I/O) (lb)
Multizone/dual duct
H (in.)
heating/cooling coil secAWL (in.)
tion with drain pan
(I/O) Weight (lb)
AWL
Multizone damper
Number of Zones
24
25
26
27
Vertical coil section with drain pan
29
Cooling internal face and bypass coil with
drain pan
Heating internal face and bypass coil with
optional drain pan
30
Gas heater section
28
Low capacity
Med capacity
High capacity
FC
31, 32, Fan housed sections
33, 34
AF
Downblast AF
Vertical FC/AF
35
Belt drive plenum fan section
36
Direct drive plenum fan section
18
270 / 370
21
300 / 410
36
320 / 450
18
170 / 270
18
160 / 260
21
300 / 410
18
130 / 230
18
140 / —
12
120 / 210
18
140 / 240
21
330 / 450
27
360 / 490
36
380 / 530
18
190 / 310
21
190 / 310
27
360 / 490
18
150 / 270
21
160 / —
12
140 / 250
18
160 / 280
21
370 / 510
27
390 / 540
36
430 / 590
18
210 / 340
21
210 / 350
27
390 / 540
18
170 / 300
21
180 / —
12
150 / 270
18
180 / 310
21
420 / 570
33
470 / 650
36
490 / 680
24
270 / 430
21
230 / 380
33
470 / 650
18
190 / 340
21
190 / —
12
170 / 300
18
190 / 340
21
460 / 610
33
510 / 690
36
540 / 730
24
290 / 450
21
250 / 400
33
510 / 690
18
200 / 350
21
200 / —
12
180 / 310
18
210 / 360
24
520 / 690
39
580 / 780
36
570 / 770
24
300 / 470
24
280 / 450
39
580 / 780
18
210 / 360
24
220 / —
12
190 / 330
18
210 /360
24
570 / 750
39
640 / 860
36
630 / 840
30
380 / 570
24
300 / 480
39
640 / 860
18
230 / 390
24
240 / —
12
200 / 350
18
230 / 390
24
170 / 280
36
210 / 340
48
250 / 400
36
287 / 410
48
327 / 470
24
170 / 280
12
190 / 280
24
230 / 340
24
230 / 340
42
300 / 440
48
320 / 470
48
320 / 470
24
170 / 280
24
170 / 280
24
190 / 320
36
240 / 390
48
280 / 450
36
340 / 490
48
380 / 550
24
200 / 330
12
230 / 340
24
270 / 400
24
270 / 400
42
350 / 510
48
370 / 540
48
370 / 540
24
200 / 330
24
190 / 320
24
210 / 350
36
260 / 420
48
310 / 500
36
380 / 540
48
430 / 620
24
220 / 360
12
260 / 380
24
310 / 450
24
310 / 450
42
390 / 570
48
420 / 610
48
420 / 610
24
220 / 360
24
210 / 350
24
230 / 390
36
280 / 470
48
340 / 560
36
420 / 610
48
480 / 700
24
240 / 400
12
300 / 430
24
350 / 510
24
350 / 510
42
440 / 640
48
470 / 690
48
470 / 690
24
240 / 400
24
230 / 390
24
240 / 400
36
300 / 490
48
360 / 580
36
460 / 650
48
520 / 740
24
260 / 420
12
330 / 460
24
390 / 550
24
390 / 550
42
480 / 680
48
510 / 730
48
510 / 730
24
260 / 420
24
240 / 400
24
250 / 420
36
310 / 510
48
380 / 610
36
490 / 690
48
550 / 780
24
270 / 440
12
340 / 480
24
400 / 570
24
400 / 570
42
500 / 710
48
540 / 770
48
540 / 770
24
270 / 440
24
250 / 420
24
270 / 450
36
340 / 550
48
410 / 650
36
540 / 750
48
600 / 840
24
300 / 480
12
380 / 530
24
450 / 630
24
450 / 630
42
560 / 780
48
590 / 830
48
590 / 830
24
300 / 480
24
270 / 450
27
710 / 900
39
710 / 930
36
720 / 930
30
430 / 620
27
370 / 560
39
710 / 930
18
250 / 410
27
280 / —
12
220 / 370
18
260 / 420
24
300 / 480
36
380 / 590
48
450 / 690
36
600 / 810
48
680 / 920
30
380 / 570
12
430 / 580
24
510 / 690
24
510 / 690
42
630 / 850
48
670 / 910
48
670 / 910
30
380 / 570
24
300 / 480
12
120 / 210
12
140 / 250
12
150 / 270
12
200 / 350
12
220 / 370
12
230 / 380
36
210 / 340
48
250 / 400
24/30
180 / 300
36/42
180 / 320
—
—
—/—
—
—
42
250 / —
24
170 / 280
12
120 / 210
—
—
—
—
—
—
24
480 / 590
42
550 / 690
42
550 / 690
42
560 / —
48
600 / 770
36
240 / 390
48
280 / 450
30/36
240 / 390
36/42
220 / 380
61
48
570 / —
11
6
42
290 / —
24
190 / 320
12
140 / 250
36
335/486
36
392/542
72
366/516
30
550 / 690
42
620 / 780
42
620 / 780
42
630 / —
54
720 / 900
36
36
36
36
36
260 / 420
280 / 470
300 / 490
310 / 510
340 / 550
48
48
48
48
48
310 / 500
340 / 560
360 / 580
380 / 610
410 / 650
30/36
30/36
30/36
30/36
30/36
280 / 440
320 / 510
350 / 540
370 / 570
410 / 620
42/48
42/48
42/48
42/48
42/48
290 / 480
340 / 560
380 / 600
400 / 630
450 / 690
64
64
71
71
74
48
48
60
60
60
620 / —
690 / —
820 / —
850 / —
920 / —
11
11
11
11
11
7
10
10
10
12
36
36
42
48
48
290 / —
320 / —
370 / —
420 / —
460 / —
24
24
24
24
24
210 / 350
230 / 390
240 / 400
250 / 420
270 / 450
12
12
12
12
12
150 / 270
170 / 300
180 / 310
190 / 330
200 / 350
36
36
36
36
36
386/546
429/619
449/639
459/659
522/732
36
36
36
36
72
412 / 572
462 / 652
538 / 728
548 / 748
522 / 732
72
72
72
72
72
412/572
450/640
482/672
548/748
600/810
36
36
42
48
48
640 / 800
700 / 890
810 / 1010
910 / 1140
990 / 1230
36
36
42
48
48
640 / 800
700 / 890
810 / 1010
900 / 1130
990 / 1230
42
42
48
54
54
670 / 850
740 / 940
850 / 1070
940 / 1180
1030 / 1290
36
36
42
48
48
660 / —
720 / —
840 / —
940 / —
1030 / —
42
42
48
48
48
720 / 900
800 / 1000
940 / 1160
980 / 1210
1080 / 1320
AWL varies based upon fan wheel size and motor frame size. See Table 2.
36
380 / 590
48
450 / 690
30/36
470 / 680
42/48
530 / 770
90
72
1180 / —
11
12
48
510 / —
24
300 / 480
12
220 / 370
36
618/828
36
670/880
72
670/880
48
1100 / 1340
48
1100 / 1340
54
1150 / 1410
48
1160 / —
54
1320 / 1580
36
400 / 620
48
470 / 720
30/36
500 / 720
42/48
560 / 810
90
72
1250 / —
11
13
60
630 / —
24
320 / 510
12
230 / 380
36
638/858
72
638 / 858
72
690/910
60
1360 / 1650
60
1360 / 1650
66
1400 / 1700
60
1440 / —
54
1400 / 1670
Refer to AHUBuilder program for AWL and Weights
12
170 / 300
12
180 / 310
12
190 / 330
Refer to AHUBuilder program for AWL and Weights
14
Table 1 — 39MN,MW Component Weights and Lengths (cont)
SECTION DIMENSIONS (in.) AND WEIGHTS (lb)
Nominal cfm at
500 fpm
15000
18000
20000
25000
30500
36000
42500
48800
60500
Unit Size
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
Indoor H (in.)
60
71
77
87
102
113
113
126
126
Outdoor H (in.)
64
75
81
91
106
117
117
130
130
Indoor W (in.)
104
109
109
117
117
120
139
139
157
Outdoor W (in.)
107
112
112
120
120
123
142
142
160
53
3490 / 3830
65
2770 / 3150
79
3930 / 4360
66
2260 / 2640
53
1670 / 2010
65
2770 / 3150
18
610 / 820
—
—
12
520 / 710
18
590 / 800
24
680 / 920
36
860 / 1140
48
1040 / 1360
36
1540 / 1820
48
1720 / 2040
34
1070 / 1340
12
1140 / 1330
27
1470 / 1720
24
1320 / 1560
42
1590 / 1890
48
1690 / 2010
48
1690 / 2010
34
1070 / 1340
24
680 / 920
59
4290 / 4650
65
3070 / 3450
84
4620 / 5070
69
2610 / 3000
59
2040 / 2400
65
3070 / 3450
18
670 / 880
—
—
12
570 / 760
18
650 / 860
24
740 / 980
36
940 / 1220
48
1140 / 1460
36
1700 / 1980
48
1890 / 2210
38
1310 / 1590
12
1260 / 1450
27
1630 / 1880
24
1460 / 1700
42
1750 / 2050
48
1870 / 2190
48
1870 / 2190
38
1310 / 1590
24
740 / 980
59
4820 / 5180
73
3830 / 4240
84
5190 / 5640
74
3140 / 3550
59
2290 / 2650
73
3830 / 4240
18
740 / 950
—
—
12
630 / 820
18
720 / 930
24
820 / 1060
36
1040 / 1320
48
1260 / 1580
36
1890 / 2170
48
2110 / 2430
38
1460 / 1740
12
1410 / 1600
27
1820 / 2070
24
1630 / 1870
42
1950 / 2250
48
2080 / 2400
48
2080 / 2400
38
1460 / 1740
24
820 / 1060
12
520 / 710
12
570 / 760
12
630 / 820
H
H
AWL
W
W
ITEM
NO.
AWL
DESCRIPTION
AWL (in.) (Indoor/Outdoor) Weight (lb)
1
Mixing box
2
Side inlet mixing box
3
Filter mixing box
4
Air mixer
5
Exhaust box
6
Side outlet exhaust box
7
Internal face and bypass damper section
8
External face and bypass damper section
Plenum section — 12 in.
Plenum section — 18 in.
9
Plenum section — 24 in.
Plenum section — 36 in.
Plenum section — 48 in.
Humidifier section — 36 in.
10
Humidifier section — 48 in.
11
12
13
14
15
16
Horizontal blow-thru discharge plenum
section
Horizontal flat filter section
2 in. or 4 in. side loading
Horizontal angle filter section
2 in. or 4 in. side loading
Horizontal bag/cartridge filter section, SL
6 in. or 12 in. media with 2 in. pre-filter track
Horizontal bag/cartridge filter section, SL
15 in. or 30 in. media with 2 in. pre-filter track
Horizontal bag/cartridge filter section, FL
Face loading media with or without header
Horizontal blow-thru HEPA filter section,
FL
17
Turning plenum
18
Cooling coil section with drain pan
19
Extended length cooling coil section with
drain pan
20
Heating coil section
21
Extended length heating coil section with
drain pan
22
Dual coil section with drain pan
23
Integral face and bypass heating coil
section
Low Amp (in.)
Electric heat section with
(I/O) (lb)
control box
High Amp (in.)
(I/O) (lb)
Multizone/dual duct
H (in.)
heating/cooling coil secAWL (in.)
tion with drain pan
(I/O) Weight (lb)
AWL
Multizone damper section
Number of
Zones
24
25
26
27
Vertical coil section with drain pan
28
Cooling internal face and bypass coil with
drain pan
Heating internal face and bypass coil with
optional drain pan
29
Low capacity
30
Gas heater section
Med capacity
High capacity
FC
31, 32, Fan sections
33, 34
AF
Downblast AF
Vertical FC/AF
35
Belt drive plenum fan section
36
Direct drive plenum fan section
27
870 / 1090
51
1050 / 1350
36
880 / 1130
36
600 / 850
27
440 / 660
51
1050 / 1350
18
300 / 500
27
330 / —
12
260 / —
18
300 / 500
24
350 / —
36
440 / 690
48
530 / 820
36
734 / 990
48
824 / 1120
30
460 / 690
12
530 / 710
24
620 / 830
24
620 / 830
42
760 / 1030
48
810 / 1100
48
810 / 1100
30
460 / 690
24
350 / 560
36
1320 / 1580
57
1360 / 1690
45
1260 / 1550
36
720 / 980
36
650 / 910
57
1360 / 1690
18
350 / 550
33
450 / —
12
310 / 490
18
350 / 550
24
410 / 630
36
510 / 770
48
620 / 920
36
870 / 1130
48
970 / 1270
33
590 / 840
12
630 / 810
24
740 / 960
24
740 / 960
42
900 / 1180
48
960 / 1260
48
960 / 1260
33
590 / 840
24
410 / 630
39
1520 / 1790
57
1460 / 1790
48
1430 / 1730
42
870 / 1150
39
750 / 1020
57
1460 / 1790
18
380 / 580
33
470 / —
12
320 / 500
18
370 / 570
24
430 / 650
36
540 / 800
48
650 / 950
36
930 / 1190
48
1040 / 1340
33
630 / 880
12
680 / 860
24
790 / 1010
24
790 / 1010
42
960 / 1240
48
1020 / 1320
48
1020 / 1320
33
630 / 880
24
430 / 650
42
1920 / 2220
63
1870 / 2240
51
1790 / 2120
42
1030 / 1330
42
930 / 1230
63
1870 / 2240
18
440 / 650
39
630 / —
12
370 / 560
18
430 / 640
24
490 / 730
36
620 / 900
48
750 / 1070
36
1080 / 1360
48
1210 / 1530
36
790 / 1070
12
800 / 990
24
920 / 1160
24
920 / 1160
42
1120 / 1420
48
1190 / 1510
48
1190 / 1510
36
790 / 1070
24
490 / 730
51
2650 / 2980
63
2140 / 2510
60
2390 / 2750
48
1330 / 1650
51
1270 / 1600
63
2140 / 2510
18
490 / 700
45
810 / —
12
420 / 610
18
480 / 690
24
550 / 790
36
700 / 980
48
850 / 1170
36
1230 / 1510
48
1380 / 1700
36
900 / 1180
12
910 / 1100
24
1060 / 1300
24
1060 / 1300
42
1270 / 1570
48
1360 / 1680
48
1360 / 1680
36
900 / 1180
24
550 / 790
53
3040 / 3380
57
2160 / 2510
79
3410 / 3840
60
1800 / 2160
53
1460 /1800
57
2160 / 2510
18
540 / 750
—
—
12
460 / 650
18
530 / 740
24
600 / 840
36
760 / 1040
48
920 / 1240
36
1350 / 1630
48
1510 / 1830
34
940 / 1210
12
1000 / 1190
27
1290 / 1540
24
1160 / 1400
42
1400 / 1700
48
1490 / 1810
48
1490 / 1810
34
940 / 1210
24
600 / 840
12
260 / 440
12
310 / 490
12
320 / 500
36
440 / 690
48
530 / 820
30/36
580 / 830
42/48
660 / 950
90
72
1430 / —
11
16
36
510 / 770
48
620 / 920
30 / 42
700 / 980
42 / 54
800 / 1120
101
84
1840 / —
11
17
0
—
48
650 / 950
30 / 42
740 / 1020
42 / 54
860 / 1180
107
90
2030 / —
11
17
—
—
—
—
30
1270 / 1570
42
1500 / 1840
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
30
1400 / 1700
42
1660 / 2000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
30
1570 / 1870
42
1860 / 2200
—
—
—
—
—
60
722 / —
24
350 / 560
12
260 / 440
36
770/1030
78
1197/1576
132
1427/1770
60
1560 / 1890
60
1560 / 1890
66
1600 / 1950
60
1650 / —
54
1610 / 1920
60
860 / —
24
410 / 630
12
310 / 490
66
1535/1895
66
1899/2259
156
1318/1718
60
1840 / 2180
60
1840 / 2180
60
1750 / 2090
60
1950 / —
66
2240 / 2600
66
72
78
—
—
1240 / —
1520 / —
—
—
980 / —
24
24
24
24
24
430 / 650
490 / 730
550 / 790
600 / 840
680 / 920
12
12
12
12
12
320 / 500
370 / 560
420 / 610
460 / 650
520 / 710
66
66
66
66
66
1577/1937
1764/2151
1888 / 2276
2272 / 2660
2537 / 2924
132
132
132
132
78
1577/1937
1754/2151
1888 / 2276
2272 / 2660
3525 / 3956
132
156
132
132
132
1941/2301
1506/1937
2300/2688
2884/3272
3152 / 3539
60
66
66
77
83
1960 / 2300
2480 / 2860
2830 / 3210
3560 / 3980
4350 / 4790
66
72
78
77
83
2120 / 2480
2670 / 3070
3270 / 3700
3560 / 3980
4350 / 4790
66
72
78
77
83
2010 / 2370
2520 / 2920
3080 / 3510
3350 / 3770
4090 / 4530
66
72
78
—
—
2250 / —
2840 / —
3500 / —
—
—
72
72
78
70
79
2580 / 2960
3040 / 3440
3740 / 4170
3740 / 4140
4780 / 5210
AWL varies based upon fan wheel size and motor frame size. See Table 2.
—
—
24
740 / 980
12
570 / 760
66
2910 / 3298
132
3159 / 3547
156
2779 / 3210
83
4800 / 5240
83
4800 / 5240
83
4510 / 4950
—
—
89
5900 / 6360
—
—
24
820 / 1060
12
630 / 820
66
3309 / 3696
132
3309 / 3696
156
3833 / 4265
83
5370 / 5810
92
5910 / 6390
92
5550 / 6030
—
—
95
7040 / 7530
Refer to AHUBuilder program for AWL and Weights
12
370 / 560
12
420 / 610
12
460 / 650
Refer to AHUBuilder program for AWL and Weights
0
—
48
750 / 1070
30 / 42
880 / 1180
42 / 54
1020 / 1360
119
102
2630 / —
11
18
See Legend and Notes, next page.
15
0
—
48
850 / 1170
30 / 42
1010 / 1310
42 / 54
1180 / 1520
140
120
3500 / —
11
18
—
—
—
—
30
1110 / 1410
42
1300 / 1640
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND AND NOTES FOR TABLE 1
AF
AWL
FC
FL
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Airfoil
Airway Length
Forward Curved
Face Load
NOTES:
1. Refer to the Aero® Product Data Catalog for additional application information.
2. Section weights do not include coils or motors. Refer to the product data catalog for additional weights.
3. Section height is the same except as noted.
4. All bold numbers are inches, non-bold are pounds unless otherwise noted.
H — Height
SL — Side Load
W — Width
Table 2 — Direct Drive Plenum Fan Section AWL
FAN SIZE
105
122
135
150
165
182
200
AWL —
BT
—
DT
—
MOTOR FRAME
DT SUP / EXHAUST
BT SUP / RETURN
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
143T
145T
182T
184T
32
34
36
34
37
34
35
37
36
39
35
37
36
39
32
33
35
36
38
33
34
36
37
40
34
37
37
40
213T
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
39
38
40
38
41
41
42
38
40
39
42
42
43
41
43
41
44
44
45
42
37
39
40
42
44
46
37
40
40
43
45
47
39
42
42
45
47
49
254T
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
46
43
44
43
46
45
47
48
48
55
41
43
44
47
49
50
57
57
FAN SIZE
222
245
270
300
330
365
LEGEND
Airway Length
Blow Thru
Draw Thru
402
16
MOTOR FRAME
DT SUP / EXHAUST
BT SUP / RETURN
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
47
47
47
47
47
49
50
50
48
49
49
50
51
51
43
45
46
49
51
52
59
59
47
50
52
54
60
60
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
51
51
52
54
54
57
57
57
58
58
61
61
62
59
59
59
62
62
64
64
65
63
67
67
68
68
69
66
69
69
71
71
72
72
52
54
56
62
62
68
58
60
66
66
72
72
77
61
68
68
74
74
78
78
84
72
78
78
82
82
88
74
80
80
85
85
90
90
Table 3A — Physical Data — Fan Offerings by Unit Size and Type
FORWARD CURVE FANS
SUPPLY
39M
UNIT
SIZE
FAN
WHEEL
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
N/A
N/A
A10-8A
A12-12A
A12-11A
A15-15A
A15-15A
A15-15A
A20-15A
A20-18H
A22-22H
A25-20H
A27-22H
A27-27H
32
36
N/A
N/A
HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
7.5 / 213T
3 / 182T
10 / 215T
5 / 184T
15 / 254T
5 / 184T
15 / 254T
5 / 184T
25 / 284T
7.5 / 213T
25 / 284T
7.5 / 213T
25 / 284T
10 / 215T
30 / 286T
10 / 215T
30 / 286T
15 / 254T
30 / 286T
15 / 254T
40 / 324T
15 / 254T
50 / 326T
20 / 256T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
FAN
WHEEL
A9-4A
A10-8A
A12-12A
A15-15A
A15-15A
A18-18A
A18-18A
A20-18A
A20-18A
A20-20H
A25-25H
A25-25H
A27-27H
A30-30H
36
40
40
40
HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
5 / 184T
0.75 / 56
5 / 184T
0.75 / 56
5 / 184T
1 / 143T
7.5 / 213T
1.5 / 145T
7.5 / 213T
1.5 / 145T
10 / 215T
1.5 / 145T
15 / 254T
2 / 145T
15 / 254T
2 / 145T
20 / 256T
3 / 182T
25 / 284T
3 / 182T
25 / 284T
3 / 182T
30 / 286T
5 / 184T
40 / 324T
5 / 184T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
FAN
WHEEL
N/A
A9-4A
A10-8A
A12-12A
A12-12A
A15-15A
A15-15A
A18-18A
A18-18A
A20-18H
A20-20H
A20-20H
A25-25H
A27-27H
32
36
N/A
N/A
RETURN / EXHAUST
HP / FRAME
FAN
WHEEL
MAX
MIN
N/A
N/A
A9-4A
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
A10-8A
7.5 / 213T
3 / 182T
A12-12A
10 / 215T
5 / 184T
A15-15A
10 / 215T
5 / 184T
A15-15A
15 / 254T
5 / 184T
A18-18A
25 / 284T
7.5 / 213T
A18-18A
10 / 215T
1.5 / 145T
A20-18A
10 / 215T
1.5 / 145T
A20-18A
30 / 286T
10 / 215T
A20-20H
20 / 256T
3 / 182T
A25-25H
20 / 256T
3 / 182T
A25-25H
25 / 284T
3 / 182T
A27-27H
50 / 326T
20 / 256T
A30-30H
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
36
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
40
N/A
N/A
40
N/A
N/A
40
HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
5 / 184T
0.75 / 56
5 / 184T
0.75 / 56
5 / 184T
1 / 143T
7.5 / 213T
1.5 / 145T
7.5 / 213T
1.5 / 145T
10 / 215T
1.5 / 145T
15 / 254T
2 / 145T
15 / 254T
2 / 145T
20 / 256T
3 / 182T
25 / 284T
3 / 182T
25 / 284T
3 / 182T
30 / 286T
5 / 184T
40 / 324T
5 / 184T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
75 / 365T
10 / 215T
RETURN / EXHAUST
HP / FRAME
FAN
WHEEL
MAX
MIN
N/A
N/A
101
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
121
7.5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
131
7.5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
131
15 / 254T
1.5 / 145T
161
15 / 254T
1.5 / 145T
161
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
181
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
201
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
221
N/A
N/A
221
40 / 324T
5 / 184T
271
50 / 326T
5 / 184T
301
60 / 364T
7.5 / 213T
331
75 / 365T
7.5 / 213T
361
75 / 365T
7.5 / 213T
36
100 / 405T 7.5 / 213T
40
100 / 405T 7.5 / 213T
40
125 /444T
10 / 215T
44
HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
7.5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
10 / 215T
1 / 143T
15 / 254T
1.5 / 145T
15 / 254T
1.5 / 145T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
30 / 286T
2 / 145T
40 / 324T
3 / 182T
15/254T
3 / 182T
15/254T
3 / 182T
20/256T
5 / 184T
20 / 256T
5 / 184T
100 / 405T
7.5 / 213T
125 /444T
10 / 215T
125 /444T
10 / 215T
150 / 445T
15 / 254T
RETURN / EXHAUST
HP / FRAME
FAN
WHEEL
MAX
MIN
N/A
N/A
123
N/A
N/A
153
7.5 / 213T
.75 / 56
163
N/A
N/A
183Q
N/A
N/A
223Q
N/A
N/A
223Q
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
243Q
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
273Q
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
303Q
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
333Q
30 / 286T
3 / 182T
363Q
40 / 324T
3 / 182T
403Q
50 / 326T
7.5 / 213T
443Q
60 / 364T
5 / 184T
493Q
75 / 365T
7.5 / 213T
44HE
100 / 405T 7.5 / 213T
49HE
125 / 444T
10 / 215T
55HE
125 / 444T
10 / 215T
55HE
HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
7.5 / 213T
.75 / 56
10 / 215T
.75 / 56
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
30 / 286T
3 / 182T
40 / 324T
3 / 182T
20 / 256T
3 / 182T
60 / 364T
5 / 184T
30 / 286T
5 / 184T
100 / 405T
7.5 / 213T
125 / 444T
10 / 215T
150 / 445T
15 / 254T
150 / 445T
15 / 254T
AIRFOIL FANS
SUPPLY
39M
UNIT
SIZE
FAN
WHEEL
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
N/A
101
121
121
131
131
161
181
201
N/A
271
301
331
301
32
36
36
40
HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
N/A
N/A
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
7.5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
7.5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
15 / 254T
1.5 / 145T
15 / 254T
1.5 / 145T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
N/A
N/A
15/254T
3 / 182T
15/254T
3 / 182T
20/256T
5 / 184T
60 / 364T
7.5 / 213T
75 / 365T
7.5 / 213T
100 / 405T
7.5 / 213T
100 / 405T
7.5 / 213T
125 /444T
10 / 215T
FAN
WHEEL
101
121
131
131
161
161
181
201
221
221
241
271
301
331
36
40
40
44
HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
7.5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
10 / 215T
1 / 143T
15 / 254T
1.5 / 145T
15 / 254T
1.5 / 145T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
30 / 286T
2 / 145T
40 / 324T
3 / 182T
40 / 324T
5 / 184T
50 / 326T
5 / 184T
60 / 364T
7.5 / 213T
75 / 365T
7.5 / 213T
100 / 405T
7.5 / 213T
125 /444T
10 / 215T
125 /444T
10 / 215T
150 / 445T
15 / 254T
FAN
WHEEL
N/A
101
121
121
131
131
161
181
201
N/A
241
271
301
331
32
36
36
40
BELT DRIVE PLENUM FANS
SUPPLY
39M
UNIT
SIZE
FAN
WHEEL
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
N/A
N/A
153
N/A
N/A
N/A
223Q
243Q
273Q
303Q
333Q
333Q
363Q
403Q
40HE
44HE
49HE
49HE
HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
7.5 / 213T
.75 / 56
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
30 / 286T
3 / 182T
30 / 286T
3 / 182T
40 / 324T
3 / 182T
50 / 326T
7.5 / 213T
75 / 365T
7.5 / 213T
100 / 405T
7.5 / 213T
125 / 444T
10 / 215T
125 / 444T
10 / 215T
FAN
WHEEL
123
153
163
183Q
223Q
223Q
243Q
273Q
303Q
333Q
363Q
363Q
403Q
443Q
44HE
49HE
55HE
55HE
HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
7.5 / 213T
.75 / 56
10 / 215T
.75 / 56
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 145T
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
25 / 284T
2 / 145T
30 / 286T
3 / 182T
40 / 324T
3 / 182T
40 / 324T
3 / 182T
50 / 326T
7.5 / 213T
60 / 364T
5 / 184T
100 / 405T
7.5 / 213T
125 / 444T
10 / 215T
150 / 445T
15 / 254T
150 / 445T
15 / 254T
* Minimum fan shaft diameter listed. Refer to centerline distance table
for specific diameter by unit size.
17
FAN
WHEEL
N/A
N/A
153
N/A
N/A
N/A
223Q
243Q
273Q
303Q
333Q
363Q
403Q
443Q
40HE
44HE
49HE
49HE
Table 3A — Physical Data — Fan Offerings by Unit Size and Type (cont)
39M
UNIT
SIZE
FAN WHEEL
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
105
135
150
165
182
200
222
245
270
270
300
330
365
365
39M
UNIT
SIZE
2 FAN WHEELS
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
135
150
165
165
182
182
222
222
270
270
300
330
365
402
N/A
N/A
HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
7.5 / 213T
1 / 143T
7.5 / 215T
1 / 143T
10 / 215T
1 / 143T
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
15 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 182T
25 / 284T
2 / 184T
25 / 284T
2 / 184T
30 / 324T
3 / 213T
40 / 364T
5/ 215T
50 / 364T
10/ 256T
50 / 364T
10 / 256T
HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
7.5 / 213T
1 / 143T
7.5 / 215T
1 / 143T
10 / 215T
1 / 143T
10 / 215T
1 / 143T
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
25 / 284T
5 / 184T
25 / 284T
5 / 184T
30 / 324T
7.5 / 213T
40 / 364T
10 / 215T
50 / 364T
20 / 256T
50 / 365T
20 / 256T
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
DIRECT DRIVE PLENUM FANS
SUPPLY/RETURN/EXHAUST
HP / FRAME
FAN WHEEL
MAX
MIN
122
5 / 184T
0.5 / 56
150
7.5 / 215T
1 / 143T
165
10 / 215T
1 / 143T
182
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
200
15 / 256T
1 / 143T
222
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
245
20 / 256T
1.5 / 182T
270
25 / 284T
2 / 184T
300
30 / 324T
3/ 213T
330
40 / 364T
5 / 215T
365
50 / 364T
10 / 256T
365
50 / 364T
10 / 256T
402
50 / 365T
10 / 256T
402
50 / 365T
10 / 256T
DIRECT DRIVE PLENUM FAN ARRAYS
SUPPLY/RETURN/EXHAUST
HP / FRAME
4 FAN WHEELS
MAX
MIN
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
182
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
222
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
245
20 / 256T
3 / 182T
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
FAN WHEEL
N/A
165
182
200
222
245
270
300
330
365
402
402
N/A
N/A
6 FAN WHEELS
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
182
182
222
245
245
245
HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
N/A
N/A
10 / 215T
1 / 143T
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
15 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1.5 / 182T
25 / 284T
2 / 184T
30 / 324T
3 / 213T
40 / 364T
5 / 215T
50 / 364T
10 / 256T
50 / 365T
10 / 256T
50 / 365T
10 / 256T
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
HP / FRAME
MAX
MIN
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
15 / 254T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
1 / 143T
20 / 256T
3 / 182T
20 / 256T
3 / 182T
20 / 256T
3 / 182T
Table 3B — Physical Data — Fan Data by Wheel Diameter and Type
Fan Wheel
Wheel
Diameter (in.)
Inlet Cone
Diameter (in.)
A9-4A
A10-8A
A12-11A
A12-12A
A15-15A
A18-18A
A20-15A
A20-18A
A20-18H
A20-20H
A22-22H
A25-20H
A25-25H
A27-22H
A27-27H
A30-30H
32
36
40
9 1/2
10 5/8
12 5/8
12 5/8
15
18 1/32
20
20
20
20
22 3/8
25
25
27 5/8
27 5/8
30 1/4
31 1/2
35 7/16
39
7 13/16
8 13/16
10 3/8
10 3/8
12 5/8
15 1/2
16 1/4
16 1/4
16 1/4
16 1/4
18 1/16
21 5/16
21 5/16
23 15/16
23 15/16
26 3/8
25 3/4
29
32 3/4
FORWARD CURVE FANS
Max Speed (rpm)
Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)*
Class 1
Class 2
Class 1
Class 2
3/
3/
2132
2749
4
4
3/
1806
2347
1
4
1533
1986
1
1 3/16
1491
1938
1
1 3/16
1262
1639
1 3/16
1 3/16
1097
1378
1 3/16
1 7/16
969
1238
1 7/16
1 11/16
960
1217
1 7/16
1 11/16
952
1237
1 3/16
1 7/16
952
1237
1 3/16
1 7/16
884
1119
1 7/16
2 3/16
770
980
1 11/16
2 7/16
751
960
1 11/16
2 7/16
684
873
1 11/16
2 7/16
656
865
1 11/16
2 7/16
618
793
1 11/16
2 11/16
675
760
2 3/16
2 3/16
600
660
2 7/16
2 7/16
550
600
2 7/16
2 7/16
* Minimum fan shaft diameter listed. Refer to centerline
distance table for specific diameter by unit size.
18
Fan Wheel Weight (lb)
Class 1
Class 2
4
4
6
6
10
10
10
10
16
17
32
34
51
51
53
53
42
45
42
45
63
63
73
73
81
81
101
101
111
111
128
128
132
134
158
178
194
214
Number of
Fan blades
43
48
43
43
51
48
37
37
51
51
37
37
37
37
37
37
38
42
48
Table 3B — Physical Data — Fan Data by Wheel Diameter and Type (cont)
Fan Wheel
Wheel
Diameter (in.)
Inlet Cone
Diameter (in.)
101
121
131
161
181
201
221
241
271
301
331
361
32
36
40
44
10
12 1/4
13 1/2
16 1/2
18 1/4
20
22 1/4
24 1/2
27
30
33
36 1/2
31 7/8
35 13/16
39 3/8
44 3/32
6 1/8
7 1/2
8 3/8
10 1/8
11
12 7/16
13 7/8
15 1/8
16 13/16
18 13/16
20 9/16
23 1/8
21 5/8
24
26 7/8
30
Fan Wheel
Wheel
Diameter (in.)
Inlet Cone
Diameter (in.)
123
153
163
183Q
223Q
243Q
273Q
303Q
333Q
363Q
403Q
443Q
493Q
40HE
44HE
49HE
55HE
12 1/4
15
16 1/2
18 1/4
22 1/4
24 1/2
27
30
33
36 1/2
40 1/4
44 1/2
49
40
44 3/4
49 13/16
55 1/4
7 1/2
9 1/4
10 1/8
11 82/93
14 1/2
15 67/83
17 35/68
19 11/16
21 33/68
24
26 5/8
29 1/2
32 1/2
26 7/8
30
33 7/16
37 1/16
AIRFOIL FANS
Max Speed (rpm)
Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)*
Class 1
Class 2
Class 1
Class 2
N/A
4655
N/A
1
N/A
4560
N/A
1 3/16
N/A
4033
N/A
1 7/16
N/A
3254
N/A
1 11/16
2261
2950
1 11/16
1 15/16
2019
2598
1 11/16
1 15/16
1872
2442
1 15/16
2 3/16
1701
2218
2 3/16
2 7/16
1463
1910
2 3/16
2 7/16
1316
1715
2 7/16
2 11/16
1202
1568
2 7/16
2 15/16
1055
1378
2 11/16
2 15/16
1300
1700
2 3/16
2 7/16
1250
1550
2 7/16
2 3/4
1200
1350
2 3/4
2 15/16
850
1150
2 15/16
3 3/16
Fan Wheel Weight (lb)
Class 1
Class 2
N/A
8
N/A
11
N/A
15
N/A
37
52
52
60
60
73
73
88
91
104
106
136
145
168
176
235
233
195
195
262
273
348
358
441
459
Number of
Fan blades
BELT DRIVE PLENUM FANS
Max Speed (rpm)
Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)*
Class 1
Class 2
Class 1
Class 2
3567
4655
1
1 3/16
2765
3610
1
1 3/16
2465
3216
1
1
2190
2855
1
1 3/16
1872
2442
1 7/16
1 7/16
1701
2218
1 7/16
1 7/16
1463
1910
1 7/16
1 7/16
1316
1715
1 7/16
1 7/16
1202
1568
1 11/16
1 11/16
1055
1378
1 11/16
1 11/16
955
1249
1 15/16
1 15/16
865
1131
2 3/16
2 3/16
808
1050
2 11/16
2 11/16
1150
1400
2 7/16
2 7/16
1100
1200
2 3/16
2 7/16
950
1100
2 7/16
2 7/16
850
975
2 15/16
2 15/16
Fan Wheel Weight (lb)
Class 1
Class 2
8
8
13
13
27
27
35
35
50
50
70
70
80
80
100
100
135
135
171
171
203
203
277
277
366
366
250
257
356
360
454
454
651
651
Number of
Fan blades
18
18
18
18
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
18
10
10
10
10
9
9
9
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
10
10
10
10
DIRECT DRIVE PLENUM FANS
Fan Wheel
Wheel Diameter (in.)
Inlet Cone Diameter
(in.)
105
122
135
150
165
182
200
222
245
270
300
330
365
402
10 1/2
12 1/5
13 1/2
15
16 1/2
18 1/5
20
22 1/5
24 1/2
27
30
33
36 1/2
40 1/5
6 5/8
7 7/8
8 1/2
9 3/4
10 3/8
11 1/2
12 9/16
14 1/16
15 7/16
17 1/16
18 15/16
20 3/8
23
25 3/8
Max Speed (rpm)
Class 2
5195
4425
4038
3650
3275
2979
2771
2454
2269
2035
1851
1620
1465
1330
* Minimum fan shaft diameter listed. Refer to centerline distance table
for specific diameter by unit size.
19
Motor Shaft
Diameter (in.)*
Class 2
5/
8
5/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 5/8
1 5/8
Fan Wheel
Weight (lb)
Class 2
4
5
7
11
13
17
19
26
32
45
63
75
93
120
Number of Fan
Blades
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Table 4 — Coil Data
39M UNIT SIZE
1/
CHILLED WATER/DIRECT EXPANSION
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
1,736
2,951
3,819
4,965
6,319
7,170
8,464
10,720
12,205
25
25
27.5
27.5
35
35
37.5
47.5
47.5
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
3.5
5.9
7.6
9.9
12.6
14.3
16.9
21.4
24.4
10,278
1,215
2,066
2,778
3,611
4,965
6,146
6,771
9,028
Lower Coil Height (in.)
17.5
17.5
20
20
27.5
30
30
40
40
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
2.4
4.1
5.6
7.2
9.9
12.3
13.5
18.1
20.6
8,993
Bypass Face Area (Internal Chilled Water
Only)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
1,042
1,771
2,431
3,160
4,514
5,122
6,207
7,899
Lower Coil Height (in.)
15
15
17.5
17.5
25
25
27.5
35
35
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
2.1
3.5
4.9
6.3
9.0
10.2
12.4
15.8
18.0
2-in.
HOT WATER HEATING
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
2,431
4,132
5,347
6,951
8,847
10,038
11,849
15,009
17,087
Lower Coil Height (in.)
25
25
27.5
27.5
35
35
37.5
47.5
47.5
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
3.5
5.9
7.6
9.9
12.6
14.3
16.9
21.4
24.4
14,389
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
1,701
2,892
3,889
5,056
6,951
8,604
9,479
12,639
Lower Coil Height (in.)
17.5
17.5
20
20
27.5
30
30
40
40
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
2.4
4.1
5.6
7.2
9.9
12.3
13.5
18.1
20.6
Small Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
—
2,479
2,917
3,792
4,424
5,019
6,319
7,109
8,094
Height (in.)
—
15
15
15
17.5
17.5
20
22.5
22.5
Length (in.)
—
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
—
3.5
4.2
5.4
6.3
7.2
9.0
10.2
11.6
12,590
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
5/
06
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
1/
03
2-in.
1,458
2,479
3,403
4,424
6,319
7,170
8,689
11,059
Lower Coil Height (in.)
15
15
17.5
17.5
25
25
27.5
35
35
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
2.1
3.5
4.9
6.3
9.0
10.2
12.4
15.8
18.0
16,188
8-in.
STEAM HEATING
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
2,333
3,967
5,250
6,825
8,342
9,465
11,375
14,219
Lower Coil Height (in.)
24
24
27
27
33
33
36
45
45
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
3.3
5.7
7.5
9.8
11.9
13.5
16.3
20.3
23.1
14,029
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
1,458
2,479
3,500
4,550
6,825
8,604
9,479
12,323
Lower Coil Height (in.)
15
15
18
18
27
30
30
39
39
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
2.1
3.5
5.0
6.5
9.8
12.3
13.5
17.6
20.0
Small Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
—
2,479
2,917
3,792
3,792
4,302
5,688
6,635
7,554
Height (in.)
—
15
15
15
15
15
18
21
21
Length (in.)
—
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
—
3.5
4.2
5.4
5.4
6.1
8.1
9.5
10.8
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
1,458
2,479
2,917
3,792
6,067
6,883
8,531
10,427
11,871
Height (in.)
15
15
15
15
24
24
27
33
33
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
2.1
3.5
4.2
5.4
8.7
9.8
12.2
14.9
17.0
20
Table 4 — Coil Data (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
1/
CHILLED WATER/DIRECT EXPANSION
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
15,174
18,333
20,000
25,278
30,694
36,224
42,656
48,125
55,000
Lower Coil Height (in.)
47.5
55
30
35
42.5
50
50
55
55
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
30
35
42.5
47.5
47.5
55
55
Length (in.)
92
96
96
104
104
107
126
126
144
30.3
36.7
40.0
50.6
61.4
72.4
85.3
96.3
110.0
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
12,778
15,000
18,333
19,861
25,278
29,722
35,000
39,375
45,000
Lower Coil Height (in.)
40
45
55
55
35
40
40
45
45
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
35
40
40
45
45
Length (in.)
92
96
96
104
104
107
126
126
144
25.6
30.0
36.7
39.7
50.6
59.4
70.0
78.8
90.0
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal Chilled Water
Only)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
11,181
12,500
15,000
16,250
19,861
23,220
27,344
30,625
35,000
Lower Coil Height (in.)
35
37.5
45
45
55
32.5
32.5
35
35
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
30
30
35
35
Length (in.)
92
96
96
104
104
107
126
126
144
22.4
25.0
30.0
32.5
39.7
46.4
54.7
61.3
70.0
Total Face Area (sq ft)
1/
30
2-in.
2-in.
HOT WATER HEATING
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
21,243
25,667
28,000
35,389
42,972
50,714
59,719
67,375
77,000
Lower Coil Height (in.)
47.5
55
30
35
42.5
50
50
55
55
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
30
35
42.5
47.5
47.5
55
55
Length (in.)
92
96
96
104
104
107
126
126
144
30.3
36.7
40.0
50.6
61.4
72.4
85.3
96.3
110.0
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
17,889
21,000
25,667
27,806
35,389
41,611
49,000
55,125
63,000
Lower Coil Height (in.)
40
45
55
55
35
40
40
45
45
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
35
40
40
45
45
Length (in.)
92
96
96
104
104
107
126
126
144
25.6
30.0
36.7
39.7
50.6
59.4
70.0
78.8
90.0
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Small Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
10,063
14,000
14,000
17,694
21,486
—
—
—
—
Height (in.)
22.5
30
30
35
42.5
—
—
—
—
Length (in.)
92
96
96
104
104
—
—
—
—
14.4
20.0
20.0
25.3
30.7
—
—
—
—
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
15,653
17,500
21,000
22,750
27,806
32,509
38,281
42,875
49,000
Lower Coil Height (in.)
35
37.5
45
45
55
32.5
32.5
35
35
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
30
30
35
35
Length (in.)
92
96
96
104
104
107
126
126
144
22.4
25.0
30.0
32.5
39.7
46.4
54.7
61.3
70.0
Total Face Area (sq ft)
21
Table 4 — Coil Data (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
CHILLED WATER
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal Chilled Water Only)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/ -in. HOT WATER HEATING
8
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Small Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
1-in. STEAM HEATING
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Small Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/ -in. HOT WATER INTEGRAL FACE AND BYPASS
8
Nominal Capacity (cfm)
Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/ -in. STEAM INTEGRAL FACE AND BYPASS
8
Nominal Capacity (cfm)
Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
1,667
24
N/A
20
3.3
2,833
24
N/A
34
5.7
3,750
27
N/A
40
7.5
4,875
27
N/A
52
9.8
5,958
33
N/A
52
11.9
6,760
33
N/A
59
13.5
8,125
36
N/A
65
16.3
10,156
45
N/A
65
20.3
11,563
45
N/A
74
23.1
1,042
15
N/A
20
2.1
1,771
15
N/A
34
3.5
2,500
18
N/A
40
5.0
3,250
18
N/A
52
6.5
4,875
27
N/A
52
9.8
6,146
30
N/A
59
12.3
6,771
30
N/A
65
13.5
8,802
39
N/A
65
17.6
10,021
39
N/A
74
20.0
1,042
15
N/A
20
2.1
1,771
15
N/A
34
3.5
2,083
15
N/A
40
4.2
2,708
15
N/A
52
5.4
4,333
24
N/A
52
8.7
4,917
24
N/A
59
9.8
6,094
27
N/A
65
12.2
7,448
33
N/A
65
14.9
8,479
33
N/A
74
17.0
2,333
24
N/A
20
3.3
3,967
24
N/A
34
5.7
5,250
27
N/A
40
7.5
6,825
27
N/A
52
9.8
8,342
33
N/A
52
11.9
9,465
33
N/A
59
13.5
11,375
36
N/A
65
16.3
14,219
45
N/A
65
20.3
16,188
45
N/A
74
23.1
1,458
15
N/A
20
2.1
2,479
15
N/A
34
3.5
3,500
18
N/A
40
5.0
4,550
18
N/A
52
6.5
6,825
27
N/A
52
9.8
8,604
30
N/A
59
12.3
9,479
30
N/A
65
13.5
12,323
39
N/A
65
17.6
14,029
39
N/A
74
20.0
—
—
—
—
2,479
15
34
3.5
2,917
15
40
4.2
3,792
15
52
5.4
3,792
15
52
5.4
4,302
15
59
6.1
5,688
18
65
8.1
6,635
21
65
9.5
7,554
21
74
10.8
1,458
15
N/A
20
2.1
2,479
15
N/A
34
3.5
2,917
15
N/A
40
4.2
3,792
15
N/A
52
5.4
6,067
24
N/A
52
8.7
6,883
24
N/A
59
9.8
8,531
27
N/A
65
12.2
10,427
33
N/A
65
14.9
11,871
33
N/A
74
17.0
2,333
24
N/A
20
3.3
3,967
24
N/A
34
5.7
5,250
27
N/A
40
7.5
6,825
27
N/A
52
9.8
8,342
33
N/A
52
11.9
9,465
33
N/A
59
13.5
11,375
36
N/A
65
16.3
14,219
45
N/A
65
20.3
16,188
45
N/A
74
23.1
1,458
15
N/A
20
2.1
2,479
15
N/A
34
3.5
3,500
18
N/A
40
5.0
4,550
18
N/A
52
6.5
6,825
27
N/A
52
9.8
8,604
30
N/A
59
12.3
9,479
30
N/A
65
13.5
12,323
39
N/A
65
17.6
14,029
39
N/A
74
20.0
—
—
—
—
2,479
15
34
3.5
2,917
15
40
4.2
3,792
15
52
5.4
3,792
15
52
5.4
4,302
15
59
6.1
5,688
18
65
8.1
6,635
21
65
9.5
7,554
21
74
10.8
1,458
15
N/A
20
2.1
2,479
15
N/A
34
3.5
2,917
15
N/A
40
4.2
3,792
15
N/A
52
5.4
6,067
24
N/A
52
8.7
6,883
24
N/A
59
9.8
8,531
27
N/A
65
12.2
10,427
33
N/A
65
14.9
11,871
33
N/A
74
17.0
—
—
—
—
3,000
22.9
24
3.3
4,000
30.6
30
5.7
5,000
30.6
39
7.4
6,000
30.6
39
7.4
7,000
30.6
45
8.5
8,500
24
59.4
9.2
10,500
33
59.4
12.6
12,500
33
59.4
12.6
—
—
—
—
3,000
22.88
24
3.3
4,000
30.56
30
5.7
5,000
30.56
39
7.4
6,000
30.56
39
7.4
7,000
30.56
45
8.5
8,500
24
59.38
9.2
10,500
33
59.38
12.6
12,500
33
59.38
12.6
8-in.
22
Table 4 — Coil Data (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
CHILLED WATER
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal Chilled Water Only)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/ -in. HOT WATER HEATING
8
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Small Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
1-in. STEAM HEATING
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Small Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/ -in. HOT WATER INTEGRAL FACE AND BYPASS
8
Nominal Capacity (cfm)
Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/ -in. STEAM INTEGRAL FACE AND BYPASS
8
Nominal Capacity (cfm)
Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
14,375
45
N/A
92
28.8
18,000
54
N/A
96
36.0
20,000
30
30
96
40.0
24,917
36
33
104
49.8
30,333
42
42
104
60.7
35,667
48
48
107
71.3
42,000
48
48
126
84.0
47,250
54
54
126
94.5
54,000
54
54
144
108.0
12,458
39
N/A
92
24.9
15,000
45
N/A
96
30.0
18,000
54
N/A
96
36.0
19,500
54
N/A
104
39.0
24,917
36
33
104
49.8
28,979
39
39
107
58.0
34,125
39
39
126
68.3
38,063
45
42
126
76.1
43,500
45
42
144
87.0
10,542
33
N/A
92
21.1
12,000
36
N/A
96
24.0
15,000
45
N/A
96
30.0
16,250
45
N/A
104
32.5
19,500
54
N/A
104
39.0
23,406
33
30
107
46.8
27,563
33
30
126
55.1
31,500
36
36
126
63.0
36,000
36
36
144
72.0
20,125
45
N/A
92
28.8
25,200
54
N/A
96
36.0
28,000
30
30
96
40.0
34,883
36
33
104
49.8
42,467
42
42
104
60.7
49,933
48
48
107
71.3
58,800
48
48
126
84.0
66,150
54
54
126
94.5
75,600
54
54
144
108.0
17,442
39
N/A
92
24.9
21,000
45
N/A
96
30.0
25,200
54
N/A
96
36.0
27,300
54
N/A
104
39.0
34,883
36
33
104
49.8
40,571
39
39
107
58.0
47,775
39
39
126
68.3
53,288
45
42
126
76.1
60,900
45
42
144
87.0
9,392
21
92
13.4
14,000
30
96
20.0
14,000
30
96
20.0
16,683
33
104
23.8
21,233
42
104
30.3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
14,758
33
N/A
92
21.1
16,800
36
N/A
96
24.0
21,000
45
N/A
96
30.0
22,750
45
N/A
104
32.5
27,300
54
N/A
104
39.0
32,769
33
30
107
46.8
38,588
33
30
126
55.1
44,100
36
36
126
63.0
50,400
36
36
144
72.0
20,125
45
N/A
92
28.8
25,200
54
N/A
96
36.0
28,000
30
30
96
40.0
34,883
36
33
104
49.8
42,467
42
42
104
60.7
49,933
48
48
107
71.3
58,800
48
48
126
84.0
66,150
54
54
126
94.5
75,600
54
54
144
108.0
17,442
39
N/A
92
24.9
21,000
45
N/A
96
30.0
25,200
54
N/A
96
36.0
27,300
54
N/A
104
39.0
34,883
36
33
104
49.8
40,571
39
39
107
58.0
47,775
39
39
126
68.3
53,288
45
42
126
76.1
60,900
45
42
144
87.0
9,392
21
92
13.4
14,000
30
96
20.0
14,000
30
96
20.0
16,683
33
104
23.8
21,233
42
104
30.3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
14,758
33
N/A
92
21.1
16,800
36
N/A
96
24.0
21,000
45
N/A
96
30.0
22,750
45
N/A
104
32.5
27,300
54
N/A
104
39.0
32,769
33
30
107
46.8
38,588
33
30
126
55.1
44,100
36
36
126
63.0
50,400
36
36
144
72.0
15,000
33
81.4
17.6
18,000
45
81.4
24.1
20,000
51
81.4
27.3
25,000
60
92.4
36.7
30,500
75
92.4
45.8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
15,000
33
81.38
17.6
18,000
45
81.38
24.1
20,000
51
81.38
27.3
25,000
60
92.38
36.7
30,500
75
92.38
45.8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8-in.
23
Table 5 — Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data
Medium Face Area Coils
39M UNIT SIZE
03
CIRCUITING TYPE
Quarter
Half
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
1,215
Total Face Area (sq ft)
2.4
Tubes in Face
14
14
Tube Length (in.)
20
20
No. of Circuits - Total
4
7
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
2
No. of TXVs
2
7/
7/
Suction Connections (in. OD)
8
8
7/
7/
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
8
8
G-1.5 G-2.5/G-2
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
2
2
No. of TXVs
7/
7/
Suction Connections (in. OD)
8
8
7/
7/
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
8
8
G-1.5 G-2.5/G-2
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
1
1
No. of TXVs
7/
11/8
Suction Connections (in. OD)
8
7
7
/8
/8
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
G-2.5
G-6
Distributor Nozzle Size
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
2
2
7/
7/
Suction Connections (in. OD)
8
8
7
7
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
/8
/8
Distributor Nozzle Size*
G-1.5 G-2.5/G-2
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
2
2
7/
7/
Suction Connections (in. OD)
8
8
7/
7/
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
8
8
Distributor Nozzle Size*
G-1.5 G-2.5/G-2
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
1
1
7/
Suction Connections (in. OD)
11/8
8
7/
7/
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
8
8
Distributor Nozzle Size
G-2.5
G-6
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
—
No. of TXVs
2
7/
—
Suction Connections (in. OD)
8
7
—
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
/8
—
Distributor Nozzle Size*
G-2.5/G-2
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
—
2
7/
Suction Connections (in. OD)
—
8
7
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
—
/8
Distributor Nozzle Size*
—
G-2.5/G-2
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
1
1
7/
Suction Connections (in. OD)
11/8
8
7/
7/
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
8
8
Distributor Nozzle Size
G-2.5
G-6
Full
Quarter
14
20
14
14
34
4
—
—
—
—
2
2
7/
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
8
G-1.5
2
2
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
G-1.5
—
—
—
—
1
7/
8
7/
8
G-2.5
—
—
—
—
G-2.5/G-2
7/
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
06
Half
2,066
4.1
14
34
7
Full
Quarter
14
34
14
16
40
4
—
—
—
—
2
2
7/
8
7/
8
7/
7/
G-1.5
2
2
8
7/
8
8
7/
8
G-1.5
1
11/8
7/
8
G-6
—
—
—
—
1
7/
8
7/
8
G-2.5
2
2
7/
7/
8
7/
8
—
—
—
—
8
G-1.5
G-2.5/G-2
2
2
7/
7/
8
7/
8
2
8
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8
2
2
8
7/
8
7/
—
—
—
—
7/
8
G-2.5
2
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8
—
—
—
—
G-2.5
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8
—
—
—
—
1
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
G-2.5/G-2
2
11/8
7/
8
G-6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
11/8
7/
8
G-6
—
—
—
—
2
7/
8
7/
8
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)
*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper
distributor.
8
7/
7/
8
8
G-2.5
2
7/
7/
8
8
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8
8
2
—
—
—
—
2
7/
7/
G-1.5
22
52
6
—
—
—
—
8
1
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-8
2
11/8
7/
8
G-6
—
—
—
—
2
16
52
16
1
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-8
8
7/
Quarter
G-2.5
8
7/
7/
Full
—
—
—
—
7/
8
1
7/
2
8
G-2.5
8
8
G-2.5
7/
G-1.5
8
8
7/
—
—
—
—
2
G-2.5/G-2
8
7/
7/
8
G-2.5
7/
8
7/
8
2
7/
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8
G-1.5
7/
G-2.5
2
7/
7/
8
8
10
Half
3,611
7.2
16
52
8
8
2
7/
2
11/8
7/
8
G-6
7/
7/
G-1.5
7/
8
G-2.5
2
7/
1
7/
8
7/
8
G-2.5
1
11/8
7/
8
G-6
8
—
—
—
—
G-1.5
1
7/
16
52
4
—
—
—
—
7/
—
—
—
—
16
40
16
1
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-8
G-2.5/G-2
8
Quarter
G-2.5
G-1.5
8
Full
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
7/
8
G-2.5
7/
G-2.5/G-2
8
8
7/
—
—
—
—
7/
08
Half
2,778
5.6
16
40
8
8
8
G-2.5
8
8
G-2
2
Full
Quarter
22
52
22
24
59
6
2
2
11/8
1 3/ 8
1/
7/
1
8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-2
Full
24
59
24
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
—
—
—
—
G-2
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4/G-3
—
—
—
—
G-2
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4
1
11/8
7/
8
G-4
1
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
1
11/8
7/
8
G-4
1
13/8
13/8
C-12
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8
1 3/ 8
7/
1 1/ 8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
2
2
11/8
1 3/ 8
1/
7/
1
8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
—
—
—
—
1
13/8
13/8
C-12
—
—
—
—
7/
8
7/
8
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-2
7/
8
7/
8
G-1.5
G-2.5
1
1
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-8
—
—
—
—
1
11/8
7/
8
G-4
2
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8
1 3/ 8
7/
1 1/ 8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
G-2.5
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8
1 3/ 8
7/
1 1/ 8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
1
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
13/8
13/8
C-12
—
—
—
—
7/
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
8
8
7/
8
7/
8
G-2.5
2
7/
8
7/
8
2
2
14
Half
6,146
12.3
24
59
12
—
—
—
—
7/
2
2
7/
7/
12
Half
4,965
9.9
22
52
11
7/
8
7/
8
G-2
1
13/8
11/8
E-12
1
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary, replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and installed nozzles. Consult AHUBuilder® software selection program for correct nozzle selection.
24
Table 5 — Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data (cont)
Medium Face Area Coils (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
CIRCUITING TYPE
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Tubes in Face
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits - Total
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
17
21
25
Half Full Half Full Double Half Full Double
6,771
9,028
10,278
13.5
18.1
20.6
24
24 32 32
32
32 32
32
65
65 65 65
65
72 72
72
12
24 16 32
64
16 32
64
30
36
40
50
Half Full Double Full Double Full Double Full Double
12,778
15,000
18,333
19,861
25.6
30.0
36.7
39.7
32 32
32
36
36
44
44
44
44
92 92
92
96
96
60
60
104
104
16 32
64
36
72
44
88
44
88
2
2
2
2
11/8 13/8 11/8 15/8
3/
3/
7/
7/
1
1
8
8
8
8
G-4 C-12 G-8 C-17
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
3/
7/
1
8
8
G-8 C-17
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
3/
7/
1
8
8
G-8 C-17
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
2
2
11/8 13/8 11/8 15/8
7/
13/8 7/8 13/8
8
G-4 C-12 G-8 C-17
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-8 C-17
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-8 C-17
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1 3/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-8 C-17
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-8 C-17
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
2
2
11/8 13/8 11/8 15/8
3
7/
7
1 /8
/ 8 1 3/ 8
8
G-4 C-12 G-8 C-17
2
2
2
2
11/8 13/8 11/8 15/8
3
7/
7
1 /8
/ 8 1 3/ 8
8
G-4 C-12 G-8 C-17
1
1 3/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-8 C-17
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-8 C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
61
Full
Double
25,278
50.6
28
28
28
28
104
104
104
104
56
28
28
56
Upper Lower Upper Lower
2
2
2
2
11/8 13/8 11/8 15/8
3/
3/
7/
7/
1
1
8
8
8
8
G-4 C-12 G-8 C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
2
11/8 15/8
3/
7/
1
8
8
G-8 C-17
4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
2
2
11/8 15/8
3/
7/
1
8
8
G-8 C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
2
11/8 13/8
7/
13/8
8
G-4 C-12
—
—
—
—
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
2
— 15/8
— 13/8
— C-17
4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
—
2
— 15/8
— 13/8
— C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
1
1 3/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)
*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper
distributor.
—
—
—
—
NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary, replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and installed nozzles. Consult AHUBuilder® software selection program for correct nozzle selection.
25
Table 5 — Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data (cont)
Medium Face Area Coils (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
CIRCUITING TYPE
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Tubes in Face
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits - Total
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
72
Full
85
Double
Full
96
Double
32
107
64
Lower
32
126
32
Upper
110
Double
36
126
36
Upper
36
126
72
Lower
36
144
36
Upper
Double
45,000
90.0
36
36
36
144
144
144
36
72
72
Lower Upper Lower
Upper
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)
*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper
distributor.
32
126
64
Lower
39,375
78.8
36
36
126
126
36
72
Lower Upper
Full
29,722
59.4
32
32
107
107
32
60
Lower Upper
32
107
32
35,000
70.0
32
32
126
126
32
64
Lower Upper
Full
NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary, replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and installed nozzles. Consult AHUBuilder® software selection program for correct nozzle selection.
26
Table 5 — Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data (cont)
Large Face Area Coil
39M UNIT SIZE
CIRCUITING TYPE
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Tubes in Face
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits - Total
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
03
Quarter Half
1,736
3.5
20
20
20
20
4
10
Full
20
20
20
06
Quarter Half
2,951
5.9
20
20
34
34
4
10
Quarter
20
34
20
22
40
6
2
11/8
7/
8
G-3
—
—
—
—
7/
8
7/
8
—
—
—
—
2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-3
—
—
—
G-1.5
2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-3
—
—
—
—
G-1.5
2
11/8
7/
8
G-3
1
11/8
7/
8
G-3
1
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10
—
—
—
—
1
11/8
7/
8
G-3
1
13/8
11/8
E-10
2
—
—
—
—
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-1.5
2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-3
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-1.5
2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-3
—
—
—
—
1
11/8
7/
8
G-3
1
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10
—
—
—
—
2
7/
7/
8
8
G-1.5
2
7/
7/
8
8
7/
8
7/
8
2
Full
7/
8
7/
8
2
08
Half
3,819
7.6
22
40
11
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4/G-3
Full
Quarter
22
40
22
22
52
6
2
G-2
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4/G-3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
11/8
7/
8
G-4
1
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
7/
8
7/
8
G-1.5
2
11/8
7/
8
G-3
G-2
2
2
11/8
13/8
7/
11/8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-1.5
2
11/8
7/
8
G-3
—
—
—
—
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-2
2
2
11/8
13/8
7/
11/8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
1
11/8
7/
8
G-3
1
13/8
11/8
E-10
—
—
—
—
1
11/8
7/
8
G-4
G-1.5
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-2
2
7/
8
7/
8
2
1
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
10
Half
4,965
9.9
22
52
11
Full
22
52
22
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4/G-3
—
—
—
—
G-2
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4/G-3
—
—
—
—
1
11/8
7/
8
G-4
1
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
7/
7/
8
8
G-2
2
7/
7/
8
8
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-2
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-2
1
11/8
7/
8
G-4
12
Quarter
Half
6,319
12.6
28
28
52
52
7
14
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-2.5/G-2
28
52
28
G-2.5/G-2
—
—
—
—
1
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-6
1
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
2
11/8
13/8
7/
11/8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8
13/8
7/
11/8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
14
Quarter
Half
7,170
14.3
28
28
59
59
7
14
2
2
7/
15/8
8
3
7
1 /8
/8
C-15 G-2.5/G-2
2
11/8
7/
8
G-6
1
13/8
11/8
E-12
2
2
11/8
7/
8
G-6
Full
28
59
28
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-6 C-15
G-2.5/G-2
2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-6
1
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-15
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-6 C-15
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-6 C-15
—
—
—
—
1
1-5/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-15
7/
7/
8
8
2
Full
7/
8
7/
8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 13/8
1/
7/
1
8
8
G-3 E-10
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 13/8
1/
7/
1
8
8
G-3 E-10
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8
13/8
1/
7/
1
8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8
13/8
1/
7/
1
8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
3/
7/
1
8
8
G-6 C-15
—
—
—
—
2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 13/8
7/
11/8
8
G-3 E-10
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8
13/8
7/
11/8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8
13/8
7/
11/8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-6 C-15
—
—
—
—
1
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
13/8
11/8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-15
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)
*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper
distributor.
1
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary, replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and installed nozzles. Consult AHUBuilder® software selection program for correct nozzle selection.
27
Table 5 — Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data (cont)
Large Face Area Coil (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
CIRCUITING TYPE
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Tubes in Face
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits - Total
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
39M UNIT SIZE
CIRCUITING TYPE
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Tubes in Face
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits - Total
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
17
Full
8,464
16.9
30
65
30
Half
30
65
15
Double
Half
30
65
60
38
65
19
21
Full
10,720
21.4
38
65
38
Double
Half
38
65
76
38
72
19
25
Full
12,205
24.4
38
72
38
Double
Half
38
72
76
38
92
19
30
Full
15,174
30.3
38
92
38
Double
38
92
76
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8/G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8/G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
1
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8/G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8/G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
1
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8/G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
15/8
13/8
C-20
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
15/8
13/8
C-20
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
15/8
13/8
C-20
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8/G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
15/8
13/8
C-20
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
15/8
13/8
C-20
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
15/8
13/8
C-20
1
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
36
Double
18,333
36.7
44
44
96
96
44
88
40
Full
50
Full
Double
61
Full
Double
20,000
40.0
Full
Double
25,278
50.6
30,694
61.4
24
96
24
Upper
24
96
24
Lower
24
96
48
Upper
24
96
48
Lower
28
104
28
Upper
28
104
28
Lower
28
104
56
Upper
28
104
56
Lower
34
104
34
Upper
34
104
34
Lower
34
104
68
Upper
34
104
68
Lower
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
4
13/8
13/8
C-12
4
1 3 /8
1 3 /8
C-12
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
4
13/8
13/8
C-12
4
1 3 /8
1 3 /8
C-12
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)
*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper
distributor.
NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary, replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and installed nozzles. Consult AHUBuilder® software selection program for correct nozzle selection.
28
Table 5 — Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data (cont)
Large Face Area Coil (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
72
CIRCUITING TYPE
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Upper
Tubes in Face
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits - Total
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
85
Full
Double
36,224
72.4
Lower
Upper
96
Full
Lower
Upper
Double
46,656
85.3
Lower
Upper
110
Full
Lower
Upper
Double
48,125
96.3
Lower
Upper
Full
Lower
Upper
Double
55,000
110.0
Lower
Upper
Lower
38
107
38
40
107
40
38
107
76
40
107
80
38
126
38
40
126
40
38
126
76
40
126
80
44
126
44
44
126
44
44
126
88
44
126
88
44
144
44
44
144
44
44
144
88
44
144
88
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
13/8
11/8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
13/8
11/8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
13/8
11/8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
13/8
11/8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
13/8
11/8
E-10
4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-20
8
13/8
11/8
E-10
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10
4
15/8
13/8
C-20
8
13/8
11/8
E-10
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
13/8
11/8
E-10
4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-20
8
13/8
11/8
E-10
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10
4
15/8
13/8
C-20
8
13/8
11/8
E-10
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)
*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper distributor.
NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary, replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and installed nozzles. Consult AHUBuilder® software selection program for correct nozzle selection.
29
Table 6 — 1/2-in. Water Coil Connection Sizes
FACE
AREA
ROWS
1, 2
4
LARGE
6, 8, 10
1, 2
4
MEDIUM
6, 8, 10
1, 2
BYPASS
4
6, 8, 10
1, 2
SMALL
4
CIRCUIT
TYPE
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
HALF/FULL
HALF/FULL
DOUBLE
HALF
FULL
DOUBLE
HALF/FULL
HALF/FULL
DOUBLE
HALF
FULL
DOUBLE
HALF/FULL
HALF/FULL
DOUBLE
HALF/FULL
DOUBLE
HALF/FULL
HALF/FULL
DOUBLE
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
—
—
—
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
39M UNIT SIZE
25
30
36
40
Nozzle Size (in. MPT)
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2)1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2)1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2)2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2)1.5
2.5
2.5
3
(2)1.5
3
3
3
(2)2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
3
3
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
50
61
72
85
96
110
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
1.5
1.5
2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
—
—
—
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
—
—
—
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
—
—
—
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
—
—
—
NOTES:
1. Large face area sizes 40, 50 and 61 and medium face area size 61 units have 2 sets of water coil connections.
2. All 72-110 sized units have 2 sets of water coil connections.
Table 7 — 5/8-in. Water Coil Connection Sizes
FACE
AREA
ROWS
1
LARGE
2,4
6, 8
1
MEDIUM
2,4
6, 8
1
BYPASS
2,4
6, 8
1
SMALL
2
CIRCUIT
TYPE
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
HALF
HALF
FULL
FULL
DOUBLE
HALF
HALF
FULL
FULL
DOUBLE
HALF
HALF
FULL
FULL
DOUBLE
HALF
HALF
FULL
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
—
—
—
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2.5
3
3
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
39M UNIT SIZE
25
30
36
40
Nozzle Size (in. MPT)
2
2
2
(2)1.5
2
2
2
(2)1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2)2
3
3
3
(2)2
3
3
3
(2)2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
2.5
2.5
3
3
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2
50
61
72
85
96
110
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
2
2
2.5
3
3
2
2
2.5
3
3
1.5
1.5
2
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
2
2
2.5
3
3
2
2
2
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)4
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
—
—
—
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)4
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
—
—
—
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)4
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
—
—
—
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)4
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
—
—
—
NOTES:
1. Large face area sizes 40, 50 and 61 and medium face area size 61 units have 2 sets of water coil connections.
2. All 72-110 sized units have 2 sets of water coil connections.
Table 8 — 1-in. Steam Coil Connection Sizes
FACE
AREA
ROWS
CONNECTION
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
ALL
ALL
INLET
OUTLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
39M UNIT SIZE
25
30
36
40
Nozzle Size (in. MPT)
2.5 2.5 2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5 2.5 2.5
2.5
2.5
21
NOTES:
1. Large face area sizes 40, 50 and 61 and medium face area size 61 units have 2 sets of water coil connections.
2. All 72-110 sized units have 2 sets of water coil connections.
30
50
61
72
85
96
110
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
Table 9 — 5/8-in. Steam Coil Connection Sizes
ROWS
FACE
AREA
CONNECTION
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
LARGE
MEDIUM
1
BYPASS
SMALL
LARGE
MEDIUM
2
BYPASS
SMALL
39M UNIT SIZE
21
25
30
Nozzle Size (in. MPT)
2.5
2.5
—
2
2
—
2
2
—
2
2
—
2
2
—
2
2
—
2
2
—
2
2
—
3
3
—
2.5
2.5
—
2.5
2.5
—
2.5
2.5
—
2.5
2.5
—
2.5
2.5
—
2.5
2.5
—
2.5
2.5
—
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 10 — Hot Water — Integral Face and Bypass Coil Connection Sizes
39M UNIT SIZE
ROWS
CONNECTION
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
Nozzle Size (in. MPT)
1
2
3
INLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
—
—
—
—
OUTLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
—
—
—
—
INLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
—
—
—
—
OUTLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
—
—
—
—
INLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
—
—
—
—
OUTLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
—
—
—
—
61
72
85
96
110
Table 11 — Steam — Integral Face and Bypass Coil Connection Sizes
39M UNIT SIZE
ROWS
03
CONNECTION
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
Nozzle Size (in. MPT)
1
2
3
INLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
—
—
—
—
OUTLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
—
—
—
—
INLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
—
—
—
—
OUTLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
—
—
—
—
INLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
—
—
—
—
OUTLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
—
—
—
—
Table 12 — Operating Charge (Approximate) — Direct-Expansion Coil
ROWS
4
6
8
CONNECTION
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
Large
Medium
Large
Medium
Large
Medium
1
1
2
2
3
2
3
2
4
3
6
5
4
3
6
4
8
6
4
3
7
5
10
8
5
4
9
7
12
9
6
5
10
8
15
11
7
6
12
9
18
13
31
39M UNIT SIZE
21
25
30
36
Refrigerant R-410A (lb)
9
11
13
16
7
8
10
12
15
18
22
26
11
14
16
20
22
26
31
37
16
20
23
28
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
18
13
29
22
42
31
22
17
37
27
52
39
27
20
45
33
63
48
32
24
53
39
75
56
37
28
62
47
88
66
42
32
70
53
100
75
48
36
80
60
114
86
Table 13 — Coil Volume (Gal. Water)
39M UNIT SIZE
CHILLED WATER
Large Face Area
4-Row
6-Row
8-Row
10-Row
Medium Face Area
4-Row
6-Row
8-Row
10-Row
Small Face Area
4-Row
Bypass Face Area
4-Row
6-Row
8-Row
10-Row
HOT WATER
Large Face Area
1-Row
2-Row
Medium Face Area
1-Row
2-Row
Small Face Area
1-Row
2-Row
Bypass Face Area
1-Row
2-Row
Integral Bypass Face Area
1-Row
2-Row
3-Row
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
1.4
2.0
2.7
3.4
2.2
3.3
4.4
5.5
2.8
4.3
5.7
7.1
3.7
5.5
7.3
9.1
4.7
7.0
9.3
11.6
5.3
7.9
10.5
13.1
6.2
9.3
12.4
15.5
7.8
11.8
15.7
19.6
8.9
13.3
17.8
22.2
11.0
16.5
22.0
27.5
13.3
19.9
26.5
33.2
14.5
21.7
29.0
36.2
18.3
27.4
36.5
45.7
22.2
33.3
44.4
55.5
26.2
39.3
52.3
65.4
30.7
46.1
61.5
76.8
34.7
52.0
69.3
86.7
39.6
59.3
79.1
98.9
0.9
1.4
1.9
2.4
1.5
2.3
3.1
3.9
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.2
2.7
4.0
5.3
6.6
3.7
5.5
7.3
9.1
4.5
6.8
9.0
11.3
4.9
7.4
9.9
12.4
6.6
9.9
13.2
16.5
7.5
11.2
15.0
18.7
9.3
13.9
18.5
23.1
10.9
16.3
21.7
27.1
13.3
19.9
26.5
33.2
14.4
21.5
28.7
35.9
18.3
27.4
36.5
45.7
21.5
32.2
42.9
53.7
25.2
37.8
50.4
63.0
28.4
42.6
56.7
70.9
32.4
48.5
64.7
80.9
—
1.3
1.5
2.0
2.3
2.6
3.3
3.7
4.2
5.2
7.2
7.2
9.1
11.1
—
—
—
—
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0
1.3
2.0
2.7
3.3
1.8
2.7
3.6
4.5
2.3
3.5
4.7
5.8
3.3
5.0
6.6
8.3
3.8
5.6
7.5
9.4
4.5
6.8
9.1
11.3
5.8
8.7
11.5
14.4
6.5
9.8
13.1
16.4
8.1
12.2
16.2
20.3
9.0
13.6
18.1
22.6
10.9
16.3
21.7
27.1
11.7
17.6
23.5
29.4
14.4
21.5
28.7
35.9
16.8
25.2
33.6
41.9
19.7
29.6
39.4
49.3
22.1
33.1
44.1
55.2
25.2
37.8
50.3
62.9
0.3
0.7
0.6
1.1
0.7
1.4
0.9
1.8
1.2
2.3
1.3
2.6
1.5
3.1
2.0
3.9
2.2
4.4
2.7
5.5
3.3
6.6
3.6
7.2
4.6
9.1
5.5
11.1
6.5
13.1
7.7
15.4
8.7
17.3
9.9
19.8
0.2
0.5
0.4
0.8
0.5
1.0
0.7
1.3
0.9
1.8
1.1
2.3
1.2
2.5
1.6
3.3
1.9
3.7
2.3
4.6
2.7
5.4
3.3
6.6
3.6
7.2
4.6
9.1
5.4
10.7
6.3
12.6
7.1
14.2
8.1
16.2
—
—
0.3
0.7
0.4
0.8
0.5
1.0
0.6
1.2
0.7
1.3
0.8
1.6
0.9
1.9
1.1
2.1
1.3
2.6
1.8
3.6
1.8
3.6
2.3
4.6
2.8
5.5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.2
0.4
0.3
0.7
0.5
0.9
0.6
1.2
0.8
1.7
0.9
1.9
1.1
2.3
1.4
2.9
1.6
3.3
2.0
4.1
2.3
4.5
2.7
5.4
2.9
5.9
3.6
7.2
4.2
8.4
4.9
9.9
5.5
11.0
6.3
12.6
—
—
—
0.3
0.6
0.8
0.5
0.9
1.4
0.6
1.2
1.8
0.6
1.2
1.8
0.7
1.4
2.0
0.6
1.2
1.9
0.8
1.7
2.5
0.8
1.7
2.5
1.2
2.3
3.5
1.6
3.2
4.7
1.8
3.6
5.3
2.4
4.8
7.1
3.0
5.9
8.9
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
NOTE: One gallon of water weighs 8.33 lb.
32
Table 14 — Dry Coil Weights (lb)
COIL
TYPE
FACE
AREA
ROWS
4
6
LARGE
8
10
4
6
CHILLED
WATER OR
DIRECT
EXPANSION
MEDIUM
8
10
SMALL
4
4
6
BYPASS
8
10
1
LARGE
2
4
1
MEDIUM
2
4
HOT WATER
1
SMALL
2
4
1
BYPASS
2
4
LARGE
MEDIUM
1-in. IDT
STEAM
1
SMALL
BYPASS
FPI
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
03
50
52
54
70
73
76
90
94
98
107
111
116
35
36
38
49
51
53
63
66
68
75
78
81
—
—
—
30
31
33
42
44
46
54
56
59
64
67
69
17
17
18
23
24
25
50
52
54
12
12
13
16
17
18
35
36
38
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
10
11
14
15
15
30
31
33
23
24
25
16
17
18
—
—
—
14
15
15
06
85
89
92
120
124
129
154
160
166
182
190
197
60
62
64
83
87
90
107
112
116
127
132
138
51
53
55
51
53
55
71
74
77
92
96
99
109
113
118
28
30
31
40
41
43
85
89
92
20
21
21
28
29
30
60
62
64
17
18
18
24
25
26
51
53
55
17
18
18
24
25
26
51
53
55
40
41
43
28
29
30
24
25
26
24
25
26
08
110
115
119
154
160
167
198
206
215
235
244
254
80
83
87
112
117
121
144
150
156
171
178
185
60
63
65
70
73
76
98
102
106
126
131
137
149
156
162
37
38
40
51
53
56
110
115
119
27
28
29
37
39
40
80
83
87
20
21
22
28
29
30
60
63
65
23
24
25
33
34
35
70
73
76
51
53
56
37
39
40
28
29
30
33
34
35
10
143
149
155
200
209
217
258
268
279
305
318
331
104
108
113
146
152
158
187
195
203
222
231
240
78
81
85
91
95
99
127
133
138
164
171
177
194
202
210
48
50
52
67
70
72
143
149
155
35
36
38
49
51
53
104
108
113
26
27
28
36
38
39
78
81
85
30
32
33
42
44
46
91
95
99
67
70
72
49
51
53
36
38
39
42
44
46
12
182
190
197
255
265
276
328
341
355
388
404
421
143
149
155
200
209
217
257
268
279
305
318
330
91
95
99
130
135
141
182
190
197
234
244
254
277
289
300
61
63
66
85
88
92
182
190
197
48
50
52
67
70
72
143
149
155
30
32
33
42
44
46
91
95
99
43
45
47
61
63
66
130
135
141
85
88
92
67
70
72
42
44
46
61
63
66
14
207
215
224
289
301
313
372
387
403
441
459
477
177
184
192
248
258
268
319
332
345
378
393
409
103
108
112
148
154
160
207
215
224
266
277
288
315
328
341
69
72
75
96
100
104
207
215
224
59
61
64
83
86
89
177
184
192
34
36
37
48
50
52
103
108
112
49
51
53
69
72
75
148
154
160
96
100
104
83
86
89
48
50
52
69
72
75
17
244
254
264
341
355
370
439
457
475
520
542
563
195
203
211
273
284
296
351
366
380
416
433
451
130
135
141
179
186
194
250
261
271
322
335
349
381
397
413
81
85
88
114
118
123
244
254
264
65
68
70
91
95
99
195
203
211
43
45
47
61
63
66
130
135
141
60
62
65
83
87
90
179
186
194
114
118
123
91
95
99
61
63
66
83
87
90
LEGEND
FPI
IDT
—
—
Fin per Inch
Inner Distributing Tube
NOTES:
1. Weights shown include headers and are the sum of two coils where applicable.
2. Coils are full length.
3. Weights shown are for aluminum fin coils; for copper fin coils, multiply by 1.20.
4. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016 in. wall tubes; for 1/2-in., .025-in. wall tubes, multiply by 1.15.
5. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016-in. wall tubes; for 5/8-in., .020-in. wall tubes, multiply by 1.15.
6. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016-in. wall tubes; for 5/8-in., .035-in. wall tubes, multiply by 1.50.
33
21
309
322
335
432
450
468
556
579
602
659
686
714
260
271
282
364
379
394
468
488
507
555
578
601
146
152
158
228
237
246
319
332
345
410
427
444
485
506
526
103
107
112
144
150
156
309
322
335
87
90
94
121
126
131
260
271
282
49
51
53
68
71
74
146
152
158
76
79
82
106
111
115
228
237
246
144
150
156
121
126
131
68
71
74
106
111
115
39M UNIT SIZE
25
30
353
437
367
455
382
473
494
612
514
637
535
663
635
787
661
819
688
852
753
932
784
971
815
1010
296
368
308
383
321
399
414
515
432
537
449
558
533
662
555
690
577
718
631
785
658
818
684
850
167
207
173
216
180
224
259
322
270
335
281
349
363
451
378
470
393
488
466
580
486
604
505
628
553
687
576
716
599
744
118
146
122
152
127
158
165
204
171
212
178
221
353
437
367
455
382
473
99
123
103
128
107
133
138
172
144
179
150
186
296
368
308
383
321
399
56
69
58
72
60
75
78
97
81
101
84
105
167
207
173
216
180
224
86
107
90
112
94
116
121
150
126
157
131
163
259
322
270
335
281
349
165
204
171
212
178
221
138
172
144
179
150
186
78
97
81
101
84
105
121
150
126
157
131
163
36
528
550
572
739
770
801
950
990
1030
1126
1173
1220
432
450
468
605
630
655
778
810
842
922
960
998
288
300
312
360
375
390
504
525
546
648
675
702
768
800
832
176
183
191
246
257
267
528
550
572
144
150
156
202
210
218
432
450
468
96
100
104
134
140
146
288
300
312
120
125
130
168
175
182
360
375
390
246
257
267
202
210
218
134
140
146
40
576
600
624
806
840
874
1037
1080
1123
1229
1280
1331
528
550
572
739
770
801
950
990
1030
1126
1173
1220
288
300
312
432
450
468
605
630
655
778
810
842
922
960
998
192
200
208
269
280
291
576
600
624
176
183
191
246
257
267
528
550
572
96
100
104
134
140
146
288
300
312
144
150
156
202
210
218
432
450
468
269
280
291
246
257
267
50
728
758
789
1019
1062
1104
1310
1365
1420
1553
1618
1682
572
596
620
801
834
868
1030
1073
1115
1220
1271
1322
364
379
394
468
488
507
655
683
710
842
878
913
998
1040
1082
243
253
263
340
354
368
728
758
789
191
199
207
267
278
289
572
596
620
121
126
131
170
177
184
364
379
394
156
163
169
218
228
237
468
488
507
340
354
368
267
278
289
61
884
921
958
1238
1289
1341
1591
1658
1724
1886
1964
2043
728
758
789
1019
1062
1104
1310
1365
1420
1553
1618
1682
442
460
479
572
596
620
801
834
868
1030
1073
1115
1220
1271
1322
295
307
319
413
430
447
884
921
958
243
253
263
340
354
368
728
758
789
147
153
160
206
215
223
442
460
479
191
199
207
267
278
289
572
596
620
413
430
447
340
354
368
72
1043
1087
1130
1461
1521
1582
1878
1956
2034
2226
2318
2411
856
892
927
1198
1248
1298
1541
1605
1669
1826
1902
1978
—
—
—
669
697
724
936
975
1014
1204
1254
1304
1427
1486
1546
348
362
377
487
507
527
1043
1087
1130
285
297
309
399
416
433
856
892
927
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
223
232
241
312
325
338
669
697
724
487
507
527
399
416
433
85
1229
1280
1331
1720
1792
1863
2211
2303
2396
2621
2730
2839
1008
1050
1092
1411
1470
1529
1814
1890
1966
2150
2240
2330
—
—
—
788
820
853
1103
1148
1194
1418
1477
1536
1680
1750
1820
410
427
444
573
597
621
1229
1280
1331
336
350
364
470
490
510
1008
1050
1092
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
263
273
284
368
383
398
788
820
853
573
597
621
470
490
510
96
1386
1444
1502
1940
2021
2102
2495
2599
2703
2957
3080
3203
1134
1181
1229
1588
1654
1720
2041
2126
2211
2419
2520
2621
—
—
—
882
919
956
1235
1286
1338
1588
1654
1720
1882
1960
2038
462
481
501
647
674
701
1386
1444
1502
378
394
410
529
551
573
1134
1181
1229
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
294
306
319
412
429
446
882
919
956
647
674
701
529
551
573
110
1584
1650
1716
2218
2310
2402
2851
2970
3089
3379
3520
3661
1296
1350
1404
1814
1890
1966
2333
2430
2527
2765
2880
2995
—
—
—
1008
1050
1092
1411
1470
1529
1814
1890
1966
2150
2240
2330
528
550
572
739
770
801
1584
1650
1716
432
450
468
605
630
655
1296
1350
1404
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
336
350
364
470
490
510
1008
1050
1092
739
770
801
605
630
655
134
140
146
170
177
184
206
215
223
168
175
182
202
210
218
218
228
237
267
278
289
—
—
—
312
325
338
—
—
—
368
383
398
—
—
—
412
429
446
—
—
—
470
490
510
Table 14 — Dry Coil Weights (lb) (cont)
COIL TYPE
FACE
AREA
ROWS
1
LARGE
2
1
MEDIUM
2
5/8-IN. IDT
STEAM
1
SMALL
2
1
BYPASS
2
1
HOT WATER
OR STEAM
INTEGRAL
FACE
AND
BYPASS
2
3
FPI
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
03
19
19
20
23
24
25
13
14
14
16
17
18
—
—
—
—
—
—
11
12
12
14
15
15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
06
32
33
35
40
41
43
22
23
24
28
29
30
19
20
21
24
25
26
19
20
21
24
25
26
146
152
158
152
158
164
158
165
172
08
41
43
44
51
53
56
30
31
32
37
39
40
22
23
24
28
29
30
26
27
28
33
34
35
207
216
225
220
229
238
231
241
251
10
53
56
58
67
70
72
39
40
42
49
51
53
29
30
32
36
38
39
34
35
37
42
44
46
216
225
234
228
238
248
241
251
261
12
68
71
74
85
88
92
53
56
58
67
70
72
34
35
37
42
44
46
49
51
53
61
63
66
216
225
234
228
238
248
241
251
261
14
77
80
84
96
100
104
66
69
72
83
86
89
39
40
42
48
50
52
55
57
60
69
72
75
231
241
251
246
256
266
259
270
281
17
91
95
99
114
118
123
73
76
79
91
95
99
49
51
53
61
63
66
67
70
72
83
87
90
507
528
550
536
559
582
585
610
635
21
115
120
125
144
150
156
97
101
105
121
126
131
55
57
59
68
71
74
85
88
92
106
111
115
567
590
615
607
633
659
668
696
725
39M UNIT SIZE
25
30
36
132
—
—
137
—
—
143
—
—
165
—
—
171
—
—
178
—
—
111
—
—
115
—
—
120
—
—
138
—
—
144
—
—
150
—
—
62
—
—
65
—
—
67
—
—
78
—
—
81
—
—
84
—
—
97
—
—
101
—
—
105
—
—
121
—
—
126
—
—
131
—
—
567
723
828
590
754
862
615
785
898
607
779
904
633
811
942
659
845
981
668
863
1008
696
899
1050
725
936
1094
40
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
880
917
955
967
1007
1049
1081
1126
1173
50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1064
1108
1154
1180
1229
1280
1327
1382
1440
61
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1210
1260
1313
1355
1411
1470
1532
1596
1662
72
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1210
1260
1313
1355
1411
1470
1532
1596
1662
85
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1210
1260
1313
1355
1411
1470
1532
1596
1662
96
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1210
1260
1313
1355
1411
1470
1532
1596
1662
LEGEND
FPI
IDT
—
—
Fin per Inch
Inner Distributing Tube
NOTES:
1. Weights shown include headers and are the sum of two coils where applicable.
2. Coils are full length.
3. Weights shown are for aluminum fin coils; for copper fin coils, multiply by 1.20.
4. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016 in. wall tubes; for 1/2-in., .025-in. wall tubes, multiply by 1.15.
5. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016-in. wall tubes; for 5/8-in., .020-in. wall tubes, multiply by 1.15.
6. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016-in. wall tubes; for 5/8-in., .035-in. wall tubes, multiply by 1.50.
Table 15 — Motor Weights (lb)
230/460-3-60
HP
1
11/2
2
3
5
71/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
ODP
TEFC
E+
E+3
—
—
—
—
ODP
E+
36
42
42
67
78
106
118
170
212
240
283
372
440
591
620
750
950**
1250**
200/400-3-50*
TEFC
E+3
40
46
54
87
94
130
126
217
250
309
300
415
414
652**
706**
782**
1000**
1318**
E+
60
60
65
81
89
142
154
250
287
394
436
661
686
790
840
1450
1600
1750
E+3
68
66
66
92
99
158
200
259
290
358
436
661
686
799
850**
1475**
1600**
1773**
LEGEND
Open Drip Proof
Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled
High Efficiency
Premium Efficiency
*Both ODP and TEFC 50 Hz motors available in standard models
only.
†Availability unconfirmed.
**460 volt only.
NOTES:
1. Multiply motor weight by 0.10 to estimate drive weight.
2. Motor weight may vary by manufacturer.
34
ODP
TEFC
29
36
41
73
102
121
139
170
205
273
283
416†
403†
545
651†
1133†
1210†
—
34
41
47
62
72
105
128
210
254
363
414
470†
527†
790†
884†
1450†
1625†
—
575-3-60
ODP
E+
37
48
50
70
88
89
119
170
212
240
284
370
440
591
670
750
950
—
TEFC
E+/E+3
60/68
60/66
65/66
87
89/99
142/158
154/200
250/259
287/290
394/368
436/436
661/661
686/686
799
850
1008†
1714†
—
110
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1210
1260
1313
1355
1411
1470
1532
1596
1662
Table 16 — Forward-Curved Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches
39M UNIT FAN MODEL
SIZE
NO.
03
FC A9-4A
FC A9-4A
06
FC A10-8A
FC A10-8A
08
FC A12-12A
FC A12-12A
10
FC A15-15A
FC A12-11A
12
FC A15-15A
FC A15-15A
14
FC A18-18A
FC A15-15A
17
FC A18-18A
BHF
BHR
DBF
DBR
—
—
—
—
MOTOR
FRAME
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
182T
184T
213T
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
184T
213T
215T
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
184T
213T
215T
254T
145T
182T
184T
213T
184T
213T
215T
254T
145T
182T
184T
213T
213T
215T
254T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
LEGEND
Bottom Horizontal Front
Bottom Horizontal Rear
Downblast Front
Downblast Rear
BHF/BHR
Min
Max
8.0
8.4
8.0
8.4
8.0
8.4
7.0
7.4
7.0
7.4
8.0
8.4
8.0
8.4
8.0
8.4
7.0
7.4
7.0
7.4
10.6
11.6
10.6
11.6
10.6
11.6
9.8
10.8
9.8
10.8
13.3
14.7
13.3
14.7
12.8
14.3
14.4
15.6
14.4
15.6
14.4
15.6
13.6
14.9
13.6
14.9
13.1
14.4
13.6
14.9
13.1
14.4
13.1
14.4
15.2
16.2
15.2
16.2
14.3
15.4
14.3
15.4
13.7
14.8
17.4
18.9
17.0
18.5
17.0
18.5
16.5
18.1
18.3
19.5
17.6
18.9
17.6
18.9
17.1
18.4
22.4
23.9
22.0
23.5
22.0
23.5
21.5
23.1
23.1
24.5
22.5
23.8
22.5
23.8
22.0
23.4
22.0
23.5
22.0
23.5
21.5
23.1
23.1
24.5
22.5
23.8
22.5
23.8
22.0
23.4
22.0
23.4
THF
THR
UBF
UBR
—
—
—
—
DBF/DBR
Min
Max
5.7
6.3
5.7
6.3
5.7
6.3
4.7
5.4
4.7
5.4
5.7
6.3
5.7
6.3
5.7
6.3
4.7
5.4
4.7
5.4
6.8
8.9
6.8
8.9
6.8
8.9
6.0
8.3
6.0
8.3
9.8
11.5
9.8
11.5
9.7
11.4
9.5
11.0
9.5
11.0
9.5
11.0
9.0
10.7
9.0
10.7
8.8
10.5
9.0
10.7
8.8
10.5
8.8
10.5
8.8
10.1
8.8
10.1
8.1
9.6
8.1
9.6
7.7
9.3
13.8
15.5
13.6
15.3
13.6
15.3
13.5
15.2
12.9
14.5
12.5
14.1
12.5
14.1
12.2
13.9
18.2
19.9
18.0
19.7
18.0
19.7
17.8
19.5
17.2
18.7
16.7
18.4
16.7
18.4
16.5
18.1
18.0
19.7
18.0
19.7
17.8
19.5
17.2
18.7
16.7
18.4
16.7
18.4
16.5
18.1
16.5
18.1
Top Horizontal Front
Top Horizontal Rear
Upblast Front
Upblast Rear
35
THF/THR
Min
Max
5.5
6.0
5.5
6.0
5.5
6.0
4.5
5.1
4.5
5.1
5.5
6.0
5.5
6.0
5.5
6.0
4.5
5.1
4.5
5.1
8.0
10.2
8.0
10.2
8.0
10.2
7.3
9.6
7.3
9.6
11.0
12.7
11.0
12.7
10.9
12.6
10.9
12.4
10.9
12.4
10.9
12.4
10.4
12.0
10.4
12.0
10.1
11.8
10.4
12.0
10.1
11.8
10.1
11.8
10.8
12.2
10.8
12.2
10.2
11.6
10.2
11.6
9.7
11.2
15.1
16.8
14.9
16.6
14.9
16.6
14.7
16.4
14.9
16.4
14.4
16.0
14.4
16.0
14.1
15.7
20.0
21.7
19.8
21.5
19.8
21.5
19.5
21.2
19.5
21.1
19.1
20.6
19.1
20.6
18.7
20.4
19.8
21.5
19.8
21.5
19.5
21.2
19.1
20.6
18.3
19.9
17.9
19.6
17.5
19.2
17.5
19.2
UBF/UBR
Min
Max
7.4
7.9
7.4
7.9
7.4
7.9
6.4
7.0
6.4
7.0
7.4
7.9
7.4
7.9
7.4
7.9
6.4
7.0
6.4
7.0
8.3
10.1
8.3
10.1
8.3
10.1
7.4
9.4
7.4
9.4
10.4
12.1
10.4
12.1
10.2
11.8
10.8
12.2
10.8
12.2
10.8
12.2
10.2
11.7
10.2
11.7
9.8
11.4
10.2
11.7
9.8
11.4
9.8
11.4
10.9
12.1
10.9
12.1
10.2
11.4
10.2
11.4
9.6
10.9
14.6
16.2
14.3
16.0
14.3
16.0
14.0
15.7
14.5
15.9
13.9
15.4
13.9
15.4
13.5
15.0
19.2
20.8
18.9
20.5
18.9
20.5
18.5
20.2
19.0
20.4
18.4
19.9
18.4
19.9
18.0
19.5
18.9
20.5
18.9
20.5
18.5
20.2
19.0
20.4
18.4
19.9
18.4
19.9
18.0
19.5
18.0
19.5
FAN SHAFT DIAM. (in.)
Class 1
Class 2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 3/16
1 3/16
1 3/16
1 3/16
1 3/16
1 3/16
1 3/16
1 3/16
1 7/16
1 7/16
1 3/16
1 3/16
1 7/16
1 7/16
1 3/16
1 7/16
1 7/16
1 7/16
1 3/16
1 7/16
Table 16 — Forward-Curved Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches (cont)
39M UNIT FAN MODEL
SIZE
NO.
FC A15-15A
21
FC A20-18A
FC A20-15A
25
FC A20-18A
FC A20-18H
30
FC A20-20H
FC A22-22H
36
FC A25-25H
FC A25-20H
40
FC A25-25H
BHF
BHR
DBF
DBR
—
—
—
—
MOTOR
FRAME
215T
254T
256T
284T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
215T
254T
256T
284T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
254T
256T
284T
286T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
254T
256T
284T
286T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
LEGEND
Bottom Horizontal Front
THF
Bottom Horizontal Rear
THR
Downblast Front
UBF
Downblast Rear
UBR
BHF/BHR
Min
Max
19.9
21.3
19.3
20.8
19.3
20.8
18.9
20.5
24.7
26.0
23.9
25.1
23.9
25.1
23.2
24.6
23.2
24.6
22.4
23.8
31.3
33.1
30.7
32.5
30.7
32.5
30.2
32.1
32.4
34.1
31.7
33.5
31.7
33.5
31.3
33.1
31.3
33.1
30.7
32.5
31.3
33.1
30.7
32.5
30.7
32.5
30.2
32.1
30.2
32.1
31.7
33.5
31.7
33.5
31.3
33.1
31.3
33.1
30.7
32.5
30.7
32.5
28.8
31.3
28.8
31.3
28.4
30.9
28.4
30.9
31.1
33.3
31.1
33.3
30.4
32.6
30.4
32.6
29.7
31.9
29.7
31.9
29.7
31.9
29.7
31.9
29.2
31.5
29.2
31.5
31.1
33.3
30.4
32.6
30.4
32.6
29.7
31.9
29.7
31.9
29.2
31.5
—
—
—
—
DBF/DBR
Min
Max
15.6
17.3
15.4
17.1
15.4
17.1
15.2
17.0
14.6
16.4
14.0
15.8
14.0
15.8
13.5
15.4
13.5
15.4
13.0
14.9
23.5
25.6
23.2
25.4
23.2
25.4
23.0
25.2
24.1
26.2
23.7
25.9
23.7
25.9
23.5
25.6
23.5
25.6
23.2
25.4
23.5
25.6
23.2
25.4
23.2
25.4
23.0
25.2
23.0
25.2
23.7
25.9
23.7
25.9
23.5
25.6
23.5
25.6
23.2
25.4
23.2
25.4
23.6
26.5
23.6
26.5
23.3
26.3
23.3
26.3
23.0
25.7
23.0
25.7
22.5
25.3
22.5
25.3
22.1
24.9
22.1
24.9
22.1
24.9
22.1
24.9
21.8
24.7
21.8
24.7
23.0
25.7
22.5
25.3
22.5
25.3
22.1
24.9
22.1
24.9
21.8
24.7
Top Horizontal Front
Top Horizontal Rear
Upblast Front
Upblast Rear
36
THF/THR
Min
Max
17.4
19.0
17.1
18.8
17.1
18.8
16.9
18.6
17.4
19.1
16.7
18.5
16.7
18.5
16.2
18.1
16.2
18.1
15.6
17.5
26.7
28.8
26.4
28.5
26.4
28.5
26.1
28.3
27.4
29.5
27.0
29.1
27.0
29.1
26.7
28.8
26.7
28.8
26.4
28.5
26.7
28.8
26.4
28.5
26.4
28.5
26.1
28.3
26.1
28.3
27.0
29.1
27.0
29.1
26.7
28.8
26.7
28.8
26.4
28.5
26.4
28.5
24.9
27.7
24.9
27.7
24.6
27.4
24.6
27.4
25.6
28.2
25.6
28.2
25.0
27.7
25.0
27.7
24.5
27.2
24.5
27.2
24.5
27.2
24.5
27.2
24.1
26.9
24.1
26.9
25.6
28.2
25.0
27.7
25.0
27.7
24.5
27.2
24.5
27.2
24.1
26.9
UBF/UBR
Min
Max
16.6
18.2
16.2
17.8
16.2
17.8
15.9
17.6
18.6
20.0
17.8
19.2
17.8
19.2
17.2
18.7
17.2
18.7
16.4
18.0
25.7
27.7
25.2
27.2
25.2
27.2
24.9
26.9
26.6
28.5
26.1
28.0
26.1
28.0
25.7
27.7
25.7
27.7
25.2
27.2
25.7
27.7
25.2
27.2
25.2
27.2
24.9
26.9
24.9
26.9
26.6
28.5
26.1
28.0
26.1
28.0
25.7
27.7
25.7
27.7
25.2
27.2
26.0
28.7
26.0
28.7
25.7
28.4
25.7
28.4
27.0
29.4
27.0
29.4
26.4
28.8
26.4
28.8
25.7
28.2
25.7
28.2
25.7
28.2
25.7
28.2
25.3
27.8
25.3
27.8
27.0
29.4
26.4
28.8
26.4
28.8
25.7
28.2
25.7
28.2
25.3
27.8
FAN SHAFT DIAM. (in.)
Class 1
Class 2
1 11/16
1 11/16
1 7/16
1 7/16
1 11/16
1 11/16
1 7/16
1 7/16
1 11/16
1 11/16
1 11/16
1 11/16
1 7/16
2 3/16
1 11/16
2 7/16
1 11/16
2 7/16
1 11/16
2 7/16
Table 16 — Forward-Curved Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches (cont)
39M UNIT FAN MODEL
SIZE
NO.
FC A27-22H
50
FC A27-27H
FC A27-27H
61
FC A30-30H
FC 32
72
FC 36
BHF
BHR
DBF
DBR
—
—
—
—
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
BHF/BHR
Min
Max
31.9
34.1
31.9
34.1
31.4
33.6
31.4
33.6
30.7
32.9
33.5
35.5
32.7
34.8
32.7
34.8
31.9
34.1
31.9
34.1
31.4
33.6
31.4
33.6
34.0
36.3
33.5
35.8
33.5
35.8
32.8
35.2
32.8
35.2
36.3
38.4
35.6
37.6
35.6
37.6
34.8
36.9
34.8
36.9
34.3
36.4
34.3
36.4
33.5
35.7
182T
35.7
38.2
18.2
23
27.2
30.9
27.7
184T
35.7
38.2
18.2
23
27.2
30.9
27.7
30.1
213T
35.1
37.6
17.9
22.8
26.7
30.4
27.1
29.5
MOTOR
FRAME
DBF/DBR
Min
Max
23.2
25.9
23.2
25.9
22.8
25.6
22.8
25.6
22.4
25.2
24.2
26.8
23.7
26.3
23.7
26.3
23.2
25.9
23.2
25.9
22.8
25.6
22.8
25.6
25.8
28.6
25.5
28.4
25.5
28.4
25.1
28.0
25.1
28.0
25.8
28.5
25.3
28.0
25.3
28.0
24.8
27.5
24.8
27.5
24.4
27.2
24.4
27.2
24.0
26.8
THF/THR
Min
Max
26.0
28.5
26.0
28.5
25.5
28.2
25.5
28.2
25.0
27.7
27.1
29.6
26.5
29.1
26.5
29.1
26.0
28.5
26.0
28.5
25.5
28.2
25.5
28.2
28.5
31.2
28.1
30.8
28.1
30.8
27.6
30.4
27.6
30.4
29.7
32.1
29.1
31.6
29.1
31.6
28.5
31.0
28.5
31.0
28.0
30.6
28.0
30.6
27.5
30.1
UBF/UBR
Min
Max
27.5
29.8
27.5
29.8
27.0
29.4
27.0
29.4
26.3
28.8
28.9
31.1
28.2
30.5
28.2
30.5
27.5
29.8
27.5
29.8
27.0
29.4
27.0
29.4
29.8
32.2
29.3
31.8
29.3
31.8
28.7
31.3
28.7
31.3
31.1
33.3
30.4
32.7
30.4
32.7
29.7
32.0
29.7
32.0
29.2
31.6
29.2
31.6
28.6
30.9
35.1
37.6
17.9
22.8
26.7
30.4
27.1
29.5
254T
34.3
36.9
17.4
22.5
26.0
29.9
26.2
28.8
256T
34.3
36.9
17.4
22.5
26.0
29.9
26.2
28.8
284T
33.6
36.4
17.1
22.2
25.5
29.5
25.6
28.2
28.2
286T
33.6
36.4
17.1
22.2
25.5
29.5
25.6
324T
32.8
35.6
16.8
22.0
24.8
29.0
24.7
27.5
326T
32.8
35.6
16.8
22.0
24.8
29.0
24.7
27.5
364T
32.0
34.9
16.5
21.8
24.2
28.5
23.9
26.8
365T
32.0
34.9
16.5
21.8
24.2
28.5
23.9
26.8
182T
41.2
43.6
22.7
27.5
31.7
35.4
32.9
35.5
184T
41.2
43.6
22.7
27.5
31.7
35.4
32.9
35.5
213T
40.6
43.0
22.4
27.2
31.2
35.0
32.3
35.0
215T
40.6
43.0
22.4
27.2
31.2
35.0
32.3
35.0
254T
39.7
42.3
21.9
26.9
30.5
34.4
31.5
34.2
256T
39.7
42.3
21.9
26.9
30.5
34.4
31.5
34.2
284T
39.1
41.7
21.6
26.7
30.0
34.0
30.8
33.7
286T
39.1
41.7
21.6
26.7
30.0
34.0
30.8
33.7
324T
38.3
41.0
21.3
26.4
29.4
33.5
30.0
33.0
326T
38.3
41.0
21.3
26.4
29.4
33.5
30.0
33.0
364T
37.5
40.3
20.9
26.2
28.7
33.0
29.2
32.3
365T
37.5
40.3
20.9
26.2
28.7
33.0
29.2
32.3
THF
THR
UBF
UBR
—
—
—
—
Top Horizontal Front
Top Horizontal Rear
Upblast Front
Upblast Rear
37
1 11/16
2 7/16
1 11/16
2 7/16
1 11/16
2 7/16
1 11/16
2 11/16
2 3/16
2 3/16
2 7/16
2 7/16
30.1
215T
LEGEND
Bottom Horizontal Front
Bottom Horizontal Rear
Downblast Front
Downblast Rear
FAN SHAFT DIAM. (in.)
Class 1
Class 2
Table 16 — Forward-Curved Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches (cont)
39M UNIT FAN MODEL
SIZE
NO.
FC 36
85
FC 40
96
FC 40
110
BHF
BHR
DBF
DBR
—
—
—
—
FC 40
BHF/BHR
Min
Max
DBF/DBR
Min
Max
THF/THR
Min
Max
UBF/UBR
Min
Max
182T
41.2
43.6
22.7
27.5
31.7
35.4
32.9
184T
41.2
43.6
22.7
27.5
31.7
35.4
32.9
35.5
213T
40.6
43.0
22.4
27.2
31.2
35.0
32.3
35.0
215T
40.6
43.0
22.4
27.2
31.2
35.0
32.3
35.0
254T
39.7
42.3
21.9
26.9
30.5
34.4
31.5
34.2
256T
39.7
42.3
21.9
26.9
30.5
34.4
31.5
34.2
284T
39.1
41.7
21.6
26.7
30.0
34.0
30.8
33.7
MOTOR
FRAME
35.5
286T
39.1
41.7
21.6
26.7
30.0
34.0
30.8
33.7
324T
38.3
41.0
21.3
26.4
29.4
33.5
30.0
33.0
326T
38.3
41.0
21.3
26.4
29.4
33.5
30.0
33.0
364T
37.5
40.3
20.9
26.2
28.7
33.0
29.2
32.3
365T
37.5
40.3
20.9
26.2
28.7
33.0
29.2
32.3
182T
46.1
48.6
27.0
31.9
35.7
39.5
37.6
40.4
184T
46.1
48.6
27.0
31.9
35.7
39.5
37.6
40.4
213T
45.5
48.1
26.6
31.6
35.2
39.0
37.0
39.8
215T
45.5
48.1
26.6
31.6
35.2
39.0
37.0
39.8
254T
44.6
47.3
26.2
31.3
34.5
38.4
36.2
39.1
256T
44.6
47.3
26.2
31.3
34.5
38.4
36.2
39.1
284T
44.0
46.8
26.0
31.1
34.0
38.0
35.6
38.6
286T
44.0
46.8
26.0
31.1
34.0
38.0
35.6
38.6
324T
43.2
46.0
25.6
30.8
33.4
37.5
34.8
37.9
326T
43.2
46.0
25.6
30.8
33.4
37.5
34.8
37.9
364T
42.4
45.3
25.3
30.5
32.8
36.9
34.0
37.2
365T
42.4
45.3
25.3
30.5
32.8
36.9
34.0
37.2
182T
46.1
48.6
27.0
31.9
35.7
39.5
37.6
40.4
184T
46.1
48.6
27.0
31.9
35.7
39.5
37.6
40.4
213T
45.5
48.1
26.6
31.6
35.2
39.0
37.0
39.8
215T
45.5
48.1
26.6
31.6
35.2
39.0
37.0
39.8
254T
44.6
47.3
26.2
31.3
34.5
38.4
36.2
39.1
256T
44.6
47.3
26.2
31.3
34.5
38.4
36.2
39.1
284T
44.0
46.8
26.0
31.1
34.0
38.0
35.6
38.6
286T
44.0
46.8
26.0
31.1
34.0
38.0
35.6
38.6
324T
43.2
46.0
25.6
30.8
33.4
37.5
34.8
37.9
326T
43.2
46.0
25.6
30.8
33.4
37.5
34.8
37.9
364T
42.4
45.3
25.3
30.5
32.8
36.9
34.0
37.2
365T
42.4
45.3
25.3
30.5
32.8
36.9
34.0
37.2
182T
46.1
48.6
27.0
31.9
35.7
39.5
37.6
40.4
184T
46.1
48.6
27.0
31.9
35.7
39.5
37.6
40.4
213T
45.5
48.1
26.6
31.6
35.2
39.0
37.0
39.8
215T
45.5
48.1
26.6
31.6
35.2
39.0
37.0
39.8
254T
44.6
47.3
26.2
31.3
34.5
38.4
36.2
39.1
256T
44.6
47.3
26.2
31.3
34.5
38.4
36.2
39.1
284T
44.0
46.8
26.0
31.1
34.0
38.0
35.6
38.6
286T
44.0
46.8
26.0
31.1
34.0
38.0
35.6
38.6
324T
43.2
46.0
25.6
30.8
33.4
37.5
34.8
37.9
326T
43.2
46.0
25.6
30.8
33.4
37.5
34.8
37.9
364T
42.4
45.3
25.3
30.5
32.8
36.9
34.0
37.2
365T
42.4
45.3
25.3
30.5
32.8
36.9
34.0
37.2
LEGEND
Bottom Horizontal Front
Bottom Horizontal Rear
Downblast Front
Downblast Rear
THF
THR
UBF
UBR
—
—
—
—
Top Horizontal Front
Top Horizontal Rear
Upblast Front
Upblast Rear
38
FAN SHAFT DIAM. (in.)
Class 1
Class 2
2 7/16
2 7/16
2 7/16
2 7/16
2 7/16
2 7/16
2 7/16
2 7/16
Table 17 — Airfoil Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches
39M UNIT
SIZE
03
FAN MODEL
NO.
AF 101
AF 101
06
AF 121
08
REAR MOUNT
MOTOR
AF 121
08
SIDE MOUNT
MOTOR
AF 131
10
REAR MOUNT
MOTOR
AF 121
10
SIDE MOUNT
MOTOR
AF 131
AF 131
12
AF 161
AF 131
14
AF 161
BHF
BHR
DBF
DBR
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bottom Horizontal Front
Bottom Horizontal Rear
Downblast Front
Downblast Rear
MOTOR
FRAME
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
THF
THR
UBF
UBR
—
—
—
—
BHF/BHR
Min
16.3
16.3
16.3
15.8
15.8
16.3
16.3
16.3
15.8
15.8
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.0
19.0
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.0
19.0
11.1
11.1
10.0
10.0
9.4
9.4
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.0
19.0
13.8
12.9
12.9
12.2
12.2
11.3
13.8
12.9
12.9
12.2
12.2
11.3
17.2
16.4
16.4
15.7
15.7
14.9
13.8
12.9
12.9
12.2
12.2
11.3
21.2
20.5
20.5
20.0
20.0
19.3
19.3
Max
17.6
17.6
17.6
17.2
17.2
17.6
17.6
17.6
17.2
17.2
20.3
20.3
20.3
19.8
19.8
20.3
20.3
20.3
19.8
19.8
12.4
12.4
11.5
11.5
11.0
11.0
20.3
20.3
20.3
19.8
19.8
14.3
13.5
13.5
12.9
12.9
12.0
14.3
13.5
13.5
12.9
12.9
12.0
17.8
17.0
17.0
16.4
16.4
15.7
14.3
13.5
13.5
12.9
12.9
12.0
22.2
21.5
21.5
21.0
21.0
20.5
20.5
DBF/DBR
Min
14.0
14.0
14.0
13.6
13.6
14.0
14.0
14.0
13.6
13.6
15.0
15.0
15.0
14.5
14.5
15.0
15.0
15.0
14.5
14.5
8.5
8.5
7.6
7.6
7.0
7.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
14.5
14.5
10.3
9.5
9.5
8.9
8.9
8.1
10.3
9.5
9.5
8.9
8.9
8.1
14.1
13.3
13.3
12.7
12.7
12.0
10.3
9.5
9.5
8.9
8.9
8.1
18.7
18.1
18.1
17.7
17.7
17.2
17.2
Top Horizontal Front
Top Horizontal Rear
Upblast Front
Upblast Rear
39
Max
15.5
15.5
15.5
15.1
15.1
15.5
15.5
15.5
15.1
15.1
15.5
15.5
15.5
15.0
15.0
15.5
15.5
15.5
15.0
15.0
9.8
9.8
9.1
9.1
8.6
8.6
15.5
15.5
15.5
15.0
15.0
10.9
10.2
10.2
9.7
9.7
9.0
10.9
10.2
10.2
9.7
9.7
9.0
14.9
14.1
14.1
13.7
13.7
13.0
10.9
10.2
10.2
9.7
9.7
9.0
20.0
19.5
19.5
19.1
19.1
18.7
18.7
THF/THR
Min
15.0
15.0
15.0
14.6
14.6
15.0
15.0
15.0
14.6
14.6
17.3
17.3
17.3
17.0
17.0
17.3
17.3
17.3
17.0
17.0
8.2
8.2
7.2
7.2
6.7
6.7
17.3
17.3
17.3
17.0
17.0
9.8
9.0
9.0
8.4
8.4
7.7
9.8
9.0
9.0
8.4
8.4
7.7
13.4
12.7
12.7
12.1
12.1
11.4
9.8
9.0
9.0
8.4
8.4
7.7
18.2
17.7
17.7
17.3
17.3
16.8
16.8
Max
16.5
16.5
16.5
16.2
16.2
16.5
16.5
16.5
16.2
16.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.0
18.0
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.0
18.0
9.5
9.5
8.7
8.7
8.3
8.3
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.0
18.0
10.6
9.9
9.9
9.4
9.4
8.7
10.6
9.9
9.9
9.4
9.4
8.7
14.4
13.7
13.7
13.1
13.1
12.5
10.6
9.9
9.9
9.4
9.4
8.7
19.5
19.0
19.0
18.7
18.7
18.2
18.2
UBF/UBR
Min
14.8
14.8
14.8
14.3
14.3
14.8
14.8
14.8
14.3
14.3
19.1
19.1
19.1
18.6
18.6
19.1
19.1
19.1
18.6
18.6
10.3
10.3
9.3
9.3
8.6
8.6
19.1
19.1
19.1
18.6
18.6
12.9
12.0
12.0
11.3
11.3
10.4
12.9
12.0
12.0
11.3
11.3
10.4
17.2
16.4
16.4
15.7
15.7
14.9
12.9
12.0
12.0
11.3
11.3
10.4
21.2
20.5
20.5
20.0
20.0
19.3
19.3
Max
16.2
16.2
16.2
15.8
15.8
16.2
16.2
16.2
15.8
15.8
19.9
19.9
19.9
19.4
19.4
19.9
19.9
19.9
19.4
19.4
11.6
11.6
10.8
10.8
10.2
10.2
19.9
19.9
19.9
19.4
19.4
13.5
12.6
12.6
12.0
12.0
11.1
13.5
12.6
12.6
12.0
12.0
11.1
17.8
17.0
17.0
16.4
16.4
15.7
13.5
12.6
12.6
12.0
12.0
11.1
22.2
21.5
21.5
21.0
21.0
20.5
20.5
FAN SHAFT DIAM.
(in.)
Class 1
Class 2
N/A
1
N/A
1
N/A
1 3/16
N/A
1 3/16
N/A
1 7/16
N/A
1 3/16
N/A
1 7/16
N/A
1 7/16
N/A
1 11/16
N/A
1 7/16
N/A
1 11/16
Table 17 — Airfoil Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches (cont)
39M UNIT
SIZE
FAN
MODEL
NO.
AF 161
17
AF 181
AF 181
21
AF 201
AF 201
25
AF 221
30
AF 221
AF 241
36
AF 271
MOTOR
FRAME
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
BHF/BHR
Min
21.2
20.5
20.5
20.0
20.0
19.3
19.3
21.2
20.4
20.4
19.9
19.9
19.1
19.1
21.2
20.4
20.4
19.9
19.9
19.1
19.1
22.3
21.5
21.5
20.9
20.9
20.0
20.0
19.4
22.3
21.5
21.5
20.9
20.9
20.0
20.0
19.4
28.8
28.0
28.0
27.5
27.5
26.8
26.8
26.3
26.3
27.4
27.4
26.9
26.9
26.1
26.1
25.6
25.6
24.9
26.0
25.4
25.4
24.6
24.6
23.9
23.9
23.1
23.1
28.6
28.6
27.9
27.9
27.1
Max
22.2
21.5
21.5
21.0
21.0
20.5
20.5
22.1
21.3
21.3
20.7
20.7
20.1
20.1
22.1
21.3
21.3
20.7
20.7
20.1
20.1
22.9
22.2
22.2
21.5
21.5
20.7
20.7
20.3
22.9
22.2
22.2
21.5
21.5
20.7
20.7
20.3
29.6
29.0
29.0
28.5
28.5
27.8
27.8
27.4
27.4
28.9
28.9
28.4
28.4
27.7
27.7
27.3
27.3
26.7
27.3
26.7
26.7
25.9
25.9
25.4
25.4
24.6
24.6
29.7
29.7
29.1
29.1
28.3
DBF/DBR
Min
18.7
18.1
18.1
17.7
17.7
17.2
17.2
18.3
17.6
17.6
17.1
17.1
16.4
16.4
18.3
17.6
17.6
17.1
17.1
16.4
16.4
18.8
18.0
18.0
17.4
17.4
16.7
16.7
16.2
18.8
18.0
18.0
17.4
17.4
16.7
16.7
16.2
25.7
25.0
25.0
24.6
24.6
24.0
24.0
23.6
23.6
24.2
24.2
23.7
23.7
23.1
23.1
22.7
22.7
22.1
20.2
19.7
19.7
19.0
19.0
18.5
18.5
17.8
17.8
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Max
20.0
19.5
19.5
19.1
19.1
18.7
18.7
19.3
18.6
18.6
18.2
18.2
17.6
17.6
19.3
18.6
18.6
18.2
18.2
17.6
17.6
19.7
18.9
18.9
18.4
18.4
17.8
17.8
17.3
19.7
18.9
18.9
18.4
18.4
17.8
17.8
17.3
26.8
26.2
26.2
25.8
25.8
25.3
25.3
25.0
25.0
25.8
25.8
25.5
25.5
25.0
25.0
24.5
24.5
24.0
22.9
22.5
22.5
21.9
21.9
21.4
21.4
20.9
20.9
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
40
THF/THR
Min
18.2
17.7
17.7
17.3
17.3
16.8
16.8
17.5
16.8
16.8
16.3
16.3
15.7
15.7
17.5
16.8
16.8
16.3
16.3
15.7
15.7
18.7
17.9
17.9
17.3
17.3
16.6
16.6
16.1
18.7
17.9
17.9
17.3
17.3
16.6
16.6
16.1
25.5
24.9
24.9
24.4
24.4
23.8
23.8
23.4
23.4
24.1
24.1
23.7
23.7
23.0
23.0
22.6
22.6
22.1
20.2
19.7
19.7
19.0
19.0
18.5
18.5
17.8
17.8
22.2
22.2
21.6
21.6
20.9
Max
19.5
19.0
19.0
18.7
18.7
18.2
18.2
19.0
18.5
18.5
18.0
18.0
17.5
17.5
19.0
18.5
18.5
18.0
18.0
17.5
17.5
19.6
18.8
18.8
18.3
18.3
17.7
17.7
17.2
19.6
18.8
18.8
18.3
18.3
17.7
17.7
17.2
26.6
25.9
25.9
25.6
25.6
25.1
25.1
24.7
24.7
25.7
25.7
25.5
25.5
24.9
24.9
24.6
24.6
24.2
22.0
21.6
21.6
21.0
21.0
20.5
20.5
20.0
20.0
23.9
23.9
23.4
23.4
22.7
UBF/UBR
Min
21.2
20.5
20.5
20.0
20.0
19.3
19.3
21.2
20.4
20.4
19.9
19.9
19.1
19.1
21.2
20.4
20.4
19.9
19.9
19.1
19.1
22.3
21.5
21.5
20.9
20.9
20.0
20.0
19.4
22.3
21.5
21.5
20.9
20.9
20.0
20.0
19.4
28.8
28.0
28.0
27.5
27.5
26.8
26.8
26.3
26.3
27.4
27.4
26.9
26.9
26.1
26.1
25.6
25.6
24.9
24.3
23.7
23.7
22.9
22.9
22.3
22.3
21.5
21.5
27.0
27.0
26.4
26.4
25.5
Max
22.2
21.5
21.5
21.0
21.0
20.5
20.5
22.0
21.3
21.3
20.7
20.7
20.1
20.1
22.0
21.3
21.3
20.7
20.7
20.1
20.1
22.9
22.2
22.2
21.5
21.5
20.7
20.7
20.3
22.9
22.2
22.2
21.5
21.5
20.7
20.7
20.3
29.6
29.0
29.0
28.5
28.5
27.8
27.8
27.4
27.4
28.9
28.9
28.4
28.4
27.7
27.7
27.3
27.3
26.7
25.7
25.2
25.2
24.4
24.4
23.9
23.9
23.2
23.2
28.1
28.1
28.5
28.5
27.7
FAN SHAFT DIAM.
(in.)
Class 1
Class 2
N/A
1 11/16
1 11/16
1 15/16
1 11/16
1 15/16
1 11/16
1 15/16
1 11/16
1 15/16
1 15/16
2 3/16
1 15/16
2 3/16
2 3/16
2 7/16
2 3/16
2 7/16
Table 17 — Airfoil Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches (cont)
39M UNIT
SIZE
FAN
MODEL
NO.
AF 271
40
AF 301
AF 301
50
AF 331
AF 331
61
AF 361
AF 32
72
AF 36
MOTOR
FRAME
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
BHF/BHR
Min
30.5
29.9
29.9
29.1
29.1
28.5
28.5
27.7
27.7
30.9
30.9
30.3
30.3
29.4
32.9
32.9
32.1
32.1
31.5
31.5
30.7
30.7
30.4
34.8
34.1
34.1
33.2
33.2
37.4
37.4
36.6
36.6
36.1
36.1
35.3
35.3
34.5
34.5
40.0
39.1
39.1
38.2
38.2
35.7
35.7
35.1
35.1
34.3
34.3
33.6
33.6
32.8
32.8
32.0
32.0
40.6
40.6
40.0
40.0
39.1
39.1
38.5
38.5
37.7
37.7
36.8
36.8
Max
32.3
31.7
31.7
31.0
31.0
30.4
30.4
29.7
29.7
32.1
32.1
31.4
31.4
30.6
34.5
34.5
33.8
33.8
33.2
33.2
32.5
32.5
31.8
36.0
35.3
35.3
34.5
34.5
39.0
39.0
38.3
38.3
37.8
37.8
37.0
37.0
36.3
36.3
41.4
40.7
40.7
39.9
39.9
38.2
38.2
37.6
37.6
36.9
36.9
36.4
36.4
35.6
35.6
34.9
34.9
43.0
43.0
42.4
42.4
41.7
41.7
41.1
41.1
40.4
40.4
39.7
39.7
DBF/DBR
Min
24.6
24.1
24.1
23.5
23.5
23.0
23.0
22.4
22.4
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
24.5
24.5
24.0
24.0
23.6
23.6
23.0
23.0
22.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
28.1
28.1
27.5
27.5
27.1
27.1
26.5
26.5
26.0
26.0
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
18.2
18.2
17.9
17.9
17.4
17.4
17.1
17.1
16.8
16.8
16.5
16.5
21.9
21.9
21.6
21.6
21.1
21.1
20.8
20.8
20.4
20.4
20.1
20.1
Max
26.8
26.3
26.3
25.8
25.8
25.3
25.3
28.8
24.8
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
27.0
27.0
26.4
26.4
26.1
26.1
25.6
25.6
25.2
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
29.1
29.1
28.5
28.5
28.1
28.1
27.6
27.6
27.1
27.1
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
23.0
23.0
22.8
22.8
22.5
22.5
22.2
22.2
22.0
22.0
21.8
21.8
26.7
26.7
26.4
26.4
26.1
26.1
25.8
25.8
25.5
25.5
25.3
25.3
41
THF/THR
Min
24.6
24.1
24.1
23.5
23.5
23.0
23.0
22.4
22.4
24.3
24.3
23.7
23.7
23.0
27.0
27.0
26.3
26.3
25.8
25.8
25.2
25.2
24.6
27.3
26.7
26.7
25.9
25.9
30.9
30.9
30.2
30.2
29.7
29.7
29.0
29.0
28.4
28.4
31.0
30.3
30.3
29.5
29.5
27.2
27.2
26.7
26.7
26.0
26.0
25.5
25.5
24.8
24.8
24.2
24.2
31.0
31.0
30.4
30.4
29.7
29.7
29.2
29.2
28.6
28.6
27.9
27.9
Max
26.8
26.3
26.3
25.8
25.8
25.3
25.3
24.8
24.8
26.0
26.0
25.5
25.5
24.8
29.1
29.1
28.5
28.5
28.1
28.1
27.5
27.5
27.0
29.0
28.4
28.4
27.7
27.7
33.0
33.0
32.3
32.3
31.9
31.9
31.3
31.3
30.8
30.8
33.2
32.7
32.7
33.0
33.0
30.9
30.9
30.4
30.4
29.9
29.9
29.5
29.5
29.0
29.0
28.5
28.5
34.6
34.6
34.1
34.1
33.6
33.6
33.1
33.1
32.6
32.6
32.1
32.1
UBF/UBR
Min
24.6
24.1
24.1
23.5
23.5
23.0
23.0
22.4
22.4
30.1
30.1
29.4
29.4
28.5
32.1
32.1
31.3
31.3
30.7
30.7
29.9
29.9
29.2
33.9
33.3
33.3
32.4
32.4
35.8
35.8
35.0
35.0
34.4
34.4
33.6
33.6
32.9
32.9
38.3
37.4
37.4
36.5
36.5
27.7
27.7
27.1
27.1
26.2
26.2
25.6
25.6
24.7
24.7
23.9
23.9
32.3
32.3
31.7
31.7
30.9
30.9
30.2
30.2
29.4
29.4
28.6
28.6
Max
27.0
26.5
26.5
25.9
25.9
25.1
25.1
25.0
25.0
31.3
31.3
30.7
30.7
29.8
33.8
33.8
33.0
33.0
32.4
32.4
31.8
31.8
31.1
35.1
34.5
34.5
33.7
33.7
38.4
38.4
37.6
37.6
37.1
37.1
36.3
36.3
35.6
35.6
39.5
38.6
38.6
37.8
37.8
30.1
30.1
29.5
29.5
28.8
28.8
28.2
28.2
27.5
27.5
26.8
26.8
34.8
34.8
34.2
34.2
33.5
33.5
32.9
32.9
32.2
32.2
31.5
31.5
FAN SHAFT DIAM.
(in.)
Class 1
Class 2
2 3/16
2 7/16
2 7/16
1 15/16
2 7/16
1 15/16
2 7/16
2 3/16
2 7/16
2 3/16
2 11/16
2 3/16
2 3/16
2 3/16
2 7/16
2 7/16
Table 17 — Airfoil Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches (cont)
39M UNIT
SIZE
FAN
MODEL
NO.
AF 36
85, 96
AF 40
AF 40
110
AF 44
BHF
BHR
DBF
DBR
—
—
—
—
MOTOR
FRAME
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
LEGEND
Bottom Horizontal Front
Bottom Horizontal Rear
Downblast Front
Downblast Rear
BHF/BHR
Min
40.6
40.6
40.0
40.0
39.1
39.1
38.5
38.5
37.7
37.7
36.8
36.8
44.3
44.3
43.5
43.5
42.9
42.9
42.0
42.0
41.2
41.2
40.4
40.4
44.3
44.3
43.5
43.5
42.9
42.9
42.0
42.0
41.2
41.2
40.4
40.4
47.8
47.8
46.9
46.9
46.2
46.2
45.2
45.2
44.3
44.3
43.4
43.4
THF
THR
UBF
UBR
Max
43.0
43.0
42.4
42.4
41.7
41.7
41.1
41.1
40.4
40.4
39.7
39.7
46.7
46.7
46.0
46.0
45.4
45.4
44.6
44.6
43.9
43.9
43.2
43.2
46.7
46.7
46.0
46.0
45.4
45.4
44.6
44.6
43.9
43.9
43.2
43.2
48.9
48.9
48.0
48.0
47.3
47.3
46.5
46.5
45.6
45.6
44.8
44.8
—
—
—
—
DBF/DBR
Min
21.9
21.9
21.6
21.6
21.1
21.1
20.8
20.8
20.4
20.4
20.1
20.1
24.8
24.8
24.4
24.4
24.1
24.1
23.7
23.7
23.4
23.4
23.1
23.1
24.8
24.8
24.4
24.4
24.1
24.1
23.7
23.7
23.4
23.4
23.1
23.1
35.8
35.8
35.1
35.1
34.7
34.7
34.0
34.0
33.4
33.4
32.9
32.9
Max
26.7
26.7
26.4
26.4
26.1
26.1
25.8
25.8
25.5
25.5
25.3
25.3
29.7
29.7
29.4
29.4
29.1
29.1
28.8
28.8
28.6
28.6
28.4
28.4
29.7
29.7
29.4
29.4
29.1
29.1
28.8
28.8
28.6
28.6
28.4
28.4
39.7
39.7
39.2
39.2
38.8
38.8
38.3
38.3
37.8
37.8
37.3
37.3
Top Horizontal Front
Top Horizontal Rear
Upblast Front
Upblast Rear
42
THF/THR
Min
31.0
31.0
30.4
30.4
29.7
29.7
29.2
29.2
28.6
28.6
27.9
27.9
33.7
33.7
33.0
33.0
32.5
32.5
31.8
31.8
31.2
31.2
30.5
30.5
33.7
33.7
33.0
33.0
32.5
32.5
31.8
31.8
31.2
31.2
30.5
30.5
32.7
32.7
31.9
31.9
31.2
31.2
30.4
30.4
29.6
29.6
28.7
28.7
Max
34.6
34.6
34.1
34.1
33.6
33.6
33.1
33.1
32.6
32.6
32.1
32.1
37.4
37.4
36.8
36.8
36.3
36.3
35.8
35.8
35.2
35.2
34.7
34.7
37.4
37.4
36.8
36.8
36.3
36.3
35.8
35.8
35.2
35.2
34.7
34.7
35.1
35.1
34.4
34.4
33.8
33.8
33.1
33.1
32.4
32.4
31.7
31.7
UBF/UBR
Min
32.3
32.3
31.7
31.7
30.9
30.9
30.2
30.2
29.4
29.4
28.6
28.6
35.8
35.8
35.0
35.0
34.4
34.4
33.6
33.6
32.8
32.8
32.0
32.0
35.8
35.8
35.0
35.0
34.4
34.4
33.6
33.6
32.8
32.8
32.0
32.0
43.9
43.9
43.1
43.1
42.5
42.5
41.7
41.7
41.0
41.0
40.2
40.2
Max
34.8
34.8
34.2
34.2
33.5
33.5
32.9
32.9
32.2
32.2
31.5
31.5
38.4
38.4
37.7
37.7
37.1
37.1
36.4
36.4
35.7
35.7
35.0
35.0
38.4
38.4
37.7
37.7
37.1
37.1
36.4
36.4
35.7
35.7
35.0
35.0
46.8
46.8
46.1
46.1
45.6
45.6
44.9
44.9
44.2
44.2
43.6
43.6
FAN SHAFT DIAM.
(in.)
Class 1
Class 2
2 7/16
2 7/16
2 3/16
2 7/16
2 3/16
2 7/16
2 15/16
2 15/16
Table 18 — Belt Drive Plenum Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches
39M
UNIT
SIZE
03
06
FAN
MODEL
NO.
PF 123
PF 153
PF 153
08
PF 163
10
PF 183Q
12, 14
PF 223Q
PF 223Q
17
PF 243Q
PF 243Q
21
PF 273Q
MOTOR
FRAME
MIN
MAX
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
6.7
6.7
6.7
5.5
5.5
12.0
12.0
12.0
11.3
11.3
10.9
12.0
12.0
12.0
11.3
11.3
10.9
21.2
21.2
21.2
20.8
20.8
20.5
20.5
25.0
25.0
24.6
24.6
24.3
24.3
23.9
28.1
28.1
27.6
27.6
27.3
27.3
26.8
28.1
28.1
27.6
27.6
27.3
27.3
26.8
31.3
30.8
30.8
30.5
30.5
30.1
30.1
31.3
30.8
30.8
30.5
30.5
30.1
30.1
32.4
31.9
31.9
31.6
31.6
31.2
31.2
30.9
7.5
7.5
7.5
6.5
6.5
13.2
13.2
13.2
12.6
12.6
12.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
12.6
12.6
12.2
22.4
22.4
22.4
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
26.5
26.5
26.0
26.0
25.8
25.8
25.5
29.6
29.6
29.1
29.1
28.8
28.8
28.5
29.6
29.6
29.1
29.1
28.8
28.8
28.5
32.8
32.3
32.3
32.0
32.0
31.8
31.8
32.8
32.3
32.3
32.0
32.0
31.8
31.8
33.8
33.4
33.4
33.1
33.1
32.9
32.9
32.6
FAN SHAFT
DIAM. (in.)
Class 1 Class 2
1 7/16
39M
UNIT
SIZE
FAN
MODEL
NO.
1 7/16
PF 273Q
1
1 3/16
25
PF 303Q
1
1 3/16
1
1
PF 303Q
30
1
1 3/16
1 7/16
1 7/16
PF 333Q
PF 333Q
36
1 7/16
1 7/16
PF 363Q
1 7/16
1 7/16
1 7/16
1 7/16
1 7/16
1 7/16
43
MOTOR
FRAME
MIN
MAX
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
32.4
31.9
31.9
31.6
31.6
31.2
31.2
30.9
35.3
34.8
34.8
34.4
34.4
34.0
34.0
33.6
35.3
34.8
34.8
34.4
34.4
34.0
34.0
33.6
38.1
38.1
37.8
37.8
37.3
37.3
37.0
37.0
38.1
38.1
37.8
37.8
37.3
37.3
37.0
37.0
42.8
42.9
42.5
42.5
42.0
42.0
41.7
41.7
41.3
33.8
33.4
33.4
33.1
33.1
32.9
32.9
32.6
36.8
36.3
36.3
36.0
36.0
35.6
35.6
35.3
36.8
36.3
36.3
36.0
36.0
35.6
35.6
35.3
39.6
39.6
39.4
39.4
39.0
39.0
38.7
38.7
39.6
39.6
39.4
39.4
39.0
39.0
38.7
38.7
47.2
47.2
46.9
46.9
46.5
46.5
46.2
46.2
45.8
FAN SHAFT
DIAM. (in.)
Class 1 Class 2
1 7/16
1 7/16
1 7/16
1 7/16
1 7/16
1 7/16
1 11/16
1 11/16
1 11/16
1 11/16
1 11/16
1 11/16
Table 18 — Belt Drive Plenum Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches (cont)
39M
UNIT
SIZE
FAN
MODEL
NO.
PF 333Q
PF 363Q
40
PF 403Q
PF 403Q
50
PF 443Q
PF 403Q
61
PF 443Q
PF 493Q
MOTOR
FRAME
MIN
MAX
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
38.1
38.1
37.8
37.8
37.3
37.3
37.0
37.0
42.8
42.9
42.5
42.5
42.0
42.0
41.7
41.7
41.3
52.0
52.0
51.7
51.7
51.3
51.3
51.0
51.0
50.5
50.5
52.0
52.0
51.7
51.7
51.3
51.3
51.0
51.0
50.5
50.5
49.2
48.8
48.8
48.3
48.3
47.9
47.9
47.4
47.4
46.9
52.0
52.0
51.7
51.7
51.3
51.3
51.0
51.0
50.5
50.5
49.2
48.8
48.8
48.3
48.3
47.9
47.9
47.4
47.4
46.9
51.9
51.5
51.5
50.9
50.9
50.5
50.5
39.6
39.6
39.4
39.4
39.0
39.0
38.7
38.7
47.2
47.2
46.9
46.9
46.5
46.5
46.2
46.2
45.8
56.5
56.5
56.2
56.2
55.8
55.8
55.5
55.5
55.1
55.1
56.5
56.5
56.2
56.2
55.8
55.8
55.5
55.5
55.1
55.1
53.3
51.9
51.9
52.4
52.4
52.1
52.1
51.7
51.7
51.2
56.5
56.5
56.2
56.2
55.8
55.8
55.5
55.5
55.1
55.1
53.3
51.9
51.9
52.4
52.4
52.1
52.1
51.7
51.7
51.2
55.9
55.5
55.5
55.0
55.0
54.6
54.6
FAN SHAFT
DIAM. (in.)
Class 1 Class 2
1 11/16
39M
UNIT
SIZE
FAN
MODEL
NO.
1 11/16
PF 40HE
1 11/16
72
1 11/16
PF 44HE
1 15/16
1 15/16
PF 44HE
1 15/16
1 15/16
85
2 3/16
2 3/16
1 15/16
1 15/16
PF 49HE
PF 49HE
96, 110
2 3/16
2 3/16
PF 55HE
2v
2 11/16
44
MOTOR
FRAME
MIN
MAX
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
43.8
43.8
43.4
43.4
43.0
43.0
42.7
42.7
42.2
42.2
41.8
41.8
48.5
48.5
48.2
48.2
47.7
47.7
47.4
47.4
46.9
46.9
46.5
46.5
48.5
48.5
48.2
48.2
47.7
47.7
47.4
47.4
46.9
46.9
46.5
46.5
53.6
53.6
53.1
53.1
52.8
52.8
52.3
52.3
51.9
51.9
51.4
51.4
53.6
53.6
53.1
53.1
52.8
52.8
52.3
52.3
51.9
51.9
51.4
51.4
58.5
58.5
58.0
58.0
57.7
57.7
57.2
57.2
56.7
56.7
56.3
56.3
48.5
48.5
48.2
48.2
47.8
47.8
47.6
47.6
47.2
47.2
46.9
46.9
53.2
53.2
52.9
52.9
52.5
52.5
52.2
52.2
51.8
51.8
51.5
51.5
53.2
53.2
52.9
52.9
52.5
52.5
52.2
52.2
51.8
51.8
51.5
51.5
58.2
58.2
57.8
57.8
57.5
57.5
57.1
57.1
56.7
56.7
56.4
56.4
58.2
58.2
57.8
57.8
57.5
57.5
57.1
57.1
56.7
56.7
56.4
56.4
63.1
63.1
62.7
62.7
62.3
62.3
61.9
61.9
61.5
61.5
61.1
61.1
FAN SHAFT
DIAM. (in.)
Class 1 Class 2
2 7/16
2 3/16
2 3/16
2 7/16
2 3/16
2 7/16
2 3/16
2 7/16
2 3/16
2 7/16
2 7/16
2 15/16
2. Do not store the unit in a heavy traffic area or on a vibrating surface. Vibration can damage stationary
bearings.
3. Ensure that all coil connections have shipping caps in
place. Cover the entire unit with a waterproof tarpaulin
or plastic coverall; if the unit is stored on the ground, extend the cover underneath the unit. Secure the cover
with tiedowns. Do not remove cover or coil end caps until unit is ready for final installation.
4. Monthly — Move the coverall, enter the fan section
through the access door or fan inlet, and slowly rotate
the fan and motor by hand. This operation prevents
bearing corrosion by redistributing the bearing grease.
PRE-INSTALLATION
Inspection — Inspect the unit; file a claim with the ship-
ping company if the unit is damaged. Check the packing list
to ensure that the correct items have been received and notify
your Carrier representative of any discrepancy.
Rigging and Handling — To transfer the unit from the
shipping platform to the storage or installation site, refer to
the rigging label on the unit and these instructions.
CAUTION
A forklift truck cannot be used to move units or components. Failure to follow these safety precautions could lead
to personal injury and/or equipment damage.
Service Clearance — When planning the placement of
the unit, ensure adequate space for service access. Typical
service operations can require removing the coils and
filters and accessing the motor and damper linkage. Refer to
AHUBuilder® program for recommended clearances.
Base units are shipped fully assembled, except when sections are separately ordered. All 39M units can be rigged using the lifting brackets, as shown on the rigging label on the
unit.
1. Lift the unit with slings and header bars, using clevises and
pins in the large round holes in the unit’s lifting brackets.
2. When the unit is in its final location, do not remove the
caps from the coil connections until the coil is ready for
piping. Do not remove grease from the fan shaft until
the drive sheave is ready for installation.
Drain Positioning — To prevent build-up of condensate in the drain pan and ensure proper operation of the drain
system, position the unit so that condensate drain can be
properly trapped. Refer to the Condensate Drain section on
page 89 in the Installation section.
Unit Suspension — Unit
suspension methods are
shown in Fig. 5. A field-supplied platform mount is recommended, especially for larger unit sizes. An in-line twin-beam
mount is also recommended. See Fig. 5 and 6. Units can also
be supported by suspending the unit from cross-beams at the
joint between each unit component. Ensure that suspension
rods are secured to adequately support the unit and that the
rods extend entirely through their associated fasteners. Also
ensure that suspension rods do not interfere with service access to the unit.
Long-Term Storage — Store unit in a clean, dry place
and protect it from weather and construction traffic.
1. The storage site should be level, rigid, and free of debris. If the site is in a heavy rain area, set the unit off of
the ground.
CEILING — RECOMMENDED
PLATFORM MOUNT
CEILING — ALTERNATE
CROSSBEAM MOUNT
A39-4230
CEILING — RECOMMENDED
IN-LINE BEAM MOUNT
a39-4328
Fig. 5 — Unit Suspension
45
When field-supplied motors and drives have been installed, adjust the isolator springs as shown in Fig. 7 and described as follows:
1. Loosen the locknut on adjusting stem.
2. Turn the adjusting stem until the specified clearance of
13/
1
16 + /8-in. is obtained. (Turn clockwise to decrease
clearance or counterclockwise to increase clearance.)
3. Tighten the locknut.
4. Repeat for each of the isolator springs and ensure that
the fan sled is floating on the springs.
External Vibration Isolation — Install external vibra-
tion isolators per certified drawings, job specifications, and
the instructions of the isolator manufacturer.
For applications that do not require internal fan isolation,
leave the holddown bracket screwed or bolted in place. Otherwise, the combination of internal and external unit isolation
could lead to unwanted oscillation magnification.
The coil piping must also be isolated or have flexible connectors to avoid coil header damage due to motion or vibration. Flexible connections should also be installed at the fan
inlet (if ducted) and at the discharge.
a39-4329
Fig. 6 — Lifting Lug Detail for Pad-Mounted Unit
with or without Isolation
Internal Vibration Isolation — Units equipped with
internal vibration isolation must be prepared as described in
this section before they are installed.
For applications that do not require internal fan isolation,
leave the holddown bracket screwed or bolted in place. Otherwise, the combination of internal and external unit isolation
could lead to unwanted oscillation magnification.
REMOVING HOLDDOWN BOLTS, AIRFOIL, PLENUM
AND FORWARD-CURVED FANS — Remove the holddown bolts (Fig. 7) as follows:
1. Open the fan access door.
2. Remove the bolts that fasten the fan sled to the holddown bracket (Fig. 7). Remove “S” shaped brackets.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 on the opposite side of the fan
section. Fan sled assembly should float on isolator
springs when done.
Roof Curb — Roof curbs can be factory or field supplied
for 39MW units and should be installed according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.
Before installing roof curb, check overall unit length. Figure
8 shows AHU (air-handling unit) curb pocket dimensions.
1.893
1.00
1.221
1.00
Ø1.50
ADJUSTING STEM
SLED MEMBER
“S” SHAPED
BRACKET
4.50
3.00
6.00
1.74
2.25
HOLDDOWN
BOLT
1.00
2X Ø 0.625
HOLDDOWN
BOLT
1.893
a39-4144
3.00
a39-4049
SPRING
NOTE: All dimensions are shown in inches.
“S” SHAPED BRACKET
Fig. 8 — Curb Pocket Dimensions
(Sizes 03-110 Typical)
Curbs are typically shipped knocked down and require
field assembly as follows:
1. Curbs greater than 12 ft in airway length will be split
and joined together by a splice plate. Butt the two sections and bolt together with the splice plate as shown in
Fig. 9.
2. Arrange sides and ends together at right angles and bolt
together using the corner bracket as shown in Fig. 10.
3. Fasten cross supports, when required, per the drawings
with supplied screws as shown in Fig. 11.
Fig. 7 — Spring Isolator and Holddown Bracket
ADJUSTING ISOLATOR SPRINGS — Units with factorysupplied motors and drives are preset to 13/16 + 1/8-in. clearance between the base frame assembly and the bottom panels; field adjustment of the isolator springs is not normally
required.
WARNING
When adjusting fan isolation components, DO NOT enter
or reach into the fan cabinet while fan is running. Serious
injury can result. Be sure to disconnect power and tag
controls before making adjustments.
46
The return and supply ducts must be supported independently from the unit. Do not exert weight or downward force
on the unit other than minimal force required to attach ductwork.
Before the unit is installed, gasketing must be installed between the curb and unit as shown in Fig. 12. This gasket material is supplied by the curb manufacturer. If gasket is not
supplied with the curb, recommended field-supplied gasket
material is 1/2-in. thick by 2-in. wide closed cell neoprene.
When curb is installed, place gasket on curb without
stretching or overlapping the material, which can cause gaps
or leaks. Butt all joints evenly and avoid creating gaps where
water can leak into the curb. Make sure seams in gasket material overlap seams in the curb rail. See Fig. 12 for installation
details.
After gasket is in place, rig unit into position as described
in Rigging and Handling section. Locate unit on curb so it is
correctly oriented with respect to curb inlet and discharge locations.
On curb installations, lower unit directly into place, ensuring
that the roof curb gasket does not shift or curl.
4. The 14 in. tall curbs weigh 6 lb per linear foot, 24 in.
curbs weigh 9 lb per linear foot.
IMPORTANT: Verify installed curb dimensions before
attempting to rig the unit and install it on the curb.
Due to the pressure capabilities of the 39 Series air handlers,
duct connections must be gasketed and screwed to the unit to
prevent leakage. Refer to Duct Connections section on page 50.
No provisions have been made to attach the ductwork to the
curb. Dimensions for inlet and discharge locations are shown in
drawings produced in AHUBuilder® program.
UNIT CURB
CURB GASKET
(OPTIONAL)
BUTT JOINTS, DO
NOT OVERLAP
A39-2334
CURB SPLICE
PLATE
Fig. 9 — Splice Plate Usage
FLAT WASHER
a39-4330
SEAL STRIP
HEX HEAD
BOLT
END
GASKET SEAM
HEX NUT
WRONG METHOD
LOCK
WASHER
RAIL SEAM
GASKET SEAM
RIGHT METHOD
SIDE
UNIT CURB
RAIL SEAM
Fig. 12 — Install Gasketing
CORNER BRACKET
A39-2335
Pier or Beam Mount — As an alternative to curb
mounting, units can also be mounted on I-beams or piers. For
units mounted on I-beams, the beams must run the continuous
length of the unit. If seismic criteria apply, crosspieces must
be added between the beams according to seismic calculations. For pier-mounted units, one pier must be installed in
each corner of the unit at the junction of the base rail corners.
For each additional 8 ft of length for size 03-110 units, install
one additional pier on each side of the unit at the junction of each
section split underneath the base rails. See Fig. 13 for a typical
installation.
Fig. 10 — Corner Bracket
UNIT CURB
A39-2336
CURB
CHANNEL
Fig. 11 — Fasten Cross Supports
47
BEAM MOUNT
PIER MOUNT*
W
L
A39-4384
QUANTITY OF PIERS REQUIRED
*Minimum number of piers shown for pier-mounted unit. See
table on right for number of equally spaced piers required.
For each additional 8 ft of unit length, add 2 piers.
0-8
4
UNIT LENGTH “L”, FT
9-16
6
17-24
8
Fig. 13 — Pier or Beam Mounting
NON-STACKED UNITS
1. The 39M split units will arrive at the jobsite in separate
pieces with section to section gasket installed. If the gasket
is damaged, obtain the required length of 0.25 in. x 1.50 in.
closed cell gasketing locally (i.e. McMaster 8694K94 or
Grainger 6YLW0).
2. Set upstream section on roof curb first for outdoor units or
on the pad for indoor units.
3. Remove shipping cover.
4. Set downstream section on roof curb or pad. Refer to unit
nameplate (Fig. 1A) for sequence of section order. Downstream section must be set within 1/2 in. of the upstream
section for proper installation.
5. Pull baserails to contact bottom lifting lug connection. Do
not fully tighten. See Fig. 14, Detail C.
6. Align top brackets. Start the screw, but do not fully tighten.
See Fig. 14, Detail A. For outdoor units, removal of the
roof at the split is necessary to access the top brackets.
7. On side of unit, when Intelliclamp connectors are present
(sizes 36 and larger only), align Intelliclamp connector,
start the screw, but do not fully tighten. See Fig. 14, Detail
B.
8. (SIZES 17 AND LARGER ONLY) Remove the roof at the
split to access the top Intelliclamp connector(s), align the
Intelliclamp connector(s) and start the screw but do not fully tighten.
9. Fully tighten all bolts starting from the base rails and moving to the top. For outdoor units, reinstall all roof sections.
Section to section gasket should be compressed to a thickness no larger than 1/8 inch. Apply a bead of caulk at shipping split joints from top of inside roof overhang to roof
curb.
INSTALLATION
This section describes how to install 39M units, components,
and component parts. Units specified on a single order are
shipped with most components assembled in the specified airflow
direction. When an upper component exceeds the 108-in. maximum height limit, it is shipped out of its operating position. Some
component parts also require assembly or adjustment; see the section on each component type for specific instructions.
CAUTION
Failure to assemble the units according to the procedures
set forth below is considered improper installation and
abuse and may not only negatively impact the weathertight
performance of the unit, but may also negatively affect the
Carrier warranty.
Indoor and Outdoor Unit Shipping Split (All
Sizes)
NOTE: The following hardware is included with the unit:
2 per split — 3/8 in.-16 nut
2 per split — 3/8 in.-16 x 8 in. screw
2 per split — 3/8 in. washer
2 per split — 1/2 in.-13 nut
2 per split — 1/2 in.-13 x 8 in. screw
2 per split — 1/2 in. washer
1 per Intelliclamp* connector — 5/16 in.-18 nut
1 per Intelliclamp connector — 5/16 in.-18 x 2 1/2 screw
Stacked units also include size AB 1/4 — 3/4 screws (quantity
varies with unit size) and gasket required for field installation.
*Registered trademark of Industrilis.
48
SPLIT SECTION L BRACKET
NUT (3/8 in.-16)
WASHER (3/8 in.)
SCREW
SCREW
(3/8 in.-16 x 8 in.)
SEE DETAIL A
DETAIL A
SPLIT SECTION
INTELLICLAMP
CONNECTOR
SEE
DETAIL B
NUT
(5/16 in.-18)
DETAIL B
SCREW
5/16 in.-18 x 2 1/2
SEE DETAIL C
SCREW
DETAIL C
A39-4385
SCREW (1/2 in.-13 x 8 in.)
WASHER (1/2 in.)
NUT (1/2 in.-13)
Fig. 14 — Attaching Split Sections — Non-Stacked Units and Lower Level of Stacked Units
10. If CCH (coil connection housing) is installed at a section
split:
a. Use the Intelliclamp connectors on the vertical
frames and the split brackets on the top frames to
bring the sections together.
b. Remove the upstream side panels to gain access to
the inner surface of the frames.
c. Use tool clearance holes to install ¼-in. screws into
the downstream frame for the permanent section
joint (only necessary on the CCH side). Detail D in
Fig. 15 show the location of the holes; the number of
holes will vary by unit.
d. Reinstall upstream access panel.
e. Remove the Intelliclamp connectors, the split section L bracket, and the lifting lug under the section
that match the CCH side walls and install the CCH
as described in Coil Connection Housing section on
page 70.
11. Where fan is blow-thru airfoil or forward-curved, install
fan discharge diffuser to bulkhead.
a39-4309
AB SCREW
1/4 - 3/4
SEE
DETAIL D
DETAIL D
SCALE 7:10
Fig. 15 — Attaching CCH at Section Split —
Location of Screw Holes
WARNING
12. For outdoor units, assemble all roof brackets provided and
caulk roof corners as shown in Fig. 16, Detail B. Also
caulk (using black or grey polyurethane adhesive sealant
such as Black Sikaflex 221 or Silaprene Solid Seal) over
the field section joint seals from top to bottom on the outside of each field joint to ensure seal integrity.
Do not attempt to lift unit after assembly! Severe personal injury or death can result.
CAUTION
Ensure a good seal is created between both sections before
continuing. Equipment damage could result.
49
3. Attach the lower level shipping splits from the inside of
the bottom vertical discharge section using the AB 1/4 —
3/ screw as shown in Fig. 17, Detail A. Typically this
4
screw is installed above the coil and under the fan sled,
depending on the configuration of the unit.
4. After completing the lower level shipping splits assembly, proceed to the upper level shipping split installation
using the provided washers, gasket and self-locking
nuts.
5. Fully tighten all bolts starting from the base rails and
moving to the top.
STACKED UNITS
IMPORTANT: If the top level shipping split arrives
separately, do not assemble until you have completed
the installation of the lower level shipping splits. This
will ease the assembly process.
1. For lower level shipping split, follow Steps 1 through 8
on page 48 for non-stacked units.
2. Refer to Fig. 17. If the split in the lower level section is
under the top section, the top horizontal frame of the
vertical discharge section will not have the rectangular
brackets.
Duct Connections — Refer to submittal drawing and
Fig. 18 and 19 for dimensions.
a39-4332
UPSTREAM SECTION
SEE DETAIL A
DO NOT REMOVE
ANGULAR BRACE
DO NOT REMOVE
CENTER SUPPORT
DETAIL A
DETAIL B
SLIDE
BRACKET
ROOF CAP
BRACKET
ROOF CAP
CAULK AREA TO
ELIMINATE WATER
INTRUSION
a39-4231
INSULATION
TAPE
SCREW WITH
RUBBER SEAL
DETAIL B
39MW ROOF CURB
Fig. 16 — 39MW Split Assembly
AB SCREW 1/4 - 3/4
SEE DETAIL A
DETAIL A
a39-4293
Fig. 17 — Attaching Split Sections — Stacked Units
50
MIXING BOX, EXHAUST BOX, AND EXTERNAL
BYPASS DAMPER DETAILS
SIDE DAMPER DETAILS
39M UNIT DETAIL (SECTIONS) A (WIDTH) B (HEIGHT) JACKSHAFT DIAMETER (in.)
SIZE
1/
03
1
25.75
10.75
2
1/
06
1
38.75
14
2
39M UNIT DETAIL (SECTIONS) A (WIDTH) B (HEIGHT) JACKSHAFT DIAMETER (in.)
SIZE
1/
03
1
14
18
2
1/
06
1
20
26
2
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
46.75
59.75
59.75
64.75
71.75
71.75
78.75
96.75
101.75
101.75
109.75
109.75
113.00
132.00
132.00
150.00
1/
14
14
14
16.75
16.75
20
20
20
29
32
35
44
46
46
52
52
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
20
26
26
32
32
32
38
44
50
50
56
56
50
58
58
66
1/
29
29
36
36
39
49
49
49
60
66
76
91
102
102
115
115
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
A
A
a39-4333
B
B
A
A
DETAIL 1
FACE VIEW
DETAIL 2
FACE VIEW
A
A
A
B
A
New Art
B
DETAIL 3
FACE VIEW
DETAIL 4
FACE VIEW
5
B
1 1/2
AIRFOIL
BLADES
1
3
AIRFOIL
BLADES
TO OPEN
BRACKET
TO OPEN
BRACKET
SECTION A-A
1/2-in. JACKSHAFT
PREMIUM DAMPER
AIR
SECTION A-A
1-in. JACKSHAFT
PREMIUM DAMPER
FLOW
5”
STANDARD
BLADES
1 1/2”
1”
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
TO OPEN
TO OPEN
BRACKET
BRACKET
SECTION A-A
1-in. JACKSHAFT
STANDARD DAMPER
SECTION A-A
1/2-in. JACKSHAFT
STANDARD DAMPER
NOTE: All dimensions in inches
unless otherwise noted.
A39-2972
Fig. 18 — Mixing Box, Filter Mixing Box, Exhaust Box and External Bypass Damper Details
51
5.00
TOP VIEW
3.00
15.00
a39-4304
4.00
A2
O.D. OF FRAME
(NOT INCLUDING FLANGE)
E1
PREMIUM
DAMPER
E2
D2
D1
FACE VIEW
(BLADES SHOWN OPEN)
B
OD OF FRAME
(NOT INCLUDING FLANGE)
AIR
MEASUREMENT
DAMPER
A1
O.D. OF FRAME
(NOT INCLUDING FLANGE)
7/32" DIA. HOLES at 8" C-C
WITH RANDOM START POINT
SIZES 03-21
DIMENSIONS (in.)
39M UNIT
SIZE
A1
A2
B
D1
D2
E1
E2
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
14.00
23.25
28.05
35.85
35.85
38.85
43.05
43.05
11.75
15.50
18.70
23.90
23.90
25.90
28.70
28.70
10.75
14.00
14.00
14.00
14.00
16.75
16.75
20.00
7.17
11.48
11.48
11.48
11.48
14.23
14.23
17.48
6.69
10.59
10.59
10.59
10.59
13.34
13.34
16.59
11.72
20.97
25.77
33.57
33.57
36.57
40.77
40.77
9.50
13.25
16.45
21.65
21.65
23.65
38.52
26.45
AMS
LEGEND
— Air Measuring Station
NOTE: A1, A2, and B dimensions are actual to O.D. of damper frames
not including flanges.
Fig. 19 — AMS Damper Dimensions
52
AMS LOW
LIMIT
(CFM)
336
836
1,040
1,332
1,332
1,733
1,943
2,320
AMS HIGH
LIMIT
(CFM)
2,100
4,200
5,600
7,000
8,400
9,800
11,900
14,700
SIZES 25-61
DIMENSIONS (in.)
39M UNIT
SIZE
A1
A2
B
D1
D2
E1
E2
25
30
36
40
50
61
47.25
58.05
61.05
61.05
65.85
65.85
31.50
38.70
40.70
40.70
43.90
43.90
20.00
20.00
29.00
32.00
35.00
44.00
17.48
17.48
—
—
—
—
16.59
16.59
24.47
28.59
30.47
40.59
44.97
55.77
—
—
—
—
29.25
36.45
38.45
38.45
41.65
41.65
AMS
LEGEND
— Air Measuring Station
NOTE: A1, A2, and B dimensions are actual to O.D. of damper frames
not including flanges.
Fig. 19 — AMS Damper Dimensions (cont)
53
AMS LOW
LIMIT
(CFM)
2,570
3,153
4,814
5,312
6,369
8,006
AMS HIGH
LIMIT
(CFM)
17,500
21,000
25,200
28,000
35,000
42,700
15.00
a39-4306
X1 ± .25
SIDE VIEW
X2 ±.25
.50 TYP.
4 CORNERS
A
A/3
A/3
A/3
E1
E1
.25 DIA HOLES
TYP. 4 CORNERS
.50 TYP.
4 CORNERS
E1
AIR
MEASUREMENT
DAMPER
B1 D1
FACE VIEW
(BLADES SHOWN OPEN)
.44 TYP.
4 SIDES
B
B2 D2
(TYP.)
.219 ± .031 DIA. HOLES at 6" C-C
WITH RANDOM START POINT
PREMIUM
DAMPER
SIZES 72-110
DIMENSIONS (in.)
39M
UNIT
SIZE
A
B
A/3
B1
B2
X1
X2
D1
D2
E1
72
85
96
110
113.00
132.00
132.00
150.00
46.00
46.00
52.00
52.00
37.60
44.00
44.00
50.00
27.60
27.60
31.20
31.20
18.40
18.40
20.80
20.80
11.74
11.74
13.52
13.52
11.96
11.96
14.36
14.36
24.60
24.60
28.20
28.20
15.02
15.02
16.85
16.85
35.42
41.71
41.71
47.72
AMS
LEGEND
— Air Measuring Station
NOTE: A and B dimensions are actual to O.D. of damper frames not
including flanges.
Fig. 19 — AMS Damper Dimensions (cont)
54
AMS
LOW
LIMIT
(CFM)
6,115
7,208
8,148
9,174
AMS
HIGH
LIMIT
(CFM)
40,768
48,052
54,319
61,159
MIXING BOX/INLET PLENUM/DISCHARGE PLENUM/
EXTERNAL BYPASS/RETURN FAN — Attach the ductwork to the box frame rails with sheet metal screws as shown
in Fig. 20A. Ductwork should be flanged out as close to the
damper framed opening as possible. Screws with weatherproof washers and a bead of silicone around the duct flange
must be used for outdoor applications. Do not remove the
screws retaining the damper frame; the damper will fall out.
MIXING BOX/INLET PLENUM/DISCHARGE PLENUM
(Bottom)
A39-4314
IMPORTANT: For all sizes with bottom full openings, attach ductwork to inside of baserails.
Refer to Fig. 20B for bottom opening ductwork connection.
HOUSED FAN DISCHARGE CONNECTIONS (Not Plenum Fans) — Discharge air ducts must be attached directly to
the discharge side of the unit. This applies to both indoor and
outdoor units.
For end or top discharge, apply 1/2 in. thick by 11/2 in. wide
closed cell neoprene gasketing or run a bead of silicone
around the fan discharge. Flange the ductwork out no more
than 11/4 in. and screw the flanged ductwork to the fan discharge.
For bottom discharge supply fan duct connections, connect a short stub duct directly to the bottom of the unit. For
smaller size openings, gasket the discharge, flange the ductwork out no more than 11/4 in. and screw the flanged ductwork to the fan discharge. For larger size units, build a short
stub of ductwork with no flange, slip it up between the
framed opening and screw the duct to the frame members
from the inside of the stub duct. See Fig. 21.
Use care when making turns and transitions in ductwork to
avoid excessive air friction. Duct elbows should contain turning vanes. See Fig. 22.
Ductwork connected to the fan discharge should run in a
straight line for at least 2.5 times the outlet diameter dimensions
and should not be reduced in cross-section. See Fig. 23. Duct
turns should be in the same direction as fan rotation to minimize
any negative system effects.
Fig. 20B — Duct Connections — Full Open
Bottom (Except Housed Fans)
a39-4316
a39-4229
Fig. 21 — Bottom Duct Connection —
Housed Fans
TURNING
VANES
NOT LESS
THAN
2-1/2
FAN DIA.
AIRFLOW
A39-3004
NOTE: Make turns in the same direction as fan rotation.
Fig. 22 — Recommended Discharge Duct
Arrangement When Turns are Required
Fig. 20A — Duct Connections — Mixing Box
Ductwork Attachment
55
Once the discharge locations are selected and cut, the
duct connections can be fabricated. Install field-supplied duct
flanges and framing channels to smooth the airflow leaving
the discharge opening. Two of the channels should extend the
width or height of the cabinet to provide additional cabinet
support.
NOT LESS THAN 2-1/2
FAN DIA.
SUPPLY DUCT
DUCT TRANSITION
Panel Cutting — The 39M unit’s double-wall foam-
30°
MAXIMUM
filled panels require special attention when cutting and or
penetrating.
1. Take care in planning before penetrating any panel with
electrical conduit, hydronic piping, sensor pickups or
wiring. Once these are routed through a panel, for all
practical purposes, it becomes a fixed panel that is not
easily removed for service access.
2. In some cases it will be possible for smaller conduits
(1/2-in. or 3/4-in.) to enter the cabinet through the frame
rail where individual sections are joined together. Inspect the selected area carefully to be certain that you do
not encounter shipping blocks or section joining screws.
Once the conduit is in place, it must be securely sealed,
watertight and airtight, to prevent ANY infiltration.
Penetrations are typically located in one of the existing
“fixed” panels, such as the fan discharge panel, or the
coil connection panel to maximize the number of removable/service panels. When it is necessary to penetrate the panel for wiring or piping entry, make certain
that the entry point will not interfere with future component servicing, block access doors, or obstruct airflow.
3. Drill a small pilot hole completely through the panel.
4. Use of a sharp hole saw or, if appropriate, a Unishear™
cutting tool or sheet metal nibbler to cut the hole or
opening from each side.
A39-2260
Fig. 23 — Duct Connections
BOTTOM RETURN FAN CONNECTIONS
IMPORTANT: For all sizes with full bottom return
openings, attach ductwork to inside of baserails.
Return air ducts must be attached directly to the return
side of the unit. This applies to both indoor and outdoor units!
Use care when making turns and transitions in ductwork to
avoid excessive air friction. Duct elbows should contain turning vanes. See Fig. 22.
PLENUM FAN DUCT CONNECTIONS — Plenum fans are
designed for draw-thru or blow-thru operation. Draw-thru fan
sections have closed panels on all sides except for the fan inlet side. On blow-thru fan sections, the panel on the end opposite the inlet is omitted so that components such as coil or
filter sections can be added downstream from the plenum fan.
NOTE: Duct openings cannot be cut into the bottom of any
plenum fan section. An additional discharge plenum MUST
be used for bottom duct opening.
DRAW-THRU PLENUM FAN DISCHARGE FABRICATION — Discharge openings are not allowed through the
floor of plenum fan sections. A separate discharge plenum is
the only approved method for bottom duct connections when
using a plenum fan. Duct openings for draw-thru plenum fans
must be field fabricated. They should be located in the plenum fan section according to the following guidelines:
• Locate discharge openings in side or top panels; the end
panel opposite the inlet will have a higher pressure drop
per the explanation in the 39M Product Data manual.
• Locate discharge openings on the side or top panels
between the fan wheel and end panel opposite the inlet.
Do not locate discharges in the direct path of airflow from
the wheel.
• Avoid locating the discharge opening on the motor side of
the fan section. If a discharge on the motor side is necessary, locate the opening near the top of the cabinet.
• Sizes 36-110 include intermediate frame members. When
cutting the discharge opening for the plenum fan, do not
cut through any intermediate frame member.
Typical duct locations are shown in Fig. 24.
CAUTION
Do not use a cutting torch or open flame on or near the fan.
Damage to the panel may occur.
5. Carefully remove the foam. The hole should be lined or
sleeved to confine the foam, and the penetration should
be sealed, both inside and out, to eliminate all possibility of infiltration or leakage.
NOTE: Small quantities of locally available commercial
canned foam may be used, if necessary, to complete minor
repairs. Significant patching may justify ordering replacement panels instead.
Face and Bypass Dampers — All face and bypass
damper sections are shipped fully assembled. Unit sizes 0312 are built with a single damper assembly. Sizes 14-110
have multiple damper assemblies linked via a jackshaft: two
assemblies for sizes 14-61; three for sizes 72-96 and four for
size 110. Damper crankarms have 90 degrees of travel from
fully open to fully closed positions and are adjustable to suit
conditions. Refer to Fig. 25 for details.
Actuators must be mounted directly to the damper shaft. Removal of crankarms is necessary for direct connection actuator
use. Refer to Table 19 for linkage configurations. Refer to Table
20 for operating torque requirements.
56
A39-4334
Fig. 24 — Discharge Fabrication, Draw-Thru Plenum Fans
57
AIRFLOW
A39-4232
UNIT HAND SIDE
FACE AND BYPASS DAMPER DETAILS
39M UNIT
SIZE
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
A
26.37
39.37
47.37
60.37
60.37
65.37
72.37
73.37
79.37
DIMENSION (In.)
BT
26.37
26.37
29.37
29.37
36.37
36.37
39.37
49.37
49.37
39M UNIT
SIZE
D
5.69
5.69
6.09
6.09
5.69
5.69
6.19
8.69
8.69
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
DIMENSION (In.)
BT
49.37
60.37
66.37
76.37
91.37
103.13
103.13
116.13
116.13
A
97.37
102.37
102.37
110.37
110.37
113.46
132.46
132.46
150.46
D
8.69
13.69
11.62
21.31
26.14
30.08
30.08
35.92
35.92
5"
A
A/2
R.H. LINKAGE WITH JACKSHAFT
ON BOTTOM BLADE LINKED
PER SECTION B-B PARALLEL BLADE
1"
JACKSHAFT
CROSSOVER
SHIP
SECT.
SHIP
SECT.
(OPEN)
CROSSOVER
REF.
D
B
B
BT
A
JACKSHAFT TYP.
7/8" DIA. HOLES
IN STOPS
FACE VIEW
(CLOSED)
AIR
FLOW
A
CONTROL ARM (2 REQ’D)
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
8"
SILICONE SEAL
BLADE BRACKET
WITH NYLON
TIEROD
WITH E-25 CLIPS
CRANKARM
TO CLOSE
TO OPEN
a39-4335
HOLES
1/4-20X1" HH BOLTS
(SHIPPED LOOSE)
SECTION B-B
THRU TOP DAMPER
JACKSHAFT BEARING
SECTION A-A
THRU MIDDLE AND BOTTOM DAMPER
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
Fig. 25 — Face and Bypass Section Detail
58
Table 19 — Linkage Configurations
CAUTION
LINKAGE CONFIGURATION
Top-Bottom
Top-Rear
Top-Face*
1 Actuator
Rear-Bottom
Side-Rear
NO-LINKAGE CONFIGURATION
Side-Bottom
1 Actuator Per Damper
Side-Top
Factory duct collars and damper assemblies are for attaching ductwork only and must NOT be used to support the
duct’s weight. Weight bearing deflection can increase
torque necessary to operated dampers, or bind them preventing any movement.
ZONE DAMPER LINKAGE (Fig. 26 and 27) — Note that
damper control levers and a common operating bar are factory installed on upper end of damper shafts on top of zoning
damper assembly. To facilitate the installation of field-supplied damper operators, the operating bar may be cut and the
control levers repositioned as follows:
* Size 50-110 will use one actuator per damper.
Table 20 — Damper Operating Torque (in.-lb)
COMPONENT
Zone
Damper
Mixing or
Exhaust Box
Side Mixing or
Exhaust Box
CD60 / Airflow
Measuring
Damper
Integral and
Internal Face
and Bypass
External Face
and Bypass
COMPONENT
Zone
Damper
Mixing or
Exhaust Box
Side Mixing or
Exhaust Box
CD60 / Airflow
Measuring
Damper
Integral and
Internal Face
and Bypass
External Face
and Bypass
39M UNIT SIZE
12
14
17
03
06
08
10
21
25
N/A
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
26
32
41
41
53
58
70
77
20
29
32
42
52
64
69
87
98
20/
20
20/
20
20/
20
20/
24
20/
24
21/
32
23/
35
28/
41
31/
46
24
35
48
62
83
90
94
136
150
30/
20
44/
26
60/
32
55/
41
69/
41
105/
53
127/
58
162/
70
178/
77
30
36
40
39M UNIT SIZE
50
61
72
85
96
110
12
18
18
18
18
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
94
143
158
187
235
187
226
226
381
120
167
183
236
283
283
329
371
422
38/
56
57/
86
63/
95
75/
112
94/
141
101/
151
118/
177
133/
200
152/
228
184
211
248
275
332
406
474
532
604
218/
94
203/
129
224/
129
280/
171
338/
203
546/
253
639/
295
721/
334
819/
379
CAUTION
Damper operation may be impaired if ductwork is
supported by the unit.
1. Check job prints to determine number and size of zones
required and damper operator locations.
2. Cut and remove portion of operating bar between zones
as required.
3. Install actuators on field-fabricated support brackets.
Connect actuator linkage to the center axle of interconnecting zones.
4. Adjust actuator for correct damper operation. Be sure
actuator, linkage, and dampers operate freely. See
Table 20 for operating torque requirements.
Mixing Box/Filter Mixing Box Damper Linkage
CAUTION
It is important to properly link the outdoor-air and returnair dampers. Failure to do so may cause mixing problems,
stratification, or coil freezing under some conditions, especially in combination type filter mixing boxes.
NOTES:
1. Damper shaft moves 90 degrees from open to close.
2. Operating torques is shown for one damper. Multiply the value shown by
the number of dampers for total with one actuator.
Refer to Fig. 28 for typical damper arrangement and connecting rod position.
CONTROL DAMPERS — Control dampers may be operated with pneumatic or electric actuators. These items should
be set up in accordance with the control manufacturers installation instructions.
DAMPER LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT — After the airhandling unit has been powered, the dampers should be
checked to ensure they move freely and close tightly, adjustment of the linkage may be required.
LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT
1. With the damper actuator unpowered and the damper
linkage disconnected, rotate the outdoor-air damper so
that it is fully closed. Make sure the spring return actuator has completed its stroke (with power disconnected
this will be achieved). The return-air damper should be
fully open at this point.
2. Tighten the actuator on the damper jackshaft, ensure all
linkage is connected, secure and moves freely.
3. With power applied to the actuator, check for a complete
stroke and free movement in the dampers and damper
linkage.
Zone Damper Section — Refer to Fig. 26 and install
the section as follows:
1. Remove the screws holding the zone damper section to
the heating coil section and remove the lag screws holding the damper to the shipping skid.
2. Place the supplied 1/4-in. thick x 11/2-in. grey foam gasket around the perimeter of the cooling and heating coil
section discharges. Use two gasket strips on partition
panels to obtain double width.
3. Rig the zone damper section and lift it into position on
(vertical discharge) or next to (horizontal discharge) the
gasketed cooling and heating coil sections.
4. Fasten the damper section to the coil sections using the
supplied 1/4-14 x 3/4-in. sheet metal screws.
5. Install control shaft and bearing for each individual
zone after cutting linkage (for the job specific zone
application).
Control shaft extensions are bagged and wrapped to the
inside of the zone damper blades. Additional fieldsupplied shaft extensions may be ordered from local
Ruskin supplier, part no. 10-020569-00B.
6. Zones should be split for equal airflow through each
damper.
.
CAUTION
Dampers and linkage must be checked prior to applying
power. Make certain that there are no obstructions that
could interfere with the operation of the dampers.
59
a39-2970
Fig. 26 — Zone Damper Assembly Details (Horizontal Discharge Shown)
ZONE DAMPER DETAILS
39M UNIT SIZE
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
A
28.50
28.50
28.50
34.50
34.50
34.50
40.50
40.50
40.50
52.50
52.50
56.50
68.50
DIMENSIONS (in.)
B
41.50
49.50
62.50
62.50
67.50
74.50
74.50
81.50
99.50
104.50
104.50
112.50
112.50
C
12
12
12
15
15
15
18
18
18
24
24
26
32
QTY OF ZONES
QTY OF EXTENSION SHAFT KITS
6
7
10
10
10
12
12
13
16
17
17
18
18
4
4
6
6
6
7
7
8
10
10
10
12
12
B
1.5
5
C
A
AIR
FLOW
A
A
A
FACE VIEW
C
B
END VIEW
7
6
TYP
5
BLANK-OFF
PLATE
TOP VIEW
SECTION A-A
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
Fig. 27 — 39M06-61 Unit Zone Damper Section Details
60
A39-2971
DIRECT
COUPLED
DIRECT
COUPLED
ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR
(SIDE
MIXING
BOX)
(SIDE
MIXING
BOX)
ACTUATOR AND
JACKSHAFT ARE
REPRESENTATIVE
ONLY (TYPICAL)
ONE ACTUATOR
ONLY WHEN USED
WITH LINKAGE
ROTATION
TO OPEN
ROTATION
TO OPEN
AIR
FLOW
AIR
FLOW
ROTATION
TO OPEN
AIR
FLOW
LINKAGE
ASY
ROTATION
TO OPEN
LINKAGE
ASY
JACKSHAFT
LOCATION
TYPICAL
TOP & REAR OR
SIDE & REAR
TOP & BOTTOM OR
SIDE & SIDE
ROTATION
TO OPEN
LINKAGE
ASY
REAR & BOTTOM
ROTATION
TO OPEN
AIR
FLOW
ROTATION
TO OPEN
ROTATION
TO OPEN
AIR
FLOW
AIR
FLOW
ROTATION
TO OPEN
REAR ONLY
BOTTOM ONLY
TOP ONLY
Fig. 28 — Mixing Box/Filter Mixing Box, Typical Damper Arrangements (Size 14 Shown)
61
a39-4336
To ensure torque is transmitted equally to both damper
sections, actuator must be connected to the jackshaft that
drives the interconnecting linkage bar. Connection to any other shaft is not recommended.
NOTE: While adjusting linkage, one damper must be fully
open and the other fully closed. Top and rear dampers are
shipped with both dampers in closed position. Loosen the
swivel on the interconnecting linkage bar and fully open rear
damper, leaving top damper closed. Retighten the swivel.
Certain damper combinations require that dual actuators or
bellcrank linkages be field-provided when jack shafts are
90 degree opposed. This may occur when there is a combination of end dampers with either top or bottom dampers.
FIELD SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED ACTUATORS — If
one or two actuators are used, they must be mounted to the
outdoor-air damper jackshaft. To properly set the connecting
linkages, determine the rotation required to open the outdoorair damper. Ensure the actuator spring return fully closes the
outdoor-air damper.
If more than 2 actuators are used, they must be installed in
equal numbers on each jackshaft. To properly set these dampers, determine the rotation required for each damper and
mount the actuators so that the spring feature will open the return-air damper and close the outdoor-air damper. Lock each
damper actuator to the jackshaft. Remove any factorysupplied connecting linkage between the outdoor air and return-air dampers. Failure to do so will damage the actuators.
No additional linkages are required for these applications.
Exhaust damper boxes are shipped with dampers in the
closed position.
All damper crankarms have 90 degrees travel from open to
closed. They may be adjusted to suit actuator location.
DO NOT mount damper actuators on the unit panels;
actuators are shaft mount only. See Table 20 on page 59 for
operating torque requirements.
Vertical Draw-Thru Units
NOTE: Size 21-61 vertical units that exceed the 108-in. maximum height or units with a vertical fan shipping split are
shipped with the fan out of its operating position, separate
from the vertical coil section. See Fig. 30.
The unit is secured to a wooden skid with lag screws.
Remove screws before lifting the unit.
Mixing Box Damper Actuators — The 39M mixing
boxes can be supplied with direct mounted damper actuators.
Refer to Fig. 29 for typical actuator mounting. Actuators are
also available for field installation. See Field Supplied and
Installed Actuators section for more information. Refer to
Table 20 on page 59 for damper operating torque.
a39-4247
Fig. 30 — Positioning Fan Section on Top of Coil
Section
Stacked Supply Fan, Return Fan and Exhaust
Box Sections
NOTE: Do not remove the fan spring isolator holddown bolts
until the section is installed on the coil section.
1. Rig the fan section using the lifting brackets and place it
on top of the coil section. (See Fig. 30.)
2. Secure the fan and coil sections together using the supplied flat washer, the lock washer and the lock nut onto
the stud. See Fig. 31. Screw the base rail of the top unit
to the top frame rail of the bottom unit. See Fig. 32.
a39-4000
Fig. 29 — Typical Mixing Box Actuator Mounting
62
LOCK NUT
LOCK WASHER
FLAT WASHER
STUD
2-IN. GASKET
FACTORY-INSTALLED
AROUND PERIMETER
OF FRAME FLUSH TO
OUTSIDE EDGE
a39-4248
Fig. 31 — Securing Fan and Coil Sections Together
SCREW THE BASE RAIL OF THE TOP UNIT
TO THE TOP FRAMERAIL OF THE BOTTOM UNIT
NOTE: Two turning plenums are needed to make
the stacked configuration. Screw the baserail of
the top unit to the top framerail of the bottom unit.
a39-4345
TURNING PLENUM
(FIELD STACKED)
Fig. 32 — Stacked Turning Plenum
63
c. Fan shaft
d. Fan wheel
1. Double-width, double inlet forward curved fan
wheels are removed through the fan discharge
opening.
2. Double-width, double inlet airfoil wheels are
removed through the side of the housing after
removal of the drive side inlet volute.
3. Single-width, single inlet plenum fan airfoil
wheels are removed from the fan cabinet through
a side, end, or top not obstructed by a discharge
opening.
e. Fan housing
NOTE: Install the preceding components in the reverse order.
Fan Sled Disassembly — In some cases, it may be
necessary to remove the fan sled from the unit and break it
down into smaller components. See Tables 21-24 and Fig. 33
for maximum complete fan sled dimensions and housing only
dimensions.
To remove the fan sled:
1. Remove all of the panels from the fan section except for
the fan discharge panel.
2. Disconnect the vibration absorbent discharge seal by
unscrewing the seal channels from the discharge of the
fan housing. Remove the fan discharge panel.
3. On larger units, the fan sled may be extremely heavy.
Remove the top and vertical frame members of the fan
section by removing the 4 screws from each frame to
corner piece connection.
4. If complete fan sled removal is required, unscrew bolts
holding the isolator base to the bottom of the unit.
5. Disassemble fan and fan housing in place and/or affix
appropriate rigging to remove the required components
noting diagrammatically where each component is
attached. Components should be removed in the following order:
a. Belts and sheaves
b. Motor
Fan Sled Dimensions — See Tables 21-24 and Fig. 33
for fan sled dimensions.
NOTE: To avoid unnecessary stresses on bearing and fan components; the fan, fan sled or fan section should not be tilted on its
side. These stresses may lead to eventual component failure.
W
H
H
L
W
L
AIRFOIL/FORWARD CURVE
HORIZONTAL DISCHARGE SHOWN
BELT DRIVE PLENUM FAN
A39-4417
H
H
W
L
W
L
a39-4390
DIRECT DRIVE PLENUM FAN
AIRFOIL/FORWARD CURVE
UPBLAST DISCHARGE SHOWN
A39-4391
Fig. 33 — Fan Sled
64
Table 21 — Airfoil Fan Dimensions (in.)
FAN
WHEEL
03/06
03/06
06/08/10
06
08/10
8
10/12/14
10
12/14
12
14/17
14
17
17
17/21
21
21/25
25
30
36
36
40
40
50/61
50
61
72
50
61
61
72/85/96
85/96/110
110
10
12
13
16
18
20
22
24
27
30
32
33
36
40
44
BHF
DB
THF
UB
—
UNIT SIZES
—
—
—
—
—
ALL
Length
Width
40.1
39.6
23.5
34.0
44.3
43.3
48.1
47.4
48.1
47.6
34.5
45.5
29.8
58.5
28.5
58.5
28.5
58.5
35.8
58.5
41.8
63.5
40.5
63.5
40.5
70.5
40.5
70.5
41.8
70.5
40.5
72.0
41.7
72.0
53.8
77.5
53.8
95.5
51.3
100.5
51.3
100.5
57.3
100.5
57.3
100.5
63.3
108.5
59.5
108.5
59.5
108.5
58.3
79.4
63.3
108.5
69.3
108.5
69.3
108.5
65.4
87.9
72.3
99.7
78.2
105.2
FAN SLED ASSEMBLY
THF
BHF
DB
Height
Height
Height
26.0
25.8
24.8
—
—
—
26.8
28.1
26.9
—
—
—
—
—
—
29.9
30.6
28.9
29.9
30.6
28.9
—
—
—
—
—
—
36.8
36.9
36.0
36.8
36.9
36.2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
39.8
40.1
39.6
—
—
—
45.1
44.3
43.3
49.3
48.1
47.4
49.3
48.1
47.6
55.5
56.1
53.0
60.4
61.1
—
60.4
61.1
57.8
66.0
66.1
—
66.0
66.1
59.5
—
—
—
—
—
—
64.2
63.7
51.3
71.7
72.2
—
71.7
72.2
64.4
78.7
79.5
—
71.3
70.8
57.3
78.7
78.1
62.5
89.2
89.2
77.1
UB
Height
—
28.6
—
28.6
31.6
31.6
—
31.6
38.6
38.6
—
38.6
41.6
41.6
—
51.6
51.6
51.6
51.6
62.6
62.6
68.6
68.6
—
78.6
93.6
56.4
78.6
93.6
93.6
62.5
68.7
77.2
LEGEND
Bottom Horizontal Front
Downblast
Top Horizontal Front
Upblast
Not Available
*Width equals shaft end to shaft end.
NOTE: Different fan discharge positions have different dimensions. The values
shown are for the largest overall dimensions.
65
FAN
WHEEL
10
12
13
16
18
20
22
24
27
30
32
33
36
40
44
UNIT SIZES
03/06
03/06
06/08/10
06
08/10
8
10/12/14
10
12/14
12
14/17
14
17
17
17/21
21
21/25
25
30
36
36
40
40
50/61
50
61
72
50
61
61
72/85/96
85/96/110
110
FRAMED BLOWER WITHOUT SLED
ALL
THF, DB
BHF, UB
Length
Width*
Height
Height
18.6
21.0
20.1
21.9
18.6
21.0
20.1
21.9
22.4
24.0
24.0
26.8
22.4
24.0
24.0
26.8
22.4
24.0
24.0
26.8
24.6
28.3
26.3
29.3
24.6
28.3
26.3
29.3
24.6
28.3
26.3
29.3
24.6
28.3
26.3
29.3
29.6
30.3
32.3
36.0
29.6
30.3
32.3
36.0
29.6
30.3
32.3
36.0
29.6
30.3
32.3
36.0
32.5
33.8
35.6
39.6
32.5
33.8
35.6
39.6
32.5
33.8
35.6
39.6
35.9
36.5
39.1
43.6
39.5
39.8
43.4
48.1
39.5
39.8
43.4
48.1
43.8
43.3
47.5
52.8
47.8
48.5
52.4
58.1
47.8
48.5
52.4
58.1
52.9
53.0
58.1
64.9
52.9
53.0
58.1
64.9
52.9
53.0
58.1
64.9
52.9
53.0
58.1
64.9
50.6
56.9
57.8
57.8
57.9
57.5
63.8
71.0
57.9
57.5
63.8
71.0
67.9
62.8
70.0
78.8
56.6
62.0
64.9
64.9
51.8
67.4
71.3
71.3
70.4
77.8
82.4
82.4
Table 22 — Forward Curve Fan Dimensions (in.)
FAN
WHEEL
39M
UNIT SIZES
A9-4A
03/06
06
08
12
08
10/12
10
12
10
12
14
17/21
17
21
14
17/21/25
17
21/25
21
25
25
30
30
30/36/40
36
40
36
36
36/40/50
40
40
50
50
50
61
61
72
72/85
85/96/110
A10-8A
A12-11A
A12-12A
A15-15A
A18-18A
A20-18A
A20-15A
A20-18A
A20-18H
A20-20H
A22-22H
A25-25H
A25-20H
A25-25H
A25-25H
A27-22H
A27-27H
A30-30H
32
36
40
ALL
Length
18.3
24.3
29.8
35.8
29.8
29.8
28.5
28.5
29.8
35.8
41.8
41.8
40.5
40.5
41.8
41.8
40.5
40.5
41.8
53.8
53.8
53.8
52.5
53.8
52.5
52.5
53.8
52.5
53.8
53.8
52.5
52.5
58.3
58.3
59.8
59.8
63.3
70.4
77.3
Width
26.4
39.0
47.0
60.0
47.0
60.0
60.0
60.0
60.0
60.0
65.0
72.0
72.0
72.0
65.0
72.0
72.0
72.0
72.0
79.0
79.0
97.0
97.0
97.0
97.0
97.0
100.5
100.5
100.5
100.5
100.5
100.5
108.5
108.5
108.5
108.5
79.4
84.2
90.1
FAN SLED ASSEMBLY
THF
BHF
Height
Height
23.5
23.5
26.6
26.6
24.6
26.6
28.8
30.9
27.6
29.6
26.5
28.0
—
—
—
—
30.4
31.9
32.7
34.7
32.7
32.7
32.7
34.68
—
—
—
—
36.8
38.8
37.6
39.6
—
—
—
—
45.2
47.2
45.7
47.7
45.7
47.7
45.7
47.7
—
—
45.7
47.7
—
—
—
—
47.4
47.4
—
—
52.6
52.6
52.6
52.6
—
—
—
—
57.4
57.4
57.4
57.4
57.4
57.4
61.4
61.4
64.2
63.7
71.3
70.8
78.7
78.1
DB
Height
22.0
23.7
21.7
25.8
24.6
23.5
—
—
26.8
29.1
29.1
—
29.1
29.1
32.6
33.4
—
—
38.6
38.9
38.9
38.9
—
38.9
—
—
40.1
—
44.2
44.2
—
—
48.6
48.6
48.6
51.7
51.3
57.3
62.5
UB
Height
28.6
28.6
31.6
38.6
31.6
—
31.6
28.6
31.6
38.6
38.6
—
41.6
51.6
38.6
—
41.6
51.6
51.6
51.6
51.6
51.6
51.6
—
62.6
68.6
62.6
62.6
—
68.6
68.6
78.6
78.6
78.6
93.6
93.6
56.4
62.5
68.7
FRAMED BLOWER WITHOUT SLED
Length
Width*
Height
16.7
15.1
16.7
18.6
18.8
18.6
18.6
18.8
18.6
21.6
22.9
21.6
21.6
23.9
21.6
21.6
23.9
21.6
21.6
23.9
21.6
21.6
23.9
21.6
22.9
27.9
25.5
22.9
27.9
25.5
22.9
27.9
25.5
22.9
27.9
25.5
22.9
27.9
25.5
22.9
27.9
25.5
27.3
32.5
30.4
27.3
32.5
30.4
27.3
32.5
30.4
27.3
32.5
30.4
32.8
33.3
38.0
32.8
30.3
38.0
32.8
33.3
38.0
32.8
35.3
38.0
32.8
37.3
38.0
32.8
37.3
38.0
32.8
37.3
38.0
32.8
37.3
38.0
35.8
39.8
41.5
39.9
43.5
46.8
39.9
43.5
46.8
39.9
38.5
46.8
39.9
43.5
46.8
39.9
43.5
46.8
44.2
46.8
51.5
44.2
52.3
51.5
44.2
52.3
51.5
47.4
54.3
55.5
50.6
56.9
57.8
56.6
62.0
64.9
61.8
67.4
71.3
LEGEND
BHF
— Bottom Horizontal Front
DB
— Downblast
THF
— Top Horizontal Front
UB
— Upblast
—
— Not Available
*Width equals shaft end to shaft end.
Table 23 — Belt Drive Plenum Fan Dimensions (in.)
FAN
WHEEL
123
153
163
183Q
223Q
243Q
273Q
303Q
333Q
363Q
403Q
403Q
443Q
493Q
40
44
49
55
39M UNIT SIZE
Supply
Return
03
03
06, 08
06, 08
08
08
10
10
12, 14, 17
12, 14, 17
17, 21
17, 21
21, 25
21, 25
25, 30
25, 30
30, 36, 40
30, 36
36, 40, 50
36, 40
—
40
50, 61
50
61
50, 61
—
61
72
72
72, 85
72, 85
85, 96, 110
85, 96, 110
110
110
LENGTH
41.0
42.5
24.8
26.3
29.6
32.6
36.5
38.8
41.0
48.9
48.9
57.4
57.4
57.4
34.2
38.0
41.3
52.3
WIDTH
23.4
36.0
46.5
53.3
58.3
62.5
66.3
70.3
75.8
91.4
91.4
99.4
99.4
99.4
92.2
100.0
107.8
114.7
Table 24 — Direct Drive Plenum Fan Dimensions (in.)
FAN
WHEEL
HEIGHT
23.7
26.2
29.1
31.3
36.7
40.1
41.4
45.4
48.9
54.4
58.3
58.4
64.0
70.0
56.4
61.4
68.9
76.4
66
39M UNIT SIZES
FAN SLED ASSEMBLY
Length
Width
Height
105
03
21.0
19.4
18.2
122
03
22.5
21.6
20.2
135
06
23.6
22.7
21.0
150
06, 08
27.0
25.4
22.9
165
06, 08
27.8
27.0
24.5
182
08, 10, 12
31.1
29.1
26.8
200
10, 12, 14
32.8
31.5
29.5
222
12, 14, 17
36.3
34.6
32.0
245
14, 17, 21
37.8
37.4
34.9
270
17, 21, 25, 30
40.6
41.0
34.7
300
21, 25, 36
46.6
44.7
40.9
330
25, 30, 40
48.4
47.9
43.5
365
30, 36, 40, 50, 61
51.8
51.4
46.7
402
36, 40, 50, 61
54.8
52.3
53.6
should be rebalanced. To change the drive ratio, reselect and
replace the motor sheave, not the fan sheave.
After 24 hours of unit operation, the drive belts may
stretch. Check the belt tension after 24 hours of operation and
adjust if necessary. Periodically check belt tension throughout
the run-in period, which is normally the initial 72 hours of
operation.
Fan Motors and Drives — When installing motors in
the field, locate the electrical junction box toward the center
of the unit. This arrangement is required for correct belt tension. Use the smallest mounting holes in the mounting base
that will accommodate the motor and provide minimum overhang.
Tighten the motor holddown bolts. Refer to Table 2B for
fan scroll inlet cone dimensions.
JUNCTION BOX CONDENSATE PREVENTION — When
air handlers are installed outdoors in a high humidity environment or indoors where the apparatus room is used as a
fresh air plenum, precautions must be taken to prevent condensation from forming inside the junction box of the internally mounted motor.
Standard installation practice is to mount the motor starter
or fused disconnect box adjacent to the air handler and enclose the power wiring to the motor in flexible conduit.
The sheet metal housing of the disconnect switch or motor
starter is not airtight (even when a box meeting NEMA [National Electrical Manufacturers Association] IV standards is
used). Thus, warm moist air can migrate through the flexible
conduit to the junction box on the motor. With the motor located inside the unit, the motor temperature is that of the cool
supply air; thus, condensate can form inside the junction box
and, possibly, on the live terminal lugs.
To prevent the moist air from migrating through the conduit to the motor, seal the power wires inside the flexible conduit at the motor starter or fused disconnect (Fig. 34).
Use a nonconductive, non-hardening sealant. Permagum
(manufactured by Schnee Morehead) or sealing compound,
thumb grade (manufactured by Calgon), are acceptable
materials.
a39-1108tf
Fig. 34 — Sealing Power Wires in Flexible Conduit
Motor Power Wiring — The fan section is provided
with a decal indicating the recommended location to drill or
punch hole(s) to accommodate an electrical conduit for the
fan-motor wiring. The decal is located on the motor side,
approximately 4-in. in from the side and 4-in. down from the
top of the corner above where the motor will be installed.
Where possible, the conduit should be installed in a panel
which will not be removed, such as the discharge panel.
MOTOR OVERLOAD PROTECTION — Fan-motor starters and overload protectors are field-supplied and installed. A
label on the fan motor indicates the correct size of the overload protectors required to be installed in the motor starter.
A39-376
Fig. 35 — Determining Sheave-Shaft Overhang
ALIGNMENT — Make sure that fan shafts and motor shafts
are parallel and level. The most common causes of misalignment are nonparallel shafts and improperly located sheaves.
Where shafts are not parallel, belts on one side are drawn
tighter and pull more than their share of the load. As a result,
these belts wear out faster, requiring the entire set to be replaced before it has given maximum service. If misalignment
is in the sheave, belts enter and leave the grooves at an angle,
causing excessive belt and sheave wear.
1. Shaft alignment can be checked by measuring the distance between the shafts at 3 or more locations. If the
distances are equal, then the shafts are parallel.
2. Sheave Alignment:
Fixed sheaves — To check the location of the fixed
sheaves on the shafts, a straightedge or a piece of string
can be used. If the sheaves are properly aligned, the
Sheaves — Factory-supplied drives are pre-aligned and
tensioned, however, Carrier recommends checking the belt
tension and alignment before starting the unit. Always check
the drive alignment after adjusting belt tension.
To install sheaves on the fan or motor shaft, remove any
rust-preventive coating on the shaft. Make sure the shaft is
clean and free of burrs. Add grease or lubricant to bore of
sheave before installing. Mount sheave on the shaft; to prevent bearing damage, do not use excessive force (i.e., a hammer). Place sheaves for minimum overhang (see Fig. 35).
Each factory-assembled fan, shaft, and drive sheave assembly is precision aligned and balanced. If excessive unit vibration occurs after field replacement of sheaves, the unit
67
Refer to label on inside of fan access door for information
on factory-supplied drive.
1. Always adjust the motor position so that V-belts can be
installed without stretching over grooves. Forcing belts
can result in uneven stretching and a mismatched set of
belts.
2. Do not allow belt to bottom out in sheave.
3. Tighten belts by turning motor-adjusting jackscrews.
Turn each jackscrew an equal number of turns.
4. Equalize belt slack so that it is on the same side of belt
for all belts. Failure to do so may result in uneven belt
stretching.
5. Tension new drives at the maximum deflection force
recommended (Fig. 37).
On current production, the correct tension information is
listed on the fan drive label. For older equipment or for units
with field-modified drives, use the deflection formula given
in the following example and the tension data from Fig. 37.
a39-1154
string will touch them at the points indicated by the arrows in Fig. 36.
Adjustable sheaves — To check the location of adjustable sheave on shaft, make sure that the centerlines of
both sheaves are in line and parallel with the bearing
support channel. See Fig. 36. Adjustable pitch drives are
installed on the motor shaft. Carrier recommends that
adjustable sheaves should only be used for initial balancing and be replaced with fixed pitch sheaves by the
air balancer prior to the final system air balance.
CAUTION
Do not exceed maximum fan speed rpm with adjustable
sheave.
3. Rotate each sheave one-half revolution to determine
whether the sheave is wobbly or the drive shaft is bent.
Correct any misalignment.
4. With sheaves aligned, tighten cap screws evenly and
progressively.
NOTE: There should be a 1/8-in. to 1/4-in. gap between the
mating part hub and the bushing flange. If gap is closed, the
bushing is probably the wrong size.
5. With taper-lock bushed hubs, be sure the bushing bolts
are tightened evenly to prevent side-to-side pulley wobble. Check by rotating sheaves and rechecking sheave
alignment. When substituting field-supplied sheaves for
factory-supplied sheaves, consider that fan shaft sheave
has been factory balanced with fan and shaft as an assembly. For this reason, substitution of motor sheave is
preferable for final speed adjustment.
BELT
CROSS
SECTION
V-Belts — When installing or replacing belts, always use a
complete set of new belts. Mixing old and new belts will result in the premature wear or breakage of the newer belts.
A
B
C
5V
8V
SMALL
SHEAVE
PD RANGE
(in.)
3.0- 3.6
3.8- 4.8
5.0- 7.0
3.4- 4.2
4.4- 5.6
5.8- 8.6
7.0- 9.4
9.6-16.0
4.4- 6.7
7.1-10.9
11.8-16.0
12.5-17.0
18.0-22.4
DEFLECTION FORCE (lb)
Steel Cable
Notch Belts
Belts
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
37/8
51/2
31/4
4
41/4
5
41/2
61/4
33/4
43/4
51/2
5
67/8
41/4
51/4
51/2
53/4
8
41/2
51/2
71/8
61/2
91/8
53/4
71/4
3
3
1
8 /4
7 /8 10 /8
7
83/4
143/8 133/4 177/8 111/4
14
181/2 151/4 201/4 141/4 173/4
—
10
15
—
—
153/4 127/8 183/4
—
—
1
15
22
—
—
19 /2
—
—
—
—
401/2
45
—
—
—
—
Super Belts
Min
3
31/2
4
4
51/8
63/8
111/4
141/8
—
101/2
13
27
30
LEGEND
PD — Pitch Diameter, inches
Fig. 37 — Fan Belt Tension Data
EXAMPLE:
Given:
Belt Span
16 in.
Belt Cross-Section A, Super Belt
Small Sheave PD
5 in.
Deflection = Belt Span/64
Solution:
a. From Fig. 37 find that deflection force for type A,
super belt with 5-in. small sheave PD is 4 to 51/2 lb.
b. Deflection = 16/64
= 1/4-in.
c. Increase or decrease belt tension until force required
for 1/4-in. deflection is 5 lb.
Check belt tension at least twice during first operating day. Readjust as required to maintain belt tension within the recommended range.
With correct belt tension, belts may slip and squeal momentarily on start-up. This slippage is normal and disappears
A39-137
Fig. 36 — Determining Sheave-Shaft Alignment
68
install the rear hood in the air-handling until the rest of the
unit and splits have been completely assembled. Otherwise,
the combination of just the hood and mixing box may become
a tipping hazard.
after unit reaches operating speed. Excessive belt tension
shortens belt life and may cause bearing and shaft damage.
After run-in, set belt tension at lowest tension at which
belts will not slip during operation.
Direct Drive — Direct drive fans are aligned in the factory,
UNIT
however, Carrier recommends checking alignment before starting the unit.
1. Ensure the radial distance between fan wheel and inlet
cone appears visually equal in all directions.
2. Ensure that the fan wheel to inlet cone overlap is within the
range given in the table.
3. Motor and fan are balanced as an assembly. If either changes, rebalancing is required.
AI
RF
LO
W
GASKET
SCREW TYPICAL
ENTIRE PERIPHERY
INTAKE HOOD
A39-2347
CAUTION
OPEN DOOR TO
REMOVE DEMISTERS
Do not exceed maximum fan speed rpm with variable frequency drive.
Outdoor Hoods and Louvers — There are three op-
Fig. 38 — Rear Intake Hood (Size 30 Shown)
tions available: fixed rear intake hoods, intake louvers, and
collapsible exhaust box hoods. All hoods and louvers have an
intake screen to prevent unwanted entry of birds and debris.
The intake hoods have easily serviceable demisters via small
hinged doors. Intake louvers are a wind driven rain design
that will allow no more than .01 oz per sq ft of free area water
penetration at 1250 fpm. This is the maximum velocity required by AMCA (Air Movement and Control Association)
511. Higher velocities are possible without significant water
intrusion.
Most fixed rear hoods (Fig. 38) and intake louvers
(Fig. 39) ship installed and should require no further
assembly. If a rear hood is shipped attached to the skid, do not
Collapsible exhaust box hoods ship covering the exhaust
outlet of the unit and/or inside the unit and require some basic
assembly. Fasteners, washers and gasket material for installation of the hood come taped inside the exhaust section. Figure
40 shows an exploded view of the assembly in its shipping
position. Figure 40 shows how the various parts assemble to
form the hood and a view of the completed assembly.
IMPORTANT: Hoods for power exhaust fans must be field
supplied based on local code requirements.
GASKET
0.125 THICK x 1.25 WIDE
LOUVER
ASSEMBLY
INSERT HOOKS THROUGH
HOLES TO LIFT LOUVER
ASSEMBLY INTO PLACE
SCREW
1/4-14 x 3/4 SNS
a39-4234
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
Fig. 39 — Intake Louver
69
ASSEMBLY
SHIPPING POSITION
SCREW
HOOD
GUTTER
HOOD
GUTTER
PANEL
ANGLE
PANEL
ANGLE
PANEL
SCREEN
BRACKET MOUNT BELOW
HOOD BRACKET CAN BE
THROWN AWAY AFTER HOOD
IS INSTALLED ON THE UNIT.
SCREEN
PANEL
SCREEN TO BE
INSTALLED
BETWEEN THE
PANEL FLANGE
AND THE HOOD
FLANGE.
WASHER
SCREW
SCREW
A39-2349ef
A39-2350ef
Fig. 40 — Collapsible Exhaust Box Hood
1. Coil connection housing (CCH) will be shipped to the
job site on its own skid, separate from the air-handling
unit (AHU) as shown in Fig. 41.
2. Remove the screws in the shipping brackets holding the
CCH to the skid. (Do not remove the brackets at this
time.) See Fig. 42.
Coil Connection Housing (Outdoor Unit — All
Sizes) — Coil connection housings are used to house pip-
ing from inside the building to its connections to the coil on
the unit. Piping must be insulated to building code standards
or job specifications (whichever is greater) for the area where
the unit is installed to prevent excessive condensation within
the housing; otherwise, water damage to floors below could
result.
Install as follows:
NOTE: If CCH is located at a section split, be sure to follow
procedure, Indoor and Outdoor Unit Shipping Split section,
on page 48.
COIL CONNECTION HOUSING
LEGEND
CCH — Coil Connection Housing
CCH INSTALLATION COMPONENTS
NOTE: Shown as single section component for reference. Housing
may bridge across 2 or more section components, increasing skid
length requirements.
Fig. 41 — Coil Connection Housing
70
a39-4161
COIL CONNECTION HOUSING
SHIPPING
BRACKETS
(4 PLACES)
a39-4296
LEGEND
CCH — Coil Connection Housing
Fig. 42 — Remove Shipping Brackets
NOTE: Ensure that the surface is clean before installing any
gasket.
4. Apply the provided seal strip (1.25 in. wide x 0.125 in.
thick neoprene gasket) to both side flashings as shown
in Fig. 44.
3. Install the self adhesive seal strip (2.00 in. wide x
0.375 in. thick neoprene gasket) to the top surface of the
roof curb, making sure that the notch between the CCH
roof curb and the unit roof curb is completely covered
with gasket. See Fig. 43.
a39-4235
Fig. 43 — Installing Seal Strip
71
SIDE FLASHING
AHU ROOF
SEAL STRIP
1.25 x 0.125
TO BE FLUSH AT
TOP AND TO FLANGE
SIDE FLASHING
AHU
SEAL STRIP
1.25" X 0.125"
FLUSH TO FLANGE
SEAL STRIP
1.25 x 0.125
TO BE FLUSH AT
TOP AND TO FLANGE
SIDE FLASHING
ROTATED 90°
SEAL STRIP
1.25 x 0.125
TO BE FLUSH AT
BOTTOM AND TO FLANGE
a39-4337
LEGEND
AHU — Air-Handling Unit
NOTE: Measurements are shown in inches.
Fig. 44 — Detailed View of Seal Strip
6. Apply seal strips (1.25 in. wide by .125 in. thick) to the
roof drain channel as shown in Fig. 46.
7. Remove the roof end cap and rail screws. Attach the
drain channel to the unit by matching the pre-punched
0.31-in. holes to the existing roof cap-roof rail holes.
See Fig. 47.
5. Install the side flashing to the unit by inserting the 1/4 in.
— 14 x 3/4 in. screws (provided) into the pre-drilled
holes in the unit frames. The bottom end of the flashing
must be flush with the base rail tab and the upper end of
the flashing must be underneath the roof rail as shown in
Fig. 45.
SIDE FLASHING
FLUSH TO
AHU FRAME
a39-4236
SCREW TO AHU
FRAME USING
1/4-IN.–14 x 3/4-IN.
SCREWS
SEAL STRIP
1.25” x 0.125”
FLUSH TO FLANGE
LEGEND
AHU — Air-Handling Unit
Fig. 45 — Screw the Side Flashings to Unit
DRAIN CHANNEL
SEAL STRIP
APPLY FLUSH
ALL ALONG
FLANGE
SEAL STRIP
1.25" x 0.125"
APPLY FLUSH
ALL ALONG
FLANGE
SEAL STRIP
1.25" x 0.125"
APPLY FLUSH
ALL ALONG
FLANGE
NOTE: Measurements are shown in inches.
Fig. 46 — Applying Seal Strip to Roof Drain Channel
72
A39-4338
a39-4415
Fig. 47 — Install Drain Channel to Unit Roof
12. Place the filler plate inside the CCH baserail, align the
square holes with the pattern on the base rail and the angle bracket, then insert the 3 carriage bolts provided
through the plate, base rail and angle bracket. Fully
tighten with provided washers and nuts. See Fig. 48 Detail A.
13. Finish tightening the angle bracket to the unit base rail.
See Fig. 48 Detail A.
14. Screw cover top to drain channel. See Fig. 49.
15. Place the slider onto drain channel-CCH roof cap tabs.
Bend or crimp both ends of slider to lock the part in
place. See Fig. 50.
16. Reassemble panels.
17. Attach the side flashing to the CCH frame using 1/4 in.
—14 x 3/4 in. long screws provided.
18. Caulk all notches and gaps as shown Fig. 51.
8. Remove the unit lifting lugs under the coil section that
match the CCH side walls. DO NOT REMOVE THE
LIFTING LUG BOLTS AS THEY WILL BE USED TO
ATTACH THE ANGLE.
9. If the CCH has no door, remove the side panels before
proceeding with the installation.
10. a Using the lifting brackets (shown in Fig. 48), lift the
CCH into the vertical position and remove the shipping brackets (shown in Fig. 42).
b. Using the lifting brackets (shown in Fig. 48) place
the CCH on top of the CCH curb. Once in position
there should be about a 2-in. gap between the unit
wall and the CCH frame covered by the flashing.
11. Attach the angle bracket using the lifting lug nuts and
washers; do not fully tighten. DO NOT USE THIS
PART FOR LIFTING THE UNIT. See Fig. 48 Detail A.
LIFTING
BRACKETS
CARRIAGE
BOLTS
FILLER
PLATE
ANGLE
BRACKET
DETAIL A
SEE DETAIL A
LEGEND
CCH — Coil Connection Housing
a39-4299
Fig. 48 — Positioning CCH
73
a39-4416
Fig. 49 — Screwing CCH Roof to Drain Channel
TO ALLOW FOR
SEAL
DRAINAGE, DO NOT
CAULK THIS AREA
BRACKET SLIDER
BEND AND CRIMP
FINAL ENDS
CCH ROOF
DRAIN CHANNEL
AHU ROOF
SEAL GAPS BETWEEN
SIDE FLASHING, DRAIN
CHANNEL, CCH CAP
AND FRAME
ROOF RAIL
DOUBLE
FACE TAPE
SEAL
SEAL
a39-4159
SIDE FLASHING
CCH PANEL
LEGEND
AHU
CCH
— Air-Handling Unit
— Coil Connection Housing
Fig. 50 — Side View
CCH
AHU
SEAL GAPS
CCH CURB
LEGEND
AHU
CCH
—
—
Air-Handling Unit
Coil Connection Housing
WOOD
NAILER
a39-4170
Fig. 51 — Sealing Gaps
74
Alternatively, control valves from any manufacturer may be
used with the Carel humidifier. Valve size is selected by looking
up the steam load and pressure values from the AHUBuilder®
program in a steam valve manufacturer’s flow rate and pressure
chart. Figures 52 and 53 can then be used as a guide to purchase
the remainder of the components locally.
Humidifier Installation
ASSEMBLE CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY (Fig. 52 and
53) — Valve kits are sold as separate items through your local Carel representative (shipped unassembled). Figures 52
and 53 show the components in those kits.
CAREL PART NUMBER
SAKV000AU0
SAKV000BU0
SAKV000CU0
SAKV000DU0
SAKV000EU0
SAKV000FU0
DESCRIPTION
valve size Cv= 0.4
1/ -in. valve size Cv= 0.63
2
1/ -in. valve sizes Cv= 1
2
1/ -in. valve sizes Cv= 1.6
2
1/ -in. valve sizes Cv= 2.5
2
1/ -in. valve sizes Cv= 4
2
1/
COMPONENTS
2-in.
SAKV000GU0
3/
SAKV000HU0
1 in. valve size Cv=10
4-in.
(2) 1/2-in. MPT x 3-in. nipples
(2) 1/2-in. FPT x 1-in. MPT hex bushings
1-in. union
(2) 3/4-in. MPT x 3-in. nipples
(2) 3/4-in. FPT x 1-in. MPT hex bushings
1-in. union
(2) 1 in. MPT x 3 in. nipples
1 in. union
(2) 11/4-in. MPT x 3 in. nipples
(2) 11/4-in. FPT x 2 in. MPT hex bushings
2 in. union
(2) 2 in. MPT x 3 in. nipples
2 in. union
valve size Cv= 6.3
SAKV000IU0
11/4-in. valve size Cv= 16
SAKV000JU0
11/2-in. valve size Cv= 25
SAKV000KU0
2 in. valve size Cv=40
a39-4409
Fig. 52 — 1/2-in., 3/4-in., 1-in., 1 1/4-in., 1 1/2-in., and 2-in. Valves
CAREL PART
NUMBER
SAKR0*24U0
SAKR0*34U0
SAKR0*44U0
SAKR0*54U0
SAKR0*64U0
SAKR0*84U0
3-in. NIPPLE M-M
(QTY — SZ, in.)
2—1
2—1
2—1
2—2
2—2
2—2
PIPE SIZE (in.)
1/
2
3/
4
1
1 1 /4
1 1 /2
2
BUSHING F-M
(QTY — SZ, in.)
2 — 1 /2 x 1
2 — 3 /4 x 1
Not available
2 — 1 1 /4 x 2
2 — 1 1 /4 x 2
Not available
UNION F-F
(QTY — SZ, in.)
2—1
2—1
2—1
2—2
2—2
2—2
ACTUATOR
(NOT SUPPLIED
WITH KIT)
UNION F-F
VALVE (NOT
SUPPLIED
WITH KIT)
3-IN. NIPPLE M-M
(2 X)
BUSHING F-M
(2 X)
a39-4408
Fig. 53 — Valve Fitting Kits
75
ASSEMBLE STRAINER AND TRAP ASSEMBLY AND
VALVE ASSEMBLY (Fig. 54-57) — Strainer
and
trap
assemblies are sold as separate items through your local
Carel representative (shipped unassembled). Figures 54-57
each show a detailed list of components in those kits. Table
25 lists Carel’s available inlet trap strainer kits.
Alternatively, strainers and traps from any manufacturer
may be used with the Carel humidifier. In this case, the trap
size is based on the condensate connection size leaving the
humidifier. Figures 54-57 can then be used as a guide to purchase the remainder of the components locally.
2
3
1
2
4
5
2
6
7
8
a33-4414
ITEM
1
a39-4410
2
Fig. 54 — Examples of Pressurized
Steam Systems
SAKT
x
x
xx
x
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
3
4
5
6
7
8
LEGEND
1 - ID prefix
2 - Material: F = Iron
S = SS
3 - Type: S = Condensate separator
T = Trap and strainer assembly
4 - Size: 15 = DN 15 flange
20 = DN 20 flange
25 = DN 25 flange
32 = DN 32 flange
40 = DN 40 flange
44 = 1-in. pipe thread
50 = DN 50 flange
65 = DN 65 flange
84 = 2-in. pipe thread
5 - Region: U = North America
a33-4411
O = Other
6 - Not used
DESCRIPTION
Y-type strainer
SAK*T44*0
SAK*T84*0
1 (1 in.)
1 (2 in.)
2 (3/4 in. x 6 in.) 2 (3/4 in. x 6 in.)
Nipple M-M (size)
1 (1 in. x 3 in.)
1 (2 in. x 3 in.)
1 (1 in. x 6 in.)
1 (2 in. x 6 in.)
Elbow F-F (size)
1 (1 in.)
1 (2 in.)
Tee F-F-F (size)
1 (1 in.)
1 (2 in.)
Bushing F-M (size) 1 (3/4 in. x 1 in.) 1 (3/4 in. x 2 in.)
Union F-F (size) 1 (3/4 in. x 3/4 in.) 1 (3/4 in. x 3/4 in.)
1 (3/4 in.)
F & T trap
1 (3/4 in.)
Elbow F-M (size)
1 (3/4 in.)
1 (3/4 in.)
Fig. 56 — Strainer Assembly Components
Fig. 55 — Carel Strainer Part Number
Nomenclature
76
Table 25 — Carel Inlet Trap Strainer Kits
SIZE
SAKT**15*0
SAKT**20*0
SAKT**25*0
SAKT**32*0
SAKT**40*0
SAKT**44*0
SAKT**50*0
SAKT**65*0
SAKT**84*0
****FT**O*
Flange DN 15
Flange DN 20
Flange DN 25
Flange DN 32
Flange DN 40
Not available
Flange DN 50
Flange DN 65
Not available
Material, Type, Region Code
****FT**U*
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
1 in. NPT female
Not available
Not available
2 in. NPT female
****ST**U*
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
1 in. NPT female
Not available
Not available
2 in. NPT female
a39-4413
NOTE: Bottom feed humidifier shown with
field-supplied and installed control valve.
Sizes 03-14 are bottom fed. Sizes 17-61
are top feed.
Fig. 57 — Control Valve, Strainer and Trap Connected to Supply and Manifold of Humidifier
Assembly of Vertical Manifolds — The vertical distribution manifolds are inserted into the bottom feed header
by hand (slip fit) and then into the top header if any. See
Fig. 58.
• Vertical slotted discharge manifolds must be installed with
the internal fishbone wick ends sloping up as in a “Y.”
• Do not force the vertical manifolds into the headers
beyond the insulation.
• Do not use any lubricants. Manually reform the ends
slightly if necessary.
• Ensure discharge slots are perpendicular to the air flow.
• On top fed 17-61 sizes, run a bead of RTV silicone caulk
around the junction of the vertical manifolds and top
header.
a39-4412
Fig. 58 — Vertical Manifold
77
2. Remove service panel/coil connection panel and the upstream service panel and set aside in a safe place.
3. a. Remove the flat corner plug from each end piece of
the top rail.
b. Extract the Torx T25 screw visible within the
exposed cavity. (Do not mix these screws with others; they are specific for this location. Set screws
aside for reinstallation of the top rail.)
c. Remove the top rail by pulling out at a 45-degree
angle. Set top rail aside.
Coil Installation
NOTE: If installing a replacement coil, refer to Coil Removal
section, page 132 for instructions on removing existing coil.
INSTALLATION OF SINGLE HEIGHT COILS (sizes 0336)
1. Lock open and tag all power supplies to unit fan motor
and electric heaters if present.
2. Remove service panel/coil connection panel and the upstream service panel and set aside in a safe place.
3. a. Remove the flat corner plug from each end piece of
the top rail.
b. Extract the Torx T25 screw visible within the
exposed cavity. (Do not mix these screws with others; they are specific for this location. Set screws
aside for reinstallation of the top rail.)
c. Remove the top rail by pulling out at a 45-degree
angle. Set top rail aside.
CAUTION
Do not handle the coil by the headers or connection nipples,
as irreparable damage might occur that is NOT covered by
warranty. Protect the finned surface from damage during all
handling and shipping.
4. Slip the foam sealing sleeves on the connection nipples
before installing the coil.
5. Before placing the coils inside the unit, apply the adhesive backed gasket to the lower baffle, spanning the entire unit, on the surface that will contact the coil (see
Fig. 59).
6. a. Place the lower coil on the coil supports, sliding the
coil against the upstream baffle and aligning the
mounting holes so that the connection nipple will
extend approximately 3 in. outside the unit casing.
b. Place the heavy vertical angle (which is full height
of the finished coil bank) along the upstream right
and left side of the mounting baffles (see Fig. 59).
Install screws through this angle first and then into
the baffles, engaging the coil tube sheet mounting
holes and securing the coil within the unit.
c. Secure the lower side casing of the coil to the lower
horizontal baffle, sandwiching the gasket in
between.
7. For coil sections that do not have a drain pan within the
section, go to Step 10.
8. Secure the spacer (hat channel) to the top center of the
lower coil casing (see Fig. 60).
CAUTION
Do not handle the coil by the headers or connection nipples,
as irreparable damage might occur that is NOT covered by
warranty. Protect the finned surface from damage during all
handling and shipping.
4. Slip the foam sealing sleeves on the connection nipples
before installing the coil.
5. The coil may now be hoisted in through the top opening,
or it may be slid in through either side, taking care to
avoid tipping or dropping the coil. Some lower stacked
unit sections may require slightly tipping the coil from
the vertical position in order to clear the upper frame rail
and seal, which is not readily removed.
6. Loosely secure the coil at the top using the 3/8-in. diameter hoisting holes located in the side channel/tube sheet
juncture at each end.
7. Install the first coil in the section. Access the upstream
face of the coil and install the screws holding the coil to
the mounting baffles around the entire perimeter. This
may require reaching through an opened damper assembly or through the filter track after filters are removed.
8. Replace the top rail by reinstalling the Torx T25 screws
and flat corner plugs.
9. Replace all service panels.
INSTALLATION OF STACKED COILS (Sizes 40-110)
CAUTION
Do not penetrate through the coil casing into the fin pack.
Tube damage may occur.
9. Secure two spacers (hat channels) to each end of the
bottom of the upper coil casing before placing the coil in
position (refer to Fig. 59).
10. Place the intermediate condensate drain pan on the lower coil, centering the drain pan between the sides of the
unit, with the condensate outlet holes along the downstream edge. (It may be helpful to temporarily secure the
drain pan by a strip of double-stick tape on the center
hat channel.)
11. Lift the upper coil (with spacer hat channels on the bottom of each end) into place, aligning the upper coil with
the lower coil. When the upper coil is lowered into
place, it will deflect the intermediate condensate pan
downward on each end, providing for positive drainage.
12. Install factory-supplied screws around the ends and top
of the coil.
IMPORTANT: The lengths of the coil supports and
intermediate pans and channels are designed to work
with Carrier coils. Substitution of other manufacturer’s
coils may require that custom mounting components be
field fabricated. Coil sections ordered without coils will
come with the referenced parts in kit form.
NOTE: The length that the intermediate drain pan extends
downstream from the coil face has been designed for use
with Carrier manufactured coils, and may prove insufficient
for other maker’s coils.
1. Lock open and tag all power supplies to unit fan motor
and electric heaters if present.
78
BAFFLE, TOP
CHANNEL, HAT
COIL FRAMES
BAFFLE, HEADER
CHANNEL, HAT
BAFFLE, HAIRPIN
ANGLE
ATTACHED TO COILS
BOTH SIDES
IMPORTANT: ADHESIVE GASKET MUST BE
APPLIED TO THE FULL LENGTH OF THE BOTTOM
BAFFLE MATING FLANGE TO CREATE SEAL BETWEEN
THE COIL SIDE CASING AND THE BAFFLE.
SEE ILLUSTRATION BELOW.
APPLY FLUSH TO THIS EDGE
GASKET, ADHESIVE
BAFFLE, BOTTOM
PAN, CONDENSATE
CENTERED WITHIN SECTION
BAFFLE, CENTER
BOTTOM BAFFLE
a39-2988
Fig. 59 — Apply Gasket
DRAIN
CONDENSATE PAN
GASKET
CHANNEL, HAT
ATTACH WITH 4 SCREWS
TO COIL CASING
WASHER
NUT
HOSE CLAMP
HOSE
a39-2912
ATTACHED TO COIL
TUBE SHEET
a39-2911
Fig. 61 — Install Drain Fittings
Fig. 60 — Secure Spacer
13. On the upstream side of the stacked coils, attach the center baffle (see Fig. 59), spanning the two coils with the
crease in the baffle away from the coils, centering it between the side baffles, and aligning the baffle with the
holes in the coil casings.
14. Install the drain fittings into the pan. Route and secure
the hoses as shown in Fig. 61.
15. For sections that do not have a drain pan (heating only
sections):
a. After the lower coil has been secured in position,
fasten the three hat channel spacer supports to the
top of the coil.
b. Place the upper coil into position directly above the
lower coil, resting on these hat channels.
16. Secure the uppermost coil from the upstream side, so
that the fastening screws provided pass through the vertical angle and the baffles and engage the coil casing.
See Fig. 59.
Water and Steam Coil Piping Recommendations
GENERAL — Use straps around the coil casing or the lifting
holes (see Fig. 62) to lift and place the coil.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the coil or coil headers: Do not use the
headers to lift the coil. Support the piping and coil connections independently. Do not use the coil connections to support piping. When tightening coil connections, use a backup
wrench on the nozzles.
NOTE: Verify that all vents and drains are capped or plugged
before allowing water or steam flow through any coil. See
Fig. 62.
Piping practices are outlined in the Carrier System Design
Manual, Part 3, Piping Design.
WATER COILS — Typically, coils are piped by connecting
the supply at the bottom and the return at the top. See Fig. 62.
79
Note the horizontal location of the 15-degree check valve,
and the orientation of the gate/pivot. This valve is intended to
relieve any vacuum forming in the condensate outlet of a condensing steam coil, and to seal this port when steam pressure
is again supplied to the coil. It must not be installed in any
other position, and should not be used in the supply line.
For coils used in tempering service, or to preheat outside
air, install an immersion thermostat in the condensate line
ahead of the trap. This will shut down the supply fan and
close the outdoor damper whenever the condensate falls to a
predetermined point, perhaps 120 F.
NOTE: Do NOT use an immersion thermostat to override a
duct thermostat and open the steam supply valve.
For vacuum return systems, the vacuum breaking check
valve would be piped into the condensate line between the
trap and the gate valve instead of open to the atmosphere.
Figure 64 illustrates the typical piping at the end of every
steam supply main. Omitting this causes many field problems
and failed coils.
Figure 65 shows the typical field piping of multiple coils.
Use this only if the coils are the same size and have the same
pressure drop. If this is not the case, an individual trap must
be provided for each coil.
Figure 66 shows a multiple coil arrangement applied to a
gravity return, including the open air relief to the atmosphere,
which DOES NOT replace the vacuum breakers.
Figure 67 illustrates the basic condensate lift piping.
Following the piping diagrams in Fig. 63-67, make all
connections while observing the following precautions:
• Install a drip line and trap on the pressure side of the inlet
control valve. Connect the drip line to the return line
downstream of the return line trap.
• To prevent scale or foreign matter from entering the control valve and coil, install a 3/32-in. mesh strainer in the
steam supply line upstream from the control valve.
• Provide air vents for the coils to eliminate noncondensable gases.
• Select a control valve according to the steam load, not the
coils supply connection size. Do not use an oversized control valve.
• Do not use bushings that reduce the size of the header
return connection. The return connection should be the
same size as the return line and reduced only at the downstream trap.
• To lift condensate above the coil return line into overhead
steam mains, or pressurized mains, install a pump and
receiver between the condensate trap and the pressurized
main. Do not try to lift condensate with modulating or onand-off steam control valves. Use only 15-degree check
valves, as they open with a lower water head. Do not use
45-degree or vertical-lift check valves.
• Use float and thermostatic traps. Select the trap size
according to the pressure difference between the steam
supply main and the return main.
• Load variations can be caused by uneven inlet air distribution or temperature stratification.
• Drain condensate out of coils completely at the end of the
heating season to prevent the formation of acid.
This is not always the case, especially if the coil hand has
been changed in the field. Coils must be piped for counterflow; otherwise, a capacity reduction of 5% for each coil row
will result. To ensure counterflow, chilled water coils are
piped so that the coldest water meets the coldest air. Hot
water coils are piped so that the warmest water meets the
warmest air.
VENT
RETURN
AIRFLOW
SUPPLY
DRAIN
INTEGRAL FACE AND BYPASS COIL SHOWN
a39-4341
1/2 IN. WATER COIL SHOWN
Fig. 62 — Coil Connections and Lifting Points
STEAM COILS — Position the steam supply connection at
the top of the coil, and the return (condensate) connection at
the bottom. The coil tubes must incline downwards toward
the return header connection for condensate drainage. See
Fig. 63-67.
Figure 63 illustrates the normal piping components and the
suggested locations for high, medium, or low-pressure steam
coils. The low-pressure application (zero to 15 psig) can dispense with the 1/4-in. petcock for continuous venting located
above the vacuum breaker (check valve).
80
a39-4310
a39-4311
* When end of supply main, see Fig. 64.
NOTES:
1. Flange or union is located to facilitate coil removal.
2. Flash trap may be used if pressure differential between steam
and condensate return exceeds 5 psi.
3. When a bypass with control is required.
4. Dirt leg may be replaced with a strainer. If so, tee on drop can
be replaced by a reducing ell.
5. The petcock is not necessary with a bucket trap or any trap
which has provision for passing air. The great majority of high
or medium pressure returns end in hot wells or deaerators
which vent the air.
* Refer to Fig. 64 when dripping steam supply main to condensate
return.
NOTES:
1. Flange or union is located to facilitate coil removal.
2. When a bypass with control is required.
3. Flash trap can be used if pressure differential between supply and
condensate return exceeds 5 psi.
4. Coils with different pressure drops require individual traps. This is
often caused by varying air velocities across the coil bank.
5. Dirt leg may be replaced with a strainer. If so, tee on drop can be
replaced by a reducing ell.
6. The petcock is not necessary with a bucket trap or any trap which
has provision for passing air. The great majority of high pressure
return mains terminate in hot wells or deaerators which vent the
air.
Fig. 63 — Low, Medium or
High Pressure Coil Piping
Fig. 65 — Multiple Coil High Pressure Piping
a39-4312
a39-2362
NOTES:
1. A bypass is necessary around trap and valves when continuous operation is necessary.
2. Bypass to be the same size as trap orifice but never less than
1/ inch.
2
* Refer to Fig. 64 when dripping supply to return.
NOTES:
1. Flange or union is located to facilitate coil removal.
2. When control valve is omitted on multiple coils in parallel air flow.
3. When a bypass with control is required.
4. Coils with different pressure drops require individual traps. This
is often caused by varying air velocities across the coil bank.
Fig. 64 — Dripping Steam Supply to
Condensate Return
Fig. 66 — Multiple Coil Low Pressure
Piping Gravity Return
81
the condensate header. The slanting of the assembly ensures
that condensate will flow toward the drains. This condensate
must be removed through the return piping to prevent premature failure of the coil. The fin/tube bundle is slanted vertically for horizontal airflow coils, and horizontally for vertical
airflow coils.
IDT Steam Coil Piping — The following piping guidelines
will contribute to efficient coil operation and long coil life:
1. Use full size coil outlets and return piping to the steam
trap. Do not bush return outlet to the coil. Run full size
to the trap, reduce at the trap.
2. Use float and thermostatic (F & T) traps only for condensate removal. Trap size selection should be based on
the difference in pressure between the steam supply
main and the condensate return main. It is good practice
to select a trap with 3 times the condensate rating of the
coil to which it is connected.
3. Use thermostatic traps for venting only.
4. Use only 1/2-in., 15-degree swing check valves installed
horizontally, piped open to atmosphere, and located at
least 12 in. above the condensate outlet. Do not use 45degree, vertical lift and ring check valves.
5. The supply valve must be sized for the maximum anticipated steam load.
6. Do not drip steam mains into coil sections. Drip them on
the pressure side of the control valve and trap them into
the return main beyond the trap for the coil.
7. Do not use a single trap for two or more coils installed
in series. Where two or more coils are installed in a single bank, in parallel, the use of a single trap is permissible, but only if the load on each coil is equal. Where
loads in the same coil bank vary, best practice is to use a
separate trap for each coil.
Variation in load on different coils in the same bank may
be caused by several factors. Two of the most common
are uneven airflow distribution across the coil and stratification of inlet air across the coil.
8. Do not try to lift condensate above the coil return into an
overhead main, or drain into a main under pressure with
a modulating or on/off steam control valves. A pump
and receiver should be installed between the coil condensate traps and overhead mains and return mains under pressure.
9. Use a strainer (3/32-in. mesh) on the steam supply side,
as shown in the piping diagrams, to avoid collection of
scale or other foreign matter in the inner tube distributing orifices.
NOTE: The IDT coils must be installed with the tubes draining toward the header end of the coil. Carrier’s IDT steam
coils are pitched toward the header end as installed in the
unit.
10. Ensure the AHU is installed level to maintain the inherent slope. Also ensure the unit is installed high enough
to allow the piping to be installed correctly, especially
the traps which require long drip legs.
11. Do not fail to provide all coils with the proper air vents
to eliminate noncondensable gasses.
12. Do not support steam piping from the coil units. Both
mains and coil sections should be supported separately.
IDT Steam Coil Installation — Refer to drawings to position
the coils properly with regard to the location of the supply
and return connections. Ensure that the IDT coil is pitched
with the tubes draining toward the header. Carrier’s AHUs
provide proper coil pitch when the AHU is installed level.
Refer to schematic piping diagrams and piping connection
notes for the recommended piping methods.
a39-2992
NOTES:
1. Flange or union is located to facilitate coil removal.
2. To prevent water hammer, drain coil before admitting steam.
3. Do not exceed one foot of lift between trap discharge and
return main for each pound of pressure differential.
4. Do not use this arrangement for units handling outside air.
Fig. 67 — Condensate Lift to Overhead Return
Coil Freeze-Up Protection
WATER COILS — If a chilled water coil is applied with outside air, provisions must be made to prevent coil freeze-up.
Install a coil freeze-up thermostat to shut down the system if
any air temperature below 36 F is encountered entering the
water coil. Follow thermostat manufacturer’s instructions.
When a water coil is applied downstream of a direct-expansion (DX) coil, a freeze-up thermostat must be installed
between the DX and water coil and electrically interlocked to
turn off the cooling to prevent freeze-up of the water coil.
For outdoor-air application where intermittent chilled water coil operation is possible, one of the following steps
should be taken:
• Install an auxiliary blower heater in cabinet to maintain
above-freezing temperature around coil while unit is shut
down.
• Drain coils and fill with an ethylene glycol solution suitable for the expected cold weather operation. Shut down
the system and drain coils. See Service section, Winter
Shutdown, page 132.
STEAM COILS — When used for preheating outdoor air in
pressure or vacuum systems, an immersion thermostat to control outdoor-air damper and fan motor is recommended. This
control is actuated when steam supply fails or condensate
temperature drops below an established level, such as 120 to
150 F. A vacuum breaker should also be used to equalize coil
pressure with the atmosphere when steam supply throttles
close. Steam should not be modulated when outdoor air is below 40 F.
On low-pressure and vacuum steam-heating systems, the
thermostat may be replaced by a condensate drain with a thermal element. This element opens and drains the coil when
condensate temperature drops below 165 F. Note that condensate drains are limited to 5 psig pressure.
INNER DISTRIBUTING TUBE STEAM COILS —
The
inner distributing tube (IDT) steam coil used in the Carrier
39M air-handling units has an inner tube pierced to facilitate
the distribution of the steam along the tube’s length. The outer tubes are expanded into plate fins. The completed assembly includes the supply and condensate header and side casings which are built to slant the fin/tube bundle back toward
82
Refrigerant Piping, Direct-Expansion Coils —
Direct-expansion (DX) coils are divided into 2 or 4 splits
depending upon the unit size and coil circuiting. Each split
requires its own distributor nozzle, expansion valve, and suction piping. Suction connections are on the air entering side
when the coil is properly installed. Matching distributor connections for each coil split are on the air leaving side. See
unit label or certified drawing to assure connection to matching suction and liquid connections.
NOTE: Distributor nozzles are factory selected and installed
for adequate performance in many unit applications. For best
performance, use Carrier’s AHUBuilder® program to select
nozzle sizes for each unit and replace the factory-installed
nozzles as required. See the Distributor Nozzle Change-Out
section on page 84 for further details.
UNIT
CASING
COIL
CASING
SOLENOID
SIGHT VALVE
GLASS
FILTER
DRIER
TXV
SENSING
BULB
UPPER
SPLIT
AIRFLOW
15 DIAMS
MIN
10
DIAMS
8
DIAMS
MIN
LOWER
SPLIT
CAUTION
SIGHT
GLASS
TXV
SENSING
BULB
To prevent damage to the coil or coil headers: Do not use the
headers to lift the coil. Support the piping and coil connections independently. Do not use the coil connections to support piping. When tightening coil connections, use a backup
wrench on the stub outs.
FILTER
DRIER
TXV
INSIDE
CASING
(TYP)
AIRFLOW
15
DIAMS
MIN
SOLENOID
VALVE
DISTRIBUTOR
(TYP)
10
DIAMS
8 DIAMS
MIN
CAUTION
Direct-expansion coils are shipped pressurized with dry air.
Release pressure from each coil split through valves in protective caps before removing caps.
Do not leave piping open to the atmosphere unnecessarily.
Water and water vapor are detrimental to the refrigerant system. Until the piping is complete, recap the system and
charge with nitrogen at the end of each workday. Clean all
piping connections before soldering joints.
EVAPORATOR
COIL
a39-2366
FIRST-ON, LAST-OFF
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 68 — Face-Split Coil Suction-Line Piping
SUCTION PIPING — Connect suction piping as shown in
Fig. 68 for face split coil or Fig. 69 for row split coil.
NOTE: The lower split of face split coils should be first-on,
last-off. Row split coils utilize special intertwined circuits;
either split of these row split coils can be first-on, last-off.
Suction line from coil connection to end of the 15-diameter-long riser should be same tube size as coil connection to
ensure proper refrigerant velocity.
Refer to Carrier System Design Manual, Part 3, and size
remaining suction line to compressor for a pressure drop
equivalent to 2.0 F. This will provide a total suction line
header pressure drop equivalent to approximately 2.7 F.
To minimize the possibility of flooded starts and compressor damage during prolonged light load operation, an accumulator can be used in the suction line of first-on, last-off circuit.
The first-on, last-off circuits shown in Fig. 68 and 69 assume a single condensing unit. Note that in both figures the
last-on, first-off circuit is looped above the common return
line to prevent oil entrapment in the non-operating coil at partial load.
COIL
CASING
TXV SENSING
BULBS
SOLENOID
SIGHT VALVE
GLASS
FILTER
DRIER
AIRFLOW
15
DIAMS
MIN
SOLENOID
VALVE
SIGHT
GLASS
FILTER
DRIER
10 DIAMS
15
DIAMS
MIN
UNIT
CASING
8
DIAMS
MIN
10 DIAMS
8
DIAMS
MIN
TXV
INSIDE
CASING
(TYP)
DISTRIBUTOR
(TYP)
EVAPORATOR COIL
FIRST-ON, LAST-OFF
a39-2367
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 69 — Row-Split Coil Suction-Line Piping
83
Distributor Nozzle Change-Out — Distributor noz-
TXV (Thermostatic Expansion Valve)
zles are factory supplied. Thermostatic expansion valves
(TXVs) are either field or factory supplied. Be sure that correct nozzle is installed in each distributor before installing expansion valve. See Table 5 for factory-installed distributor
nozzle sizes. Use AHUBuilder® program to select nozzles
for best performance; replacement nozzles must be field-installed. The correct nozzle is typically factory-installed.
TXV LOCATION — Thermostatic expansion valves may be
mounted in any position, but they should be installed as close
to the evaporator as possible. If a refrigerant distributor is
used with the TXV, best performance is obtained if the distributor is mounted directly to the valve outlet. If the distributor cannot be mounted directly to the valve outlet, the distance between the valve outlet and distributor should not exceed 24 in. or refrigerant distribution problems may occur.
Also, the tube connecting the valve outlet and distributor can
be sized smaller to maintain refrigerant velocity and better
distribution. Elbows located between the expansion valve and
distributor will hinder proper distribution and are, therefore,
not recommended.
CAUTION
Do not overheat distributor or cap. Failure to comply could
result in equipment damage.
Perform nozzle change-out procedure as follows:
1. Remove plastic end cap by using an electric heat gun or
a torch (see Fig. 70).
2. Clean off any grime.
3. Remove nozzle retaining ring with screwdriver or needle nosed pliers.
4. Remove nozzle from distributor by inserting 2 no. 6-32
threaded rods (at least 4-in. long) into the threaded holes
provided in the nozzle. See Fig. 71.
5. Insert correct nozzle into distributor body.
6. Re-insert nozzle retainer ring into distributor.
IMPORTANT: There are no liquid line penetrations
through the casings from the factory. Best distribution is
usually obtained if the expansion valve feeds vertically
up or down into the distributor. Assemble the refrigerant
piping and specialties inside the cabinet to determine the
hole location prior to using a hole saw to penetrate the
cabinet.
While not always convenient or possible, valve Types BI,
F, FB, and O are easier to service if mounted in a vertical and
upright position. If mounted in a horizontal position, the internal parts must be carefully reassembled to prevent damage.
Some consideration should also be taken in mounting larger
sized expansion valves. They must be adequately supported
since system vibration and the weight of the valve can cause
valve connections to fracture.
SOLDER TECHNIQUES — It is not necessary to disassemble solder type valves when soldering to the connecting lines.
Any of the commonly used types of solders, e.g., 95-5, SilFos, Easy-Flo, Phos-Copper, Stay Brite 8 or equivalents, may
be used for copper-to-copper connections. When soldering a
brass refrigerant distributor to the valve, appropriate solders
for these connections, such as 95-5, Easy-Flo, Stay Brite 8 or
equivalents must be used. Regardless of the solder used, it is
important to direct the flame away from the valve body and
avoid excessive heat on the diaphragm. See Fig. 72 for details. As an extra precaution, a wet cloth should be wrapped
around the body and element during the soldering operation.
NOTE: This precaution will prevent overheating the valve
body which could damage the superheat spring and result in
flood-back problems. In addition, the Type O, EBF/SBF, and
EBS valve contain synthetic parts which can be damaged due
to overheating, resulting in poor valve performance.
PLASTIC CAP
WITH VALVE
a39-4174
Fig. 70 — Distributor and Cap
BODY
TUBING
NOZZLE
RETAINER
RING
SIMPLIFIED NOZZLE
REMOVAL
G
a39-3970
5
NO. 6-32 THREADED
PULLER HOLES
THREADED
PULLER RODS
a39-2041
Fig. 72 — Solder Technique
Fig. 71 — Nozzle Change-Out
Filter Drier — A filter drier should be installed before the
TXV to ensure satisfactory valve operation.
84
The purpose of these recommendations is to achieve good
mixing of the refrigerant leaving the evaporator suction header for proper sensing by the TXV bulb. Tests have confirmed
that this, in addition to the vertical riser bulb location, results
in significantly better superheat control over a broader load
range.
Figures provided in the Carrier Refrigerant Reference
Manual illustrate these recommendations for various coil
splits and compressor configurations.
NOTE: For satisfactory expansion valve control, good thermal contact between the bulb and suction line is essential.
The bulb should be securely fastened with two bulb straps,
supplied with each expansion valve, to a clean straight section of the suction line.
NOTE: On multiple evaporator installations, the piping
should be arranged so that the flow from any valve cannot
affect the bulb of another. Approved piping practices, including the proper use of traps, ensures individual control for
each valve without the influence of refrigerant and oil flow
from other evaporators.
EXTERNAL EQUALIZER CONNECTION — Thermostatic expansion valves with an external equalizer connection
will not work unless the connection is made to the suction
line. The connection should be made at a point close to and
directly downstream of the sensing bulb where the pressure
can be properly sensed. The connection should not be located
where a trap is in the suction line between the sensing bulb
and the equalizer connection. If the connection is made on a
horizontal section of the suction line, the connection should
be made at the top of the tube. Equalizer connections on vertical risers should be at least 10 pipe diameters above the start
of the riser.
Most TXVs used on larger evaporators are externally
equalized. This line only provides pressure feed back to the
TXV and does not allow refrigerant flow into the TXV. System pressures will not equalize through this line. Figure 73
shows good mounting locations.
If any evaporator pressure or temperature control valves are
located in the suction line at or near the evaporator outlet, the
equalizer must be connected on the evaporator side of these
valves.
TXV BULB LOCATION AND INSTALLATION — The location and installation of the bulb is extremely important to
the proper performance of the system. Therefore, care should
be taken with its final location. Laboratory testing has shown
that better sensing can be achieved with the sensing bulb
mounted on a vertical riser. However, with proper piping
practices, horizontal mounting will also provide adequate
sensing. When the horizontal mounting location is used, the
suction line must drop below the coil suction outlet, as shown
in Fig. 73. This line is pitched slightly downward, and when a
vertical riser follows, a short trap is placed immediately
ahead of the vertical line. See Fig. 73. The trap will collect
any liquid refrigerant or oil passing through the suction line
and prevent it from influencing the bulb temperature.
Steps for using a vertical riser as shown in Fig. 73 are:
1. A minimum of two 90-degree elbows must be installed
upstream of the expansion bulb location. A distance of
8 pipe diameters between the elbows is desirable.
2. The thermal bulb must be strapped to a vertical riser following the second elbow of item 1. This riser must be at
least 15 pipe diameters high and the bulb should be fastened 10 pipe diameters above the preceding elbow.
3. Size the suction line from near the evaporator through
the 15 pipe diameter long riser for high velocity. It is
recommended that the suction pipe sizing charts in the
Refrigerant Reference Manual be used, entering at corrected design tons (each evaporator split) and 80 feet
equivalent length (for 2° F loss). The chart point usually
falls between 2 sizes; choose the smaller size pipe. Since
the selection of suction piping recommended for high
velocity is approximately 20 feet equivalent length, this
sizing method will result in about 0.5° F friction loss for
that section. If the commonly selected 2° F loss is allowed for the entire suction line, this leaves 1.5° F for
the balance of the suction line and it should be sized on
that basis. Usually, this high velocity sizing will be adequate for oil return up the 15 diameter long riser, though
it should be checked.
HORIZONTAL MOUNTING
VERTICAL MOUNTING
(Preferred Method)
HEADER
SIZE EACH
SECTION FOR
80 EQUIVALENT FT.
SIZE DOWN
COIL
EXTERNAL
EQUALIZER
LINE
MIN 15 DIAMETER
2 ELBOWS
DROP BELOW
TXV BULB
OIL
RETURN
CONNECTION
BULB MOUNTING
(SEE DETAIL A)
MIN 10 DIAMETER
DETAIL A
MIN 8 DIAMETER
REMOTE BULB ON SMALL SUCTION LINE
(LESS THAN 7/8 IN.)
a39-3971
Fig. 73 — Refrigerant Piping Detail
85
4. Subtract the two temperatures obtained in Steps 1 and 3
— the difference is superheat.
How to Change the Superheat Setting — The valve should
be set with the system as near as possible to design conditions. To reduce the superheat, turn the adjusting stem counterclockwise. To increase the superheat, turn the adjusting
stem clockwise. When adjusting the valve, make no more
than one turn of the stem at a time and observe the change in
superheat closely to prevent over-shooting the desired setting.
As much as 30 minutes may be required for the new balance
to take place after an adjustment is made.
NOTE: Some valve bodies (G, EG, C, S, EBS and EMC)
have a packing nut around the adjustment stem. It may be
necessary to loosen the packing nut slightly to turn the
adjusting stem. Do not forget to retighten the nut after the
superheat is set.
OIL RETURN CONNECTION — If the evaporator coil is
supplied with an oil return connection at the bottom of the
suction header, this small connection must be teed in ahead of
the first mixing elbow and before the TXV bulb as shown in
Fig. 73. The oil return line should be kept small in diameter; a
1/ -in. line will suffice in most cases. It is not necessary, when
4
the compressor is below the evaporator, that the riser at the
evaporator extends at least as high as the top level of the
evaporator; after the 15-diameter riser has been provided, the
suction line may elbow down immediately.
Piping loops serve to control oil accumulation in idle coil
sections and prevent off cycle drain back. When the compressor is located below the evaporator the suction header should
be extended above the highest point of the evaporator circuit
before dropping to the compressor.
EXPANSION VALVE ADJUSTMENT — Each Sporlan TXV
is thoroughly tested and set at the factory before shipment. The
factory superheat setting will be correct and no further adjustment is required for the majority of applications.
How to Determine Superheat Correctly
1. Measure the temperature of the suction line at the bulb
location.
2. Obtain the suction pressure that exists in the suction line
at the bulb location by either of the following methods:
a. If the valve is externally equalized, a gage in the
external equalizer line will indicate the desired
pressure directly and accurately.
b. Read the gage pressure at the suction valve of the
compressor. Add the estimated pressure drop
through the suction line between bulb location and
compressor suction valve to the pressure. The sum
of the gage reading and the estimated pressure drop
will equal the approximate suction line pressure at
the bulb.
3. Convert the pressure obtained in Step 2a or 2b above to
saturated evaporator temperature by using a temperature-pressure chart.
Hot Gas Bypass — When low-load operation requires
use of hot gas bypass, hot gas must be introduced between
expansion valve and distributor.
Install auxiliary hot gas bypass side connector (field-supplied) in coil split that is first-on, last-off.
NOTE: See Table 26 for auxiliary side connector sizes. Do
not attempt to use a valve that is smaller or larger than distributor size. Inserting a bushing at the outlet will defeat the purpose of the internal nozzle tube extension.
Install the side connector as follows:
1. Remove distributor nozzle and retainer ring (area A)
from distributor and reinstall in inlet (area B) of side
connector. See Fig. 74.
2. Solder field-supplied extension nipple to coupling on
distributor, then to side connector outlet, using a silver
solder or equivalent with a melting point of 1300 to
1500 F. Extension nipple should be as short as possible.
3. Solder expansion valve outlet to side connector using
95-5 tin-antimony soft solder, for easy removal.
4. If required, install field-supplied adapter bushing or
coupling to connector inlet before soldering to expansion valve outlet.
Table 26 — Auxiliary Side Connector (Hot Gas Bypass) Data
SPORLAN
TYPE
ASC-5-4
ASC-7-4
ASC-9-5
ASC-11-7
ASC-13-9
CARRIER
PART NO.
—
EA19BA504
EA19BA705
EA19BA905
—
CONNECTION SIZES (in.)
Outlet — ODF Solder
Auxiliary — ODF Solder
5/
1/
8
2
7/
1/
8
2
5/
11/8
8
7/
13/8
8
15/8
11/8
Inlet — ODM Solder
5/
8
7/
8
11/8
13/8
15/8
USED WITH SPORLAN
DISTRIBUTOR TYPE
1620, 1622
1112, 1113
1115, 1116
1117, 1126
1125, 1127, 1143
NOZZLE
SIZE
J
G
E
C
A
DIMENSIONS (in.)
SPORLAN
TYPE
ASC-5-4
ASC-7-4
ASC-9-5
ASC-11-7
ASC-13-9
ODF
ODM
A
5/
8 ODM
7/ ODM
8
11/8 ODM
13/8 ODM
15/8 ODM
B
C
D
E
8 ODF
7/ ODF
8
11/8 ODF
13/8 ODF
15/8 ODF
1.88
2.25
2.81
3.53
3.72
0.95
1.06
1.47
1.89
1.83
1.25
1.38
1.62
2.19
2.75
5/
F
1/
2 ODF
1/
2
5/
8
ODF
ODF
7/ ODF
8
11/8 ODF
LEGEND
— Outside Diameter, Female
— Outside Diameter, Male
a392040tf
86
Hot Gas Bypass Connection with 4 Splits per Coil — For either face or row splits connect a hot gas bypass auxiliary side
connector to each distributor of coil split that is first-on, lastoff. Refer to installation instructions for Hot Gas Bypass.
SPECIAL PIPING FOR DOUBLE-CIRCUIT COILS — All
8-row coils that are double circuited require special piping to
manifold suction and liquid lines. See Tables 3 and 4 for
detailed coil data.
Manifolding for 2-Face Splits — Refer to Fig. 75 for coils
with less than 34 tubes in face. Externally manifold as follows:
1. Coils with less than 34 tubes: Connect the 4 expansion
valves to the 4 distributors on each coil and connect the
4 suction lines to the 15-diameter-long risers as outlined
in previous piping instructions. Refer to Fig. 75.
2. Install common liquid line for upper face split to first
(upper) and second expansion valves. Also, install a
common suction line from suction lines attached to first
(upper) and second suction header connections.
3. Repeat Step 2 for lower face split using third and fourth
distributor and suction connections.
4. For units with two coils repeat procedures of Steps 1, 2
and 3 for second coil.
SPECIAL PIPING WITH 4 SPLITS PER COIL
Manifolding for 2-Face Splits — Refer to Fig. 75 and externally manifold as follows:
1. Connect the 4 expansion valves to the 4 distributors on
each coil and connect the 4 suction lines to the 15-diameter-long risers as outlined in previous piping instructions.
2. Install common liquid line for upper face split to first
(upper) and second expansion valves. Also, install a
common suction line from suction lines attached to first
(upper) and second suction header connections.
3. Repeat Step 2 for lower face split using third and fourth
distributor and suction connections.
Manifolding for 2-Row Splits — Refer to Fig. 76 and externally manifold as outlined for the 2-face splits with the following exceptions:
1. Manifold in pairs, the first and third coil connections for
one split.
2. Manifold the second and fourth pairs of coil connections
for the other split.
NOTE: Split section using first and third pairs of coil connections should be first-on, last-off.
a39-2994ef
DISTRIBUTOR
DISCARD CAP
WITH TESTPORT
SIDE
CONNECTOR
Fig. 74 — Distributor and Hot Gas Bypass Auxiliary Side Connector
SIGHT GLASS
1
TXV SENSING
BULBS
SOLENOID VALVE (TYP)
2
1
AIRFLOW
2
FILTER
DRIER
LIQUID LINE
FOR 1 AND 2
TXV INSIDE CASING (TYP)
3
SUCTION LINE
FOR COIL
CONNECTIONS
TXV SENSING
BULBS
DISTRIBUTOR (TYP)
4
3
FILTER
DRIER
4
LIQUID LINE
FOR 3 AND 4
a39-4294
SUCTION LINE
FOR COIL
CONNECTIONS
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 75 — Face-Split Coil Manifolding (Typical)
87
Manifolding for 2-Row Splits — Refer to Fig. 76 for coils
with less than 34 tubes in face. Externally manifold as outlined for the 2-face splits with the following exceptions:
1. Manifold in pairs, the first and third coil connections for
one split.
2. Manifold the second and fourth pairs of coil connections
for the other split.
NOTE: Split section using first and third pairs of coil connections should be first-on, last-off.
Hot Gas Bypass Connection for Double-Circuited Coils —
For either face or row splits connect a hot gas bypass auxiliary side connector to each distributor of coil split that is first
on, last off. Refer to installation instructions for Hot Gas
Bypass.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Hot Gas Bypass Piping and Wiring
INSTALL PIPING (See Fig. 77)
WARNING
6.
Shut off all power to the unit and remove refrigerant charge
using an approved refrigerant recovery device before proceeding with installation.
7.
1. In applications where the air handler refrigerant distributor is not equipped with a side outlet connection, it is
recommended that a Sporlan in-line auxiliary side
connector with standard distributor be used. Refer to the
8.
installation instructions for the indoor fan coil to obtain
nozzle size and distributor connection size. Select the
auxiliary side connector based on this information. The
side connector must be installed on refrigerant circuit
no. 1 (first stage of cooling) of the fan coil being used.
Install a field-supplied 1/4-in. NPT to 1/4-in. flare fitting
on the gage connection port of the compressor suction
service valve.
Sweat the pilot solenoid valve supplied in the hot gas
accessory package directly to the hot gas bypass valve
on the 3/8-in. ODF external equalizer port.
Install field-supplied 1/4-in. copper tube (flared with a
nut on each end) between the compressor suction valve
and the hot gas pilot solenoid valve.
Connect a field-supplied 5/8-in. OD copper tube between
the discharge line process tube (hot gas stub) and a fieldsupplied manual shutoff service valve, avoiding any
traps in piping.
Connect another field-supplied 5/8-in. OD copper tube
between the manual shutoff valve outlet and the hot gas
bypass valve inlet.
Connect a field-supplied 5/8-in. OD copper tube between
the leaving side of the hot gas bypass valve and the
Sporlan auxiliary side connector (distributor-side connector).
Refer to Hot Gas Bypass installation instructions for
wiring information.
SIGHT GLASS
1
SOLENOID VALVE (TYP)
TXV SENSING
BULBS
AIRFLOW
2
1
2
FILTER
DRIER
3
SUCTION LINE
FOR COIL
CONNECTIONS
1 AND 3
TXV SENSING
BULBS
LIQUID LINE
FOR 1 AND 3
4
LIQUID LINE
FOR 2 AND 4
3
4
TXV INSIDE CASING (TYP)
DISTRIBUTOR (TYP)
a39-4295
SUCTION LINE
FOR COIL
CONNECTIONS
2 AND 4
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 76 — Row-Split Coil Manifolding (Typical)
88
a39-2928tf
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve
*Pilot valve connects directly to bypass valve per sketch A.
Fig. 77 — Hot Gas Bypass Piping
Condensate Drain — Install a condensate-trapping
drain line at the units drain connection; use 11/2-in. standard
pipe. See Fig. 78A and 78B for correct drain layout. Ensure
adequate depth below base rail for the condensate trap.
When calculating trap depth on draw-thru or blow-thru applications, remember that it is not the total static pressure but
the upstream or downstream static resistance that is trapped
against. For instance, when calculating the trap depth for a
cooling coil condensate pan on the draw-thru side, trap
against the coil pressure drop in that coil section and any other pressure drops upstream of it.
a39-4178
ENSURE ADEQUATE
HEIGHT/CLEARANCE
FOR DRAIN TO FLOOR
P1 + 1/2”
1/2”
MINIMUM
Fig. 78B — Condensate Drain, Blow-Thru
Trapping (All Sizes)
a39-4307
Using Fig. 79A and 79B, P1 can be calculated to determine
trap depth height.
For the draw-thru example, P1 is equal to the static pressure in
the cooling coil section plus all upstream static pressure,
2.5 inches. To account for such fluctuations as dirty filters,
1 inch is added to P1 for the trap depth height (see Fig. 79A).
Traps on draw-thru units must store enough condensate to
prevent losing the drain seal at start-up. The “1/2 P1 minimum”
dimension ensures that enough condensate is stored.
For the blow-thru example, P1 is equal to the coil's maximum
positive pressure which is the fan's external pressure of
2.3 inches minus any static pressure losses between the fan and
drain, in this case 1.2 in. wg from the cooling coil (see Fig.
79B).
For all units, provide condensate freeze-up protection as
required. On units with internal spring isolators, be sure the
unit is mounted to allow sufficient clearance for the required
drain trap depth.
Fig. 78A — Condensate Drain, Draw-Thru
Trapping (All Sizes)
89
DRAW-THRU — Trap against all upstream static pressure including the drain pan section (cooling coil section).
H
E
A
T
MIXING
BOX
BLOW-THRU — Trap against the external static pressure of
the fan only.
PLENUM
C
O
O
L
MIXING
BOX
FAN
FAN
C
O
O
L
Static Pressure Between the Fan
and Drain
(Coil and Plenum Section)
1.2 in. wg
Clean
Return
MXB
Filter
Duct
0.4
in.
wg
0.2 in. wg
0.5 in. wg
Heating
Cooling
Coil
Coil
0.2
1.2 in. wg
in. wg
External Static Pressure
Downstream of Fan
2.3 in. wg
Fig. 79A — Draw-Thru Example
Trap Against Static Pressure Downstream of Fan - Static Pressure
Between Fan and Drain =
2.3 in. wg - 1.2 in. wg = 1.1 in. wg
Fig. 79B — Blow-Thru Example
Fan Motor Wiring Recommendations — Motors
are rated for use with variable frequency drives. Full load
amp (FLA) efficiency and power factors are listed in
Table 27. Refer to Fig. 80 for fan type and application.
TYPE
Forward-Curved (FC)
Side View
Airfoil (AF)
Side View
CHARACTERISTICS
APPLICATION
• Double-width, double-inlet (DWDI) construction.
• Best at low or medium pressure (approximately 0 to 5 in. wg).
• Horsepower increases continuously with increase in air quantity (overloads) as
For low to medium pressure
static pressure decreases.
air-handling applications.
• Less expensive than AF fans.
• Runs at relatively low speed, typically 400 to 1200 rpm.
• Blades curve toward direction of rotation.
• Double-width, double-inlet (DWDI) construction.
• Best in high capacity and high-pressure applications (4 to 8 in. wg).
• Horsepower peaks at high capacities.
• Most expensive of centrifugal fans.
For medium to high air capacity
• Operates at high speeds, typically 1200 to 2800 rpm. About double the speed of and pressure applications.
FC fan for similar air quantity.
• Blades have aerodynamic shape similar to airplane wing and are curved away
from direction of rotation.
Plenum (PAF)
End View
• Single-width, single-inlet (SWSI) construction.
• Characteristics similar to DWDI airfoil fan.
Best in applications with limited
• Blades have aerodynamic shape similar to airplane wing and are curved away space or multiple ducts.
from direction of rotation. Fewer blades and wider blade spacing than AF fans.
Fig. 80 — Fan Type and Application
90
Table 27 — Electrical Data — Premium Efficiency EISA Compliant Motors
ODP/OPSB T-FRAME MOTORS - 1800 RPM
MOTOR
HP
1
1.5
2
3
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
FLA FOR 3-PHASE, 60 Hz
VOLTAGES
208
230
460
575
3.1
2.8
1.4
1.1
4.6
4.2
2.1
1.7
6.1
5.6
2.8
2.2
8.6
7.8
3.9
3.1
14.3
13.0
6.5
5.2
20.8
18.8
9.4
7.5
27.3
24.7
12.4
9.9
39.8
36.0
18.0
14.4
53.1
48.0
24.0
19.2
65.5
59.3
29.6
23.7
77.8
70.4
35.2
28.2
103.8
93.8
46.9
37.5
128.6
116.3
58.2
46.5
152.7
138.1
69.1
55.2
190.9
172.6
86.3
69.1
252.4
228.3
114.1
91.3
—
—
142.7
114.1
—
—
169.8
135.8
ODP/OPSB T-FRAME MOTORS - 3600 RPM
EFF.
(%)
NEMA
FRAME
MOTOR
HP
85.5
86.5
86.5
89.5
89.5
91.0
91.7
93.0
93.0
93.6
94.1
94.1
94.5
95.0
95.0
95.4
95.4
95.8
143T
145T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
444T
1
1.5
2
3
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
TEFC T-FRAME MOTORS - 1800 RPM
MOTOR
HP
1
1.5
2
3
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
FLA FOR 3-PHASE, 60 Hz
VOLTAGES
208
230
460
575
3.1
2.8
1.4
1.1
4.6
4.2
2.1
1.7
6.1
5.6
2.8
2.2
8.6
7.8
3.9
3.1
14.3
13.0
6.5
5.2
20.5
18.5
9.3
7.4
27.3
24.7
12.4
9.9
40.4
36.5
18.2
14.6
53.1
48.0
24.0
19.2
65.5
59.3
29.6
23.7
78.7
71.1
35.6
28.5
103.8
93.8
46.9
37.5
128.6
116.3
58.2
46.5
152.7
138.1
69.1
55.2
189.3
171.2
85.6
68.5
252.4
228.3
114.1
91.3
—
—
142.7
114.1
—
—
169.8
135.8
FLA FOR 3-PHASE, 60 Hz
VOLTAGES
208
230
460
575
3.9
3.5
1.8
1.4
4.9
4.4
2.2
1.8
6.3
5.7
2.8
2.3
9.4
8.5
4.3
3.4
15.4
13.9
6.9
5.6
22.0
19.9
9.9
8.0
28.7
25.9
13.0
10.4
42.4
38.3
19.1
15.3
55.5
50.2
25.1
20.1
68.3
61.8
30.9
24.7
82.0
74.1
37.1
29.6
107.6
97.3
48.7
38.9
132.8
120.1
60.0
48.0
157.3
142.3
71.1
56.9
196.6
177.8
88.9
71.1
262.2
237.1
118.6
94.8
—
—
146.6
117.3
—
—
176.0
140.8
EFF.
(%)
NEMA
FRAME
77.0
84.0
85.5
85.5
86.5
88.5
89.5
90.2
91.0
91.7
91.7
92.4
93.0
93.6
93.6
93.6
94.1
94.1
143T
143T
145T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
TEFC T-FRAME MOTORS - 3600 RPM
EFF.
(%)
NEMA
FRAME
MOTOR
HP
85.5
86.5
86.5
89.5
89.5
91.7
91.7
92.4
93.0
93.6
93.6
94.1
94.5
95.0
95.4
95.4
95.4
95.8
143T
145T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
405T
444T
445T
1
1.5
2
3
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
LEGEND
FLA FOR 3-PHASE, 60 Hz
VOLTAGES
208
230
460
575
3.9
3.5
1.8
1.4
4.9
4.4
2.2
1.8
6.3
5.7
2.8
2.3
9.2
8.3
4.2
3.3
14.7
13.3
6.6
5.3
21.5
19.5
9.7
7.8
28.2
25.5
12.8
10.2
41.6
37.6
18.8
15.1
55.5
50.2
25.1
20.1
68.3
61.8
30.9
24.7
82.0
74.1
37.1
29.6
107.6
97.3
48.7
38.9
132.8
120.1
60.0
48.0
157.3
142.3
71.1
56.9
196.6
177.8
88.9
71.1
259.4
234.6
117.3
93.8
—
—
143.9
115.1
—
—
172.6
138.1
EFF.
(%)
NEMA
FRAME
77.0
84.0
85.5
86.5
88.5
89.5
90.2
91.0
91.0
91.7
91.7
92.4
93.0
93.6
93.6
94.1
95.0
95.0
143T
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
405T
444T
445T
NOTES:
1. Approximate motor full load amps listed. Actual motor full load
amps can be found on the motor nameplate.
2. Motor voltage and availability is controlled by AHUBuilder®
program.
EFF. — Efficiency
EISA — Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007
FLA — Full Load Amps
NEMA — National Electrical Manufacturers Association
ODP — Open Drip Proof
OPSB — Open Slotted Band
TEFC — Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled
91
Table 27 — Electrical Data — Premium Efficiency EISA Compliant Motors (cont)
ODP/OPSB T-FRAME MOTORS - 1200 RPM
MOTOR
HP
1
1.5
2
3
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
FLA FOR 3-PHASE, 60 Hz
VOLTAGES
208
230
460
575
3.9
3.6
1.8
—
5.1
5.0
2.5
—
7.5
6.8
3.4
—
9.3
8.8
4.4
—
15.2
14.8
7.4
—
23.0
22.4
11.2
—
30.0
28.6
14.3
—
42.0
41.0
20.5
—
56.0
54.0
27.0
—
70.0
68.0
34.0
—
80.0
76.0
38.0
—
110.0
104.0
51.0
—
132.0
124.0
62.0
—
TEFC T-FRAME MOTORS - 1200 RPM
EFF.
(%)
NEMA
FRAME
MOTOR
HP
82.5
87.5
88.5
88.5
89.5
90.2
91.7
91.7
92.4
93.0
93.6
94.1
94.1
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
1
1.5
2
3
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
LEGEND
FLA FOR 3-PHASE, 60 Hz
VOLTAGES
208
230
460
575
3.9
3.6
1.8
1.4
5.0
4.8
2.4
1.9
7.7
7.0
3.5
2.8
10.2
9.2
4.6
3.7
15.3
14.6
7.3
5.8
22.6
21.4
10.7
—
30.0
28.8
14.4
—
42.0
42.0
21.0
—
56.0
54.0
27.0
—
70.0
64.0
32.0
—
83.0
78.0
39.0
—
109.0
98.8
49.4
—
133.0
123.0
61.7
—
EFF.
(%)
NEMA
FRAME
82.5
87.5
88.5
89.5
89.5
91.0
91.0
91.7
91.7
93.0
93.0
94.1
94.1
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
NOTES:
1. Approximate motor full load amps listed. Actual motor full load
amps can be found on the motor nameplate.
2. Motor voltage and availability is controlled by AHUBuilder®
program.
EFF. — Efficiency
EISA — Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007
FLA — Full Load Amps
NEMA — National Electrical Manufacturers Association
ODP — Open Drip Proof
OPSB — Open Slotted Band
TEFC — Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled
Motor Nameplate Data — The 39 Series air-handling
unit nameplates do not contain fan motor electrical data. The
units as manufactured, are certified to meet all requirements,
including unit markings, of UL1995 “Standard For SafetyHeating and Cooling Equipment.”
The motor nameplate should be relied on to carry the motor electrical data. Here are several reasons the motor data is
not on an external nameplate, separate from the motor:
1. Many units are shipped without motors, and the installing contractor provides field-supplied motors.
2. Typically, the motors provided are triple voltage motors
and may be wired at the job site for 208, 230, or 460volt power, as necessary.
3. The motor nameplate, which contains all necessary
electrical information, is easily accessible inside the fan
section.
4. Motor changes are quite often required during testing
and balancing to meet actual job conditions. External
nameplates could easily be left unchanged by the installing contractor.
NOTE: Where field wiring of motor is required, wire per
instructions located in motor terminal box or on motor
nameplate. See Fig. 81.
MOTOR WIRING INSTRUCTIONS
INSIDE JUNCTION BOX
a39-4179
WIRE
2Y
2
'
1Y
1
'
VOLTS
LOW
START
LOW
RUN
HIGH
START
HIGH
RUN
VOLTAGE
CONNECTION
WYE
LOW
DELTA
OR
WYE
HIGH
DELTA
NOTES:
1. If the motor has 12 leads and wiring diagrams for both Wye and
Delta OR Start and Run connections, ALWAYS wire to the RUN
or DELTA connections with an across-the-line motor starter or
VFD. Failure to do so will result in motor and/or starter/VFD
damage.
2. Low-voltage motors include 190, 200, 208, and 230-v.
3. High-voltage motors include 380, 400, 460, and 480-v.
Fig. 81 — Field Wiring Instructions for
Motor with 12 Leads
92
3. Close and secure the fan access door or panel and the
starter door cover.
4. Apply power to the starter.
5. Set the HOA switch in the HAND position and verify
that the fan operates.
For 3-phase motors:
Place the switch back in the OFF position and carefully
open the fan access door.
Verify that the fan wheel is rotating in the proper direction. If it is not, remove power and reverse any two of
the line voltage connections at the starter terminals (L1,
L2, L3).
6. With the fan operating and the starter in the HAND position, verify that each safety or limit switch functions
properly.
7. Repeat Step 6 with the switch in the AUTO position and
the remote contact energized.
Fan Motor Starter —When starter is factory-installed, it
is wired to the motor, and fully tested before shipping. Before
proceeding, open the starter cover and fan section access door
to check for any damage.
WIRING
1. Select a suitable location for the field power supply
source; top is preferred.
2. Before drilling any hole, be sure the hole and any fieldsupplied conduit fittings will not interfere with the door
or components inside the enclosure.
3. Drill the appropriate size hole and connect the fieldsupplied conduit to the enclosure.
4. Refer to the wiring diagram supplied with the starter and
connect the line voltage power source to the line voltage
terminals (L1, L2, L3) as shown.
5. Refer to the factory-supplied voltage warning label and
verify that the power source is correct.
6. Connect the grounding wire to the grounding lug provided on the bottom of the starter.
NOTE: For remote control operation (AUTO position), fire/
smoke shutdown, or shutdown on coil freeze protection, a
second conduit should be used to connect these control functions.
Disconnect — When disconnect is factory-installed, it is
wired to the motor, and fully tested before shipped. Open the
disconnect cover and fan section access door to check for
damage before proceeding.
DISCONNECT WIRING
1. Connect the field line voltage power source to the top of
the disconnect (knockouts are provided).
2. Remove the knockouts as required to accommodate the
field-supplied conduit.
3. Refer to the wiring diagram supplied with the unit and
connect the line voltage power source to the line voltage
terminals (L1, L2, L3) as shown.
4. Refer to the factory-supplied voltage warning label and
verify that the power source is correct.
5. Connect the ground wire to the grounding lug provided
in the disconnect.
START-UP AND TEST
1. Set the disconnect switch to the OFF position.
2. Verify that the fan can freely rotate and remove any
loose items inside the fan section.
3. Close and secure the fan access door and the disconnect
door cover.
4. Apply power.
5. Set the disconnect switch to the ON position and verify
that the fan operates.
For 3-phase motors:
Place the switch back in the OFF position and carefully
open the fan access door.
Verify that the fan wheel is rotating in the proper direction. If it is not, remove power and reverse any two of
the line voltage connections at the starter terminals (L1,
L2, L3).
NOTE: For fused type disconnects, blown fuses MUST be
replaced with the same type and size originally supplied.
IMPORTANT: This starter is designed to stop the
equipment in both HAND and AUTO positions if
either a fire/smoke or coil freeze condition is detected.
7. Select a location at the bottom of the starter near the
control terminal block.
8. Before drilling any hole, be sure the hole and any fieldsupplied conduit fittings will not interfere with the door
or components inside the enclosure.
9. Drill the appropriate size hole and connect the fieldsupplied conduit to the enclosure.
10. If a smoke detector or remote fire shut down is provided
(field-supplied), remove the factory-supplied jumper between terminals 1 and 2 in the starter. Connect the
normally closed, isolated dry contact from the smoke
detector or fire system to these terminals.
11. If a coil freeze detection thermostat is provided, remove
the factory-supplied jumper between terminals 1 and 2
in the starter. Connect the normally closed contact from
the low temperature thermostat to these terminals.
12. For remote start/stop operation (when the HOA [hand/
auto/off] switch is placed in the AUTO position), connect a field-supplied, normally open isolated dry contact
between terminals 3 and 4. This contact must be suitable
for at least 3 amps at 120 vac.
START-UP AND TEST — Before applying power to the
starter, verify that the motor overload inside the starter is set
to the full load amperage (FLA or RLA) specified on the motor nameplate.
IMPORTANT: Many starters contain a multi-tap
control transformer. The line voltage tap on the control
transformer must be set in the field. For starters operating at 200/230-50 Hz, 208/230-60 Hz, or 380/400/
415-50 Hz, the line voltage tap on the control transformer must be set to the appropriate line input voltage.
VFD — When variable frequency drive (VFD) is factoryinstalled, it is wired to the motor and fully tested before shipment. Drive programming is also done at the factory, including electronic overload, which is programmed for the motor
FLA. Refer to Tables 28 and 29.
1. Set the HOA switch on the front of the starter to the
OFF position.
2. Verify that the fan can freely rotate and remove any
loose items inside the fan section.
93
6. Calculate the maximum frequency output from the
VFD. Maximum frequency = motor frequency (Hz) *
fan maximum speed (rpm) ÷ motor nominal operating
speed (rpm).
7. Verify that parameter 2002 (maximum fan speed) has
been set to match value on the fan label.
8. Select MENU to enter the main menu.
9. Select CHANGED PAR with the UP/DOWN buttons
and select ENTER.
10. Select parameter 2002 and verify it equals the maximum
fan speed.
11. If values are equal, then go to Step 14.
12. If values are not equal, select EDIT, press the UP/
DOWN buttons to match the required value.
13. Select SAVE to store the modified value.
14. Select EXIT to return to the listing of parameters.
15. Select Parameter 2008 and verify it equals the maximum VFD output frequency.
16. If values are equal, then go to Step 19.
17. If values are not equal, select EDIT, press the UP/
DOWN buttons to match the required value.
18. Select SAVE to store the modified value.
19. Select EXIT to return to the listing of parameters.
20. Select EXIT to return to the main menu.
21. Press the HAND button and verify that the drive operates at 8 Hz.
22. Press Up arrow to increase speed and Down arrow to
decrease speed.
23. Press the Off button and verify that the fan stops.
24. Press the Auto button to operate the drive from the Energy Management System (EMS) interface. Verify that
all VFD interface functions are working (start/stop,
speed controls, fire/smoke, shutdown, etc.) between the
VFD and the EMS.
Refer to Tables 28 and 29 for additional VFD information.
Open the VFD front cover and the fan section access door
to check for any damage before proceeding.
WIRING
1. Select a suitable location in the bottom of the VFD to
connect field-supplied power source.
2. Remove the appropriate size knockout using a suitable
knockout punch tool. Do NOT use a drill; metal shavings will damage the drive.
3. Connect the field-supplied conduit to the VFD enclosure.
4. Refer to the wiring diagram supplied with the VFD
connect the line voltage power source to the line voltage
terminals (U1, V1, W1) as shown.
5. Refer to the factory-supplied voltage warning label and
verify that the power source is correct.
6. Connect the ground wire to the grounding lug provided
on the bottom of the VFD.
7. Select another suitable location on the bottom of the
VFD to connect the field-supplied control wiring.
8. Locate and use one of the unused knockouts on the VFD
housing and connect the control wiring conduit. Refer to
Fig. 82-85 for field control wiring connections.
NOTE: If a 0 to 10 or 2 to 10 vdc signal is used to control the
drive speed, reset the dipswitch to the voltage or V position.
Verify that the AI switch is set to the voltage position. See
Fig. 86. DO NOT reprogram the drive.
START-UP AND TEST
1. Close and secure the fan access door and the VFD cover.
2. Apply power and allow drive to initialize.
3. If fan is a direct drive type, then ensure VFD has been
programmed with the correct values for parameters
2002 and 2008 to maximum fan speed and maximum
VFD output frequency to limit motor speed to the fan
maximum.
WARNING
VFD with Bypass — When the VFD and bypass are
factory-installed, they are wired to the motor and fully tested
before shipped. The VFD is programmed at the factory as ordered, including electronic overload, which is programmed
for the motor FLA (full load amps) as supplied.
Open the bypass box cover and the fan section access door to
check for any damage before proceeding.
Failure to ensure parameters 2002 and 2008 are correct can
result in damage to the fan wheel.
4. Verify max fan rpm from label on fan sled.
5. Verify motor Hz and nominal operating speed on motor
nameplate.
94
Table 28 — VFD Data
39M
MOTOR HP
ABB PART
NO. ACH550-UH-
1/
2
3/
4
1
11/2
2
3
5
71/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
04A6-2
04A6-2
04A6-2
06A6-2
07A5-2
012A-2
017A-2
024A-2
031A-2
046A-2
059A-2
075A-2
088A-2
114A-2
50
60
75
143A-2
178A-2
221A-2
1/
2
3/
4
1
11/2
2
3
5
71/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
03A3-4
03A3-4
03A3-4
03A3-4
03A3-4
06A9-4
06A9-4
012A-4
015A-4
023A-4
031A-4
031A-4
038A-4
059A-4
072A-4
078A-4
097A-4
125A-4
157A-4
180A-4
1
11/2
2
3
5
71/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
04A6-2
06A6-2
07A5-2
012A-2
017A-2
024A-2
031A-2
046A-2
059A-2
075A-2
088A-2
114A-2
143A-2
178A-2
221A-2
1
11/2
2
3
5
71/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
03A3-4
03A3-4
04A1-4
06A9-4
08A8-4
012A-4
015A-4
023A-4
031A-4
038A-4
045A-4
059A-4
078A-4
097A-4
125A-4
157A-4
180A-4
PROGRAMMED SETTINGS
Overload Trip Amps
Max. Output Amps
4 pole / 2 pole
4 pole / 2 pole
208-230 Volt / 3 Phase / 60 Hz (Programmed to Operate at 208 volts)
4.6
10
15
1.8/ 1.7
3.0/ 2.2
4.6
10
15
2.6/ 2.5
3.2/ 3.0
4.6
10
15
3.5/ 3.2
3.8/ 3.8
6.6
10
15
5.2/ 4.2
5.8/ 5.8
7.5
10
15
6.7/ 5.9
7.2/ 7.0
11.8
15
15
9.0/ 8.5
10.0/ 9.5
16.7
25
25
14.5/ 13.6
16.7/ 16.0
24.2
30
30
21.4/ 20.7
24.0/ 23.0
30.8
40
40
27.4/ 27.4
30.8/ 30.0
46.2
60
60
40.5/ 40.5
46.2/ 43.0
59.4
80
80
53.0/ 52.2
59.4/ 57.0
74.8
100
100
67.0/ 66.0
74.0/ 71.0
88.0
110
110
82.0/ 78.0
85.0/ 82.0
114.0
150
150
92.0/107.0
114.0/110.0
208-230 Volt / 3 Phase / 60 Hz (Programmed to Operate at 230 volts)
143
200
200
125.0/130.0
142.0/130.0
178
250
250
154.0/135.0
172.0/145.0
221
300
300
186.0/166.0
221.0/172.0
460 Volt / 3 Phase / 60 Hz (Programmed to Operate at 460 volts)
3.3
10
15
0.9/ 1.0
1.5/ 1.2
3.3
10
15
1.3/ 1.2
1.7/ 1.5
3.3
10
15
1.6/ 1.5
1.9/ 1.7
3.3
10
15
2.2/ 2.0
2.8/ 2.3
3.3
10
15
2.7/ 2.7
3.0/ 3.0
5.4
10
15
4.0/ 3.8
4.5/ 4.2
6.9
10
15
6.2/ 6.0
6.9/ 6.5
11.9
15
15
9.0/ 8.8
10.0/ 9.5
15.4
20
20
12.0/ 11.6
13.6/ 12.8
23
30
30
17.6/ 16.5
19.3/ 19.0
31
40
40
23.0/ 23.0
25.0/ 25.0
31
40
40
29.0/ 28.0
31.0/ 30.0
38
50
50
34.5/ 34.0
38.0/ 38.0
59
80
80
46.0/ 44.0
48.0/ 50.0
72
90
90
58.0/ 55.0
60.0/ 60.0
77
100
100
73.0/ 68.0
77.0/ 72.0
96
125
125
90.0/ 85.0
94.0/ 90.0
124
175
175
118.0/110.0
124.0/114.0
157
200
200
141.0/139.0
147.0/147.0
180
250
250
171.0/171.0
177.0/177.0
200-230 Volt / 3 Phase / 50 Hz (Programmed to Operate at 200 volts)
4.6
10
15
3.3/ 3.3
3.9/ 3.9
6.6
10
15
4.9/ 4.9
5.8/ 5.8
7.5
10
15
6.3/ 6.3
7.1/ 7.1
11.8
15
15
8.7/ 8.7
10.0/ 10.0
16.7
25
25
14.0/ 14.0
16.7/ 16.7
24.2
30
30
21.2/ 20.2
24.2/ 24.2
30.8
40
40
27.2/ 27.4
30.8/ 30.8
46.2
60
60
41.4/ 40.5
46.2/ 46.2
59.4
80
80
53.4/ 49.0
59.4/ 56.0
74.8
100
100
65.4/ 66.0
74.0/ 74.8
88
110
110
78.0/ 78.0
86.0/ 86.0
114
150
150
107.0/107.0
114.0/114.0
143
200
200
135.0/135.0
135.0/135.0
178
250
250
169.0/169.0
169.0/169.0
221
300
300
210.0/210.0
210.0/210.0
380 Volts / 3 Phase / 50 Hz (Programmed to Operate at 400 volts)
3.3
10
15
1.7/ 1.7
2.3/ 2.3
3.3
10
15
2.5/ 2.5
3.3/ 3.3
4.1
10
15
3.2/ 3.2
3.8/ 3.6
5.4
10
15
4.5/ 4.5
5.4/ 5.3
8.8
15
15
7.0/ 7.0
8.5/ 8.0
11.9
15
15
10.6/ 8.9
11.9/ 11.0
15.4
20
20
13.6/ 11.6
15.4/ 14.6
23
30
30
20.7/ 17.0
22.6/ 21.0
31
40
40
26.7/ 24.5
29.3/ 29.0
38
50
50
32.7/ 29.5
37.0/ 36.0
44
60
60
39.0/ 39.0
44.0/ 44.0
59
80
80
53.5/ 45.5
57.0/ 55.0
77
100
100
67.5/ 67.5
70.0/ 70.0
96
125
125
84.5/ 84.5
88.0/ 88.0
124
175
175
105.0/105.0
105.0/105.0
157
200
200
134.0/134.0
134.0/134.0
180
200
250
134.0/134.0
134.0/134.0
MAX. CONTINUOUS
OUTPUT AMPS
FUSE AMPS
LEGEND
MCCB — Molded-Case Circuit Breaker
NOTE: Two-pole motors operate at a nominal 3600 rpm for 60 Hz and 3000 rpm for 50 Hz;
4-pole motors operate at a nominal 1800 rpm for 60 Hz and 1500 rpm for 50 Hz.
95
MCCB
RATED AMPS
Table 29 — Air Handler VFD Factory-Set Parameters
GROUP NUMBER
99
10
11
12
13
14
16
20
21
22
26
30
31
34
40
PARAMETER NUMBER
9902
9904
9905
9906
9907
9908
9909
1001
1002
1003
1104
1105
1201
1202
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1401
1402
1403
1601
1608
1609
2002
2003
2007
DESCRIPTION
Application Macro
Motor Control Mode
Motor Nominal Voltage
Motor Nominal Current
Motor Nominal Frequency
Motor Nominal Speed
Motor Nominal Power
EXT1 Commands
EXT2 Commands
Direction
REF1 Minimum
REF1 Maximum
Constant Speed Select
Constant Speed Value
Minimum AI-1
Maximum AI-1
Filter AI-1
Minimum AI-2
Maximum AI-2
Filter AI-2
Relay Output 1
Relay Output 2
Relay Output 3
Run Enable
Start Enable 1
Start Enable 2
Maximum Fan Speed
Maximum Current
Minimum Frequency
2008
Maximum Frequency
2101
2102
2202
2203
2605
2606
2607
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3017
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
4001
4002
4005
4006
4007
4010
4011
4012
4013
4016
4027
Start Function
Stop Function
Accelerate Time
Decelerate Time
Volt/Freq Ratio
Switching Frequency
Switching Frequency Control
Motor Thermal Time
Motor Load Curve
Zero Speed Load
Break Point Frequency
Stall Function
Stall Frequency
Stall Time
Earth Fault
Number of Retries
Trial Time
Delay Time
AR Overcurrent
AR Overvoltage
AR Undervoltage
AR AI< Minimum
AR External Fault
Signal Parameter 3
Signal 3 Minimum
Signal 3 Maximum
Output 3 DSP Form
Output 3 DSP units
Output 3 Minimum
Output 3 Maximum
Gain
Integration Time
Error Value Invert
Units
Display Format
Setpoint Select
Internal Setpoint
Setpoint Minimum
Setpoint Maximum
ACT 1 Input
PID 1 Parameter Set
VALUE
Supply Fan
Scalar
*
†
60 Hz or 50 Hz
Nameplate rpm at Load
Nameplate Hp
DI-1 Start / Stop
(0) N/A
Forward
9.33 Hz at 60 Hz / 7.78 Hz at 50 Hz
62.7 Hz at 60 Hz / 52.2 Hz at 50 Hz
DI-3
Field Program (8 Hz – Motor Nominal Freq.)
0%
100%
1 sec
0%
100%
1 sec
Started
Run
Fault (Inverted)
DI-2
DI-4
DI-5
Per Fan
**
8 Hz
Belt Drive: 60 Hz/50 Hz
Direct Drive: Calculated Per Fan and Motor
FlyStart
Coast
60 Seconds
60 Seconds
Linear
8 KHz
ON
1050
105%
70%
35 Hz
Fault
20 Hz
20 sec
Fault
2
600 sec
5 sec
Enable
Enable
Enable
Disable
(0) Disable
SPEED
0
30000
0
rpm
0
30000
0.7
30 sec
NO
Volts
x.xxx
Internal
Field Program (0.0 v – 10.0 v)
0.0 v
10.0 v
AI-2
SET 1
*Factory Programmed as follows: For 208-230v / 60 Hz = 208, 460v / 60 Hz = 460, 200-230v / 50 Hz = 200, 380 / 50 Hz = 400.
†Motor Nameplate Amps. Factory programmed per Programmed Settings in Table 28. This value should always be compared to the actual motor nameplate value
before start-up.
**Maximum Output Amps — Factory programmed per Table 28.
96
a39-2914
NOTES:
1. All conductors are no. 22 AWG (American Wire Gage) minimum.
2. Install jumpers if fire/smoke detector, low limit thermostat, or high pressure switch are not required.
Fig. 82 — Field-Supplied Control Wiring for VFD Speed Control
Shielded Cable
1
AI-1 Cable Shield Ground
2
AI-1 VFD SPEED Signal (+) 4-20 ma
AI-1 VFD SPEED Signal (-) ground
3
4
5
6
7
8
TB3
9
10
24 Vdc
11
Ground – DC Common
3
12
Digital Input Common
4
13
DI-1 Start / Stop
5
14
DI-2 Run Enable
1
2
6
Jumper
Jumper
N.C. Fire / Smoke Det. Contact
7
15
16
17
8
DI-4 Start Enable 1
DI-5 Start Enable 2
18
9
10
ABB Drive
CC6400
Control Box
a39-3996
NOTES:
1. All conductors are no. 22 AWG (American Wire Gage) minimum.
2. Install jumper wire if fire/smoke detector, is not required.
Fig. 83 — Field Wiring the VFD to the CC6400 Comfort Controller
97
From a Field Supplied 4 Wire
Static Pressure Transducer
1
* 0-10 v dc
Output Signal
AI-2 Cable Shield Ground
2
+
-
3
4
Field Supplied
Input Connections
5
AI-2 Static Pressure Signal (+) 0 - 10 v dc
6
AI-2 Static Pressure Signal (-) 0 - 10 v dc
7
8
9
Jumper
N.O. Start / Stop Contact
10
24 Vdc
11
Ground – DC Common
12
Digital Input Common
13
DI-1 Start / Stop
N.C. Fire / Smoke Det. Contact
14
DI-2 Run Enable
N.C. Low Limit Thermostat
15
16
N.C. High Pressure Switch
17
DI-4 Start Enable 1
DI-5 Start Enable 2
18
DI-6 Internal PID Enable
a39-3997
*Acceptable transducer output voltage ranges are 0-10 vdc, 0-5 vdc, 1-5 vdc, and 2-10 vdc.
Default sensor range is 0-10 vdc from factory. Use parameter 4008 to configure sensor low
voltage and parameter 4009 to configure sensor high voltage.
NOTES:
1. All conductors are no. 22 AWG minimum.
2. Install jumpers if fire/smoke detector, low limit thermostat, start/stop or high-pressure switch are not required.
3. Program static pressure control set point using parameter 4011 in volts dc.
Fig. 84 — Field Wiring for Stand-Alone Static Pressure Control with
4-Wire Static Pressure Transducer (Voltage Output)
a39-2917
NOTES:
1. All conductors are no. 22 AWG (American Wire Gage) minimum.
2. Install jumpers if fire/smoke detector, low limit thermostat, or high-pressure switch are not required.
3. Program desired speed set point in Hz using parameter 1202.
Fig. 85 — Field Wiring for High Inertia/Low Horsepower Applications Using VFD as a Starter
98
J1 – DIP Switches for Analog Inputs
The switch is one of two types:
Illustration of available switch
positions; not default settings
ON
AI1: (in Voltage Position)
AI2: (in Current Position)
ON
Alternate
Original
Examples:
ON ON
BOTH SWITCHES IN
VOLTAGE POSITION
ON ON
BOTH SWITCHES IN
CURRENT POSITION
Fig. 86 — Setting AI Switch to Voltage Position
wiring) wires into the fire alarm system to shut down the unit
even if the unit is running in the bypass position. See
Fig. 87A and 87B.
1. Set the switch on the front of the bypass to the OFF position.
2. Verify that the fan freely rotates and remove and loose
items inside the fan section.
3. Close and secure the fan access door and the bypass and
VFD covers.
4. Apply power.
5. Set the switch to the LINE position and verify that the
fan operates.
For 3-phase motors:
Place the switch back in the OFF position and carefully
open the fan access door.
Verify that the fan wheel is rotating in the proper direction. If it is not, remover power and reverse any two of
the line voltage connections in the bypass box (L1, L2,
L3). DO NOT swap the motor leads; this will cause the
fan to rotate in the reverse direction when operating
from the VFD.
6. Make sure the bypass cover is closed then apply power.
7. Set the switch to the DRIVE position and verify that the
VFD operates.
8. Press the Hand button and verify that the fan operates.
9. Press the Auto button and verify that the drive operates
from the EMS interface. Verify that all VFD interface
functions between the VFD and the EMS system are
working.
WIRING
1. Select a suitable location in the bottom panel of the bypass box to connect field-supplied power source.
2. Before drilling any hole, be sure the hole and any fieldsupplied conduit fittings will not interfere with the door
or components inside the enclosure.
3. Drill the appropriate size hole and connect the field-supplied conduit to the enclosure.
4. Refer to the wiring diagram supplied with the bypass
and connect the line voltage power source to the line
voltage terminals (L1, L2, L3) as shown.
5. Refer to the factory-supplied voltage warning label and
verify that the power source is correct.
6. Connect the ground wire to the grounding lug provided
on the bottom of the bypass box.
7. Refer to the VFD Steps 7 and 8 to connect VFD control
wiring.
START-UP AND TEST — Before applying power to the
VFD Bypass and VFD, verify that the motor overload inside
the bypass has been set to the full load amperage (FLA or
RLA) as specified on the motor nameplate.
IMPORTANT: Some bypass assemblies (208/230-60,
200/230-50, 380/400/415-50) contain a multi-tap control
transformer. The line voltage tap on the control transformer must be adjusted to the appropriate line voltage.
NOTE: Bypasses with a 115-v control transformer can be
field modified to incorporate a normally closed safety contact. This safety contact (in addition to the VFD shutdown
99
ACTUAL CONNECTION DETERMINED BY
APPLICATION VOLTAGE
L2
L1
0
208
230
460
H1
H2
XF
H3
X2
120
FUSE
H4
START
STOP
11
12
14
OL
13
14
A1
M
A2
96
95
13
M
LEGEND
Factory Wiring
Field Wiring
FIELD SUPPLIED
ISOLATED NC SAFETY CONTACT
(FIRE/SMOKE, HPS, ETC.)
3A MINIMUM
a39-3995
Fig. 87A — VFD Bypass Safety Shutdown Modification — Bypass with 115 Volt Control Transformer
TERMINAL STRIP
24
A39-4180
23
14
13
L3
L2
L1
6
5
L1
5
4
L2
4
L3
6
13
23
3
2
1 T1
8
7 T2 2 3
T3
9
14
1
24
LEGEND
MMS — Manual Motor Starter
Factory Wiring
Field Wiring
T3
INSTALL ACI SHUNT TRIP
P/N 135046 INTO MMS
T2
NOTES:
1. Connect field-supplied 120-vac
control signal (from fire/life safety
circuit) to 2 leads from shunt trip
(P/N135046).
2. A 120-v signal will energize the
shunt trip and break the manual
motor starter contact when in an
alarm condition.
T1
T3
L3
L2
L1
MMS
T2
T1
Fig. 87B — VFD Bypass Safety Shutdown Modification — Bypass without 115 Volt Control Transformer
100
NOTE: The current parameter value appears above the highlighted parameter. To view the default parameter value, press
the UP and DOWN keys simultaneously. To restore the
default factory settings, select the application macro “HVAC
Default.”
VFD Configuration — The VFD keypad is shown in
Fig. 88. The function of SOFT KEYS 1 and 2 change depending on what is displayed on the screen. The function of SOFT
KEY 1 matches the word in the lower left-hand box on the
display screen. The function of SOFT KEY 2 matches the
word in the lower right-hand box on the display screen. If the
box is empty, then the SOFT KEY does not have a function
on that specific screen. The UP and DOWN keys are used to
navigate through the menus. The OFF key is used to turn off
the VFD. The AUTO key is used to change control of the
drive to automatic control. The HAND key is used to change
control of the drive to local (hand held) control. The HELP
button is used to access the help screens.
VFD Modes — The VFD has several different modes for
configuring, operating, and diagnosing the VFD. The modes
are:
• Standard Display mode — shows drive status information
and operates the drive
• Parameters mode — edits parameter values individually
• Start-Up Assistant mode — guides the start up and
configuration
• Changed Parameters mode — shows all changed
parameters
• Drive Parameter Backup mode — stores or uploads the
parameters
• clock set mode — sets the time and date for the drive
• I/O Settings mode — checks and edits the I/O settings
Standard Display Mode — Use the Standard Display mode to
read information on the drive status and operate the drive. To
reach the standard display mode, press EXIT until the LCD
display shows status information as described below. See
Fig. 89.
a39-2918
MODE
Fig. 88 — VFD Keypad (P/N ACH-CP-H)
START-UP WITH ASSISTANT — The initial start-up has
been performed at the factory. To start up the VFD with the
Start-Up Assistant, perform the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight ASSISTANTS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight Commission
Drive and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. The Start-Up Assistant will display the parameters that
need to be configured. Select the desired values and
press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) after every change. The
process will continue until all the parameters are set.
START-UP BY CHANGING PARAMETERS INDIVIDUALLY — Initial start-up is performed at the factory. To start
up the VFD with by changing individual parameters, perform
the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PARAMETERS on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT
KEY 2).
3. Use the UP and DOWN keys to highlight the desired parameter group and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired parameter and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2).
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the value of the
parameter.
6. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to store the modified value.
Press CANCEL (SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previous
value. Any modifications that are not saved will not be
changed.
7. Choose another parameter or press EXIT (SOFT KEY
1) to return to the listing of parameter groups. Continue
until all the parameters have been configured and then
press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
SET POINT
a39-2919
Fig. 89 — Standard Display Example
The top line of the LCD display shows the basic status information of the drive. The HAND icon indicates that the
drive control is local from the control panel. The AUTO icon
indicates that the drive control is in remote control mode
through the I/O.
The arrow icon indicates the drive and motor rotation status. A rotating arrow (clockwise or counterclockwise) indicates that the drive is running. A rotating blinking arrow indicates that the drive is running but not at set point. A stationary arrow indicates that the drive is stopped. For Carrier air
handler units, the rotation is always forward.
Using parameter group 34, the middle of the LCD display
can be configured to display 3 parameter values. The default
display shows parameters 0103 (OUTPUT FREQ) in Hz,
0104 (CURRENT) in amperes, and AI1 (Analog Input 1) in
revolutions per minute.
The upper right hand corner shows the frequency set point
that the drive will maintain.
The bottom corners of the LCD display show the functions
currently assigned to the two soft keys. The lower middle
displays the current time (if configured to show the time).
The first time the drive is powered up, it is in the OFF
mode. To switch to local hand-held control and control the
drive using the control pane, press the HAND or AUTO buttons. Pressing the HAND button switches the drive to hand
control while keeping the drive running. Pressing the AUTO
button switches the drive to remote input control. The OFF
button stops the drive. To return to auto control, press the
AUTO button. To start the drive press the HAND or AUTO
button, to stop the drive press the OFF button.
To adjust the speed set point while in HAND mode, press
the UP or DOWN buttons (the reference changes immediately). The reference can be modified in the local control
(HAND) mode, and can be parameterized (using Group 11
101
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight UPLOAD TO
PANEL and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. The text “Copying Parameters” will be displayed with a
progress indicator. To stop the process, select ABORT
(SOFT KEY 1).
5. When the upload is complete, the text “Parameter upload successful” will be displayed.
6. The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP
menu. Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main
menu.
7. The control panel can now be disconnected from the
drive.
Download All Parameters — To download all parameters
from the control panel to the VFD, perform the following
procedure:
1. Install the control panel with the correct parameters onto
the replacement VFD.
2. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DOWNLOAD
TO DRIVE ALL and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
5. The text “Restoring Parameters” will be displayed with
a progress indicator. To stop the precess, select ABORT
(SOFT KEY 1).
6. When the download is complete, the text “Parameter
download successful” will be displayed.
7. The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP
menu. Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main
menu.
8. The control panel can now be disconnected from the
drive.
Clock Set Mode — The Clock Set mode is used for setting
the date and time for the internal clock of the VFD. In order
to use the timer functions of the VFD control, the internal
clock must be set. The date is used to determine weekdays
and is visible in the fault logs.
To set the clock, perform the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK SET
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
The clock set parameter list will be displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK VISIBILITY and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). This parameter
is used to display or hide the clock on the screen. Use
the UP or DOWN keys to change the parameter setting.
Press OK (SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration and
return to the Clock Set menu.
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight SET TIME and
press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN keys
to change the hours and minutes. Press OK (SOFT KEY
2) to save the configuration and return to the Clock Set
menu.
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight TIME FORMAT and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP and
DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Press OK
(SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration and return to
the Clock Set menu.
6. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight SET DATE and
press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN keys
to change the day, month, and year. Press OK (SOFT
reference select) to also allow modification in the remote
control mode.
Parameters Mode — The Parameters mode is used to change
the parameters on the drive. To change parameters, perform
the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PARAMETERS on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT
KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired parameter group and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired parameters and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2).
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the value of the
parameters.
6. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to store the modified value.
Press CANCEL (SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previous
value. Any modifications that are not saved will not be
changed.
7. Choose another parameter or press EXIT (SOFT KEY
1) to return to the listing of parameter groups. Continue
until all the parameters have been configured and then
press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
NOTE: The current parameter value appears above the highlight parameter. To view the default parameter value, press
the UP and DOWN keys simultaneously. To restore the
default factory settings if a drive fails, download the parameters to the VFD from the control panel. Parameters can also
be changed individually.
Changed Parameters Mode — The Changed Parameters
mode is used to views and edit recently changed parameters
on the drive. To view the changed parameters, perform the
following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CHANGED
PAR on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT
KEY 2). A list of the recently changed parameters will
be displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired parameter group and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2) to change
the parameters if desired.
4. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY1) to exit the Changed Parameters mode.
Drive Parameter Backup Mode — The Drive Parameter Back
up mode is used to store the drive parameters. The parameters
can be uploaded from a VFD to the removable control panel.
If a drive failure occurs, the control panel can then be transferred to the new drive and the parameters downloaded into
memory.
Each drive is custom programmed at the factory. The first
option is to download all parameters. This copies both application and motor parameters to the drive from the control
panel. This is recommended to create a backup of the parameters group for the drive.
The second option downloads only the application parameters to the drive. Parameters 9905, 9906, 9907, 9908, 9909,
1605, 1607, 5201, and group 51 parameters and internal motor parameters are not copied.
Upload All Parameters — To upload and store all parameters
to the control panel from the VFD, perform the following
procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
102
visible within the exposed cavity. (Do not mix these screws
with others, as they are specific for this location.) The corners may then be separated, lifting the rail and corner segments away from the unit at approximately a 45-degree
angle, taking care not to damage the double bulb seal.
8. The heater has lifting hook openings on each end. When
the heater is within 3 in. of its final position, reinstall the
crossrail, with the box-seal facing down, and panel seal
toward the top.
9. Secure the heater to the section posts and rails with the
furnished screws, drawing it the last 3/8 in. into final
sealed position against the framework, by alternately
cross tightening the screws. The opposite end of the
heater rests on lateral spacers provided on the floor panel, and is retained by a screw through an angle clip on
the last one or by an upright corner flange.
10. Replace the top panel, and proceed to complete the wiring in accord with all applicable codes and ordinances.
The wiring diagram is fastened inside the control box,
with a spare, loose copy provided as a convenience for
maintenance manual preparation. Do not mix the wiring
diagrams, as they are specific for each unit.
11. Connect power and control wiring according to the wiring diagram supplied (see Fig. 90-92 for typical wiring
details).
CONNECT POWER AND CONTROL WIRES — Heater
wiring schematic is located on control box panel. Verify minimum airflow requirement (minimum coil face velocity, fpm)
will be met, especially on applications where variable air volume is supplied.
Use copper power supply wires rated for 75 C minimum.
On 250 v or greater applications, use 600 v rated wiring. Size
wires to carry 125% of current load on each set of terminals.
Use the following formulas as required:
KEY 2) to save the configuration and return to the
Clock Set menu.
7. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DATE FORMAT and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or
DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Press OK
(SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration and return to
the Clock Set menu.
8. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) twice to return to the main
menu.
I/O Settings Mode — The I/O Settings mode is used for
viewing and editing the I/O settings.
To configure the I/O settings, perform the following
procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight I/O SETTINGS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
The I/O Settings parameter list will be displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired I/O
setting and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to select the parameter to
view. Press OK (SOFT KEY 2).
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration. Press CANCEL (SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previous value. Any modifications that are not saved will not
be changed.
6. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) twice to return to the main
menu.
Electric Heaters — Electric heaters are factory installed.
If circumstances require field installation of an electric heater, it can only be installed in a factory-supplied EHS (Electric
Heat section). Installation of electric heat in a section other
than an EHS section will void the UL listing of the product.
1. Identify ALL electrical power supplies serving the unit,
lock off and tag each before working on the unit.
2. Locate the electric heat section mounted on the unit and
remove the protective shipping cover.
3. Identify the electric heater and verify the heater matches
the unit. Unit hand and heater hand must also agree.
4. Properly sized power wiring and control wiring entry
holes are provided in the upstream sidewall of the heater
control box.
For outdoor unit sizes 36-110 only, a narrow, fixed upstream panel is provided for electrical power entry from
the outside. Power may also enter the unit from below,
penetrating the floor of the unit. Carefully seal all entries, weathertight where necessary. Control wiring may
enter the same way as electrical wiring.
Take future service requirements into account when locating field power entry holes in the unit casing.
5. Sleeve these holes and seal around the conduit to preserve the integrity of the casing. In some cases, it might
be preferable for the power to actually enter the cabinet
through an adjacent section, or enter the control box
from another angle, which is acceptable.
6. If the original holes are not used, they must be appropriately plugged.
7. Insert the electric heater into the section (the heater element rack will be located along the leaving air side of
the section).
NOTE: If the heater must be hoisted into position, once the
top panel has been removed to a safe place, the horizontal top
rail may be removed by carefully removing the flat corner
plug from the end corner pieces and extracting the screw
Single-phase line current =
(kW per set of terminals) (1000)
voltage
Three-phase line current =
(kW per set of terminals) (1000)
(voltage) (1.73)
Note that if the heater is rated at 50 kW (or more) and is
controlled by a cycling device such as a multi-stage thermostat, or a step controller, conductors may be sized at 100% of
load amperes (see Table 30) per NEC Section 424-22. Heater
construction and application information are based upon
Space Heating Standard UL No. 1096 and the requirements
of the NEC. Installer is responsible for observing local code
requirements.
Install a disconnect switch or main circuit breaker in accordance with NEC and other applicable codes. Locate so
that it is easily accessible and within sight of heater control
box (per NEC Article 424-19 and 424-65).
Weatherproof junction boxes have no knockouts for wire
entrance. Provide knockouts for all wiring using fieldsupplied grommets of correct size and type of conduit as
required.
Where field-supplied thermostats are used, isolate circuits
to prevent possible interconnection of control circuit wiring.
Where field-supplied step controller is used, connect steps
to terminals as marked on wiring schematic. When connecting multi-stage heaters, wire stage no. 1 so that it is first stage
on, last stage off.
Provide sufficient clearance for convection cooling of
heaters with solid-state controllers. Provide at least 5-in. of
free air space above and below cooling fins extending from
heater terminal box. Be sure to connect interlock terminals F1
and F2 to auxiliary contacts on fan starter.
103
Each heater has 2 different types of factory-installed thermal cutouts for over temperature protection; an automatic reset thermal cutout for primary protection and a manual reset
thermal cutout to protect against failure of the primary system. Also provided is an airflow pressure differential switch
to prevent the heater from operating when the fan is not in operation or airflow is restricted or insufficient. The primary automatic reset cutout is a bi-metal disk-type cutout. It is wired
into the control circuit which operates the magnetic disconnecting contactors (the same contactors which also switch on
and off the various steps of the coil). The secondary manual
reset cutout is a bi-metal disk-type cutout. This secondary
thermal cutout is load carrying and is installed in each heater
subcircuit. The primary and secondary overtemperature protection systems are independent of each other. The secondary
system is designed to protect against possible failure of the
primary system to deenergize the heater.
Subcircuits in the heaters are designed in compliance with
paragraph 424-22 of the NEC. The coil is subdivided into
circuits that draw no more than 48 amps each and is fused for
at least 125% of the circuit rating.
NOTE: Airflow tube is to be positioned so that the airflow
switch is actuated by a minimum negative pressure of 0.07
in. wg. In the event that the minimum 0.07 in. wg cannot be
achieved, extend the high pressure tube to the next upstream
bulkhead to the fan discharge for draw-thru electric heat or
extend the low pressure tube to the negative side of the fan
for blow-thru electric heat.
Refer to Table 31 for heater electrical data.
Table 30 — Field Wiring for Incoming Conductors
Sized for 125% of Heater Load
LOAD AMPS*
WIRE SIZE
(AWG or kcmil)
Copper
14
12
12
16
10
24
8
40
6
52
4
68
3
80
2
92
1
104
1/0
120
LOAD AMPS*
WIRE SIZE
(AWG or kcmil)
Copper
2/0
140
3/0
160
4/0
184
250
204
300
228
350
248
400
268
500
304
600
336
700
368
LEGEND
AWG — American Wire Gage
kcmil — Thousand Circular Mils
NEC — National Electrical Code
*Values are based on Table 310-16 of the NEC for 75 C insulated copper wire. Not more than 3 conductors in a raceway.
NOTES:
1. Be sure to consider length of wiring run and possible voltage
drops when sizing wires.
2. Field power wiring — Heaters are furnished with a terminal block
sized for incoming copper conductors with 75 C insulation rated
to carry at least 125% of the heater load. However, conductors
can be sized to carry 100% of the heater load if the heater is
rated at 50 kW or more, and the heater is controlled by a cycling
device such as a multi-stage thermostat, step controller, or SCR
(silicon control rectifier) power controller. Terminal blocks and
knockouts are sized to handle either 100% or 125% conductors.
a39-1721
NOTE: All wiring must be copper and must conform to the NEC (National Electrical Code).
Fig. 90 — Electrical Heater Wiring Schematic (Typical)
104
LEGEND
NC
NEC
NO
SCR
—
—
—
—
a39-4380
Normally Closed
National Electrical Code
Normally Open
Silicon Control Rectifier
NOTE: All wiring must be copper and must conform to NEC.
Fig. 91 — Full SCR Electric Heat Control
105
LEGEND
NC
NEC
NO
a39-4381
— Normally Closed
— National Electrical Code
— Normally Open
NOTE: All wiring must be copper and must conform to NEC.
Fig. 92 — Vernier SCR Electric Heat Control
106
107
HEATER
AREA
(sq ft)
NO. OF
CONTROL
STEPS*
Total
FLA
MCA†
No.
Sub
Ckt
Subcircuits are internal heater circuits of 48 amps or less.
Electric heat performance is not within the scope of AHRI standard 430 certification.
To avoid damage due to overheating, minimum face velocity cannot fall below 350 fpm.
Heaters up to (and including) 60 kW have 3 control steps; beyond 60 kW, 6 steps are standard.
Heater kW offering is controlled by AHUBuilder® program. This table for reference only.
2.
3.
4.
5.
11
21
32
43
53
64
75
12
18
25
37
49
61
74
17
26
35
43
52
60
69
13
19
26
32
39
48
58
65
10
15
21
26
31
41
52
—
—
14
21
28
38
47
54
61
70
TEMP
RISE
(F)
MOCP
Total
FLA
MCA†
No.
Sub
Ckt
240/3/60 VOLTS
MOCP
Total
FLA
MCA†
No.
Sub
Ckt
480/3/60 VOLTS
Table 31 — Electric Heater Data
1.
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
20
30
40
50
60
75
90
100
20
30
40
50
60
80
100
115
130
30
45
60
80
100
115
130
150
HEATER
COIL
kW
208/3/60 VOLTS
MOCP
Total
FLA
MCA†
No.
Sub
Ckt
600/3/60 VOLTS
14
17
1
20
12
15
1
20
6
8
1
20
5
6
1
28
35
1
35
24
30
1
35
12
15
1
20
10
12
1
42
52
1
60
36
45
1
50
18
23
1
25
14
18
1
56
69
2
70
48
60
2
70
24
30
1
35
19
24
1
03
3
3
69
87
2
90
60
75
2
80
30
38
1
40
24
30
1
83
104
2
110
72
90
2
100
36
45
1
50
29
36
1
97
122
3
125
84
105
2
110
42
53
1
60
34
42
1
28
35
1
35
24
30
1
35
12
15
1
20
10
12
1
42
52
1
60
36
45
1
50
18
23
1
25
14
18
1
56
69
2
70
48
60
2
70
24
30
1
35
19
24
1
06
5.2
3
83
104
2
110
72
90
2
100
36
45
1
50
29
36
1
111
139
3
150
96
120
3
125
48
60
2
70
39
48
1
139
174
3
175
120
151
3
175
60
75
2
80
48
60
2
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
2
56
69
2
70
48
60
2
70
24
30
1
35
19
24
1
83
104
2
110
72
90
2
100
36
45
1
50
29
36
1
3
111
139
3
150
96
120
3
125
48
60
2
70
39
48
1
08
7.4
139
174
3
175
120
151
3
175
60
75
2
80
48
60
2
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
2
195
243
5
250
169
211
4
225
84
105
2
110
67
84
2
6
222
278
5
300
193
241
5
250
96
120
3
125
77
96
2
56
69
2
70
48
60
2
70
24
30
1
35
19
24
1
83
104
2
110
72
90
2
100
36
45
1
50
29
36
1
3
111
139
3
150
96
120
3
125
48
60
2
70
39
48
1
139
174
3
175
120
151
3
175
60
75
2
80
48
60
2
10
9.9
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
2
208
261
5
300
181
226
4
250
90
113
2
125
72
90
2
6
250
313
6
350
217
271
5
300
108
135
3
150
87
108
2
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
96
120
3
56
69
2
70
48
60
2
70
24
30
1
35
19
24
1
83
104
2
110
72
90
2
100
36
45
1
50
29
36
1
3
111
139
3
150
96
120
3
125
48
60
2
70
39
48
1
139
174
3
175
120
151
3
175
60
75
2
80
48
60
2
12
12.4
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
2
222
278
5
300
193
241
5
250
96
120
3
125
77
96
2
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
96
120
3
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
138
173
3
175
111
138
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
157
196
4
200
125
157
3
83
104
2
110
72
90
2
100
36
45
1
50
29
36
1
3
125
156
3
175
108
135
3
150
54
68
2
70
43
54
1
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
2
222
278
5
300
193
241
5
250
96
120
3
125
77
96
2
14
13.6
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
96
120
3
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
138
173
3
175
111
138
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
157
196
4
200
125
157
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
181
226
4
250
145
181
4
LEGEND
AHRI — Air Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute kW
— Kilowatts
MOCP — Maximum Overcurrent Protection
FLA — Full Load Amps
MCA — Minimum Circuit Amps
*Standard control steps are listed under the Control Step heading. “Free” additional steps of control are optionally available when the number of subcircuits exceeds the standard number of control steps.
†MCA = 1.25 x FLA; for proper wire sizing, refer to Table 310-16 of the NEC (National Electrical Code).
NOTES:
39M
UNIT
SIZE
NOMINAL
COIL
FACE
VELOCITY
(fpm)
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
20
20
20
25
35
40
45
20
20
25
40
50
70
80
25
40
50
70
80
90
100
25
40
50
70
80
100
110
125
25
40
50
70
80
100
125
150
175
40
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
MOCP
8
15
23
30
38
46
53
15
23
30
46
61
76
91
30
46
61
76
91
106
122
30
46
61
76
91
114
137
152
30
46
61
76
91
122
152
175
198
46
68
91
122
152
175
198
228
Total
FLA
10
19
29
38
48
57
67
19
29
38
57
76
95
114
38
57
76
95
114
133
152
38
57
76
95
114
143
171
190
38
57
76
95
114
152
190
219
247
57
86
114
152
190
219
247
—
MCA†
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
1
1
2
2
2
3
4
4
5
1
2
2
3
4
4
5
5
No.
Sub
Ckt
380/3/50 VOLTS
20
20
30
40
50
60
70
20
30
40
60
80
100
125
40
60
80
100
125
150
175
40
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
40
60
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
60
90
125
175
200
225
250
300
MOCP
108
6
3
6
3
6
3
6
3
NO. OF
CONTROL
STEPS*
NOMINAL
COIL
HEATER
TEMP
FACE
COIL
RISE
VELOCIT
kW
(F)
Y
(fpm)
30
500
12
45
500
17
60
500
23
75
500
29
80
500
31
100
500
38
125
500
48
150
500
58
175
500
67
40
500
12
50
500
15
60
500
18
80
500
24
100
500
30
125
500
38
150
500
46
175
500
53
200
500
61
220
500
67
40
500
11
50
500
14
60
500
16
80
500
22
100
500
27
125
500
34
150
500
41
175
500
48
200
500
55
225
500
62
250
500
69
40
500
9
50
500
11
60
500
13
80
500
17
100
500
22
125
500
27
150
500
33
175
500
38
200
500
44
225
500
49
250
500
54
275
500
60
MCA†
104
156
208
261
278
347
—
—
—
139
174
208
278
347
—
—
—
—
—
139
174
208
278
347
—
—
—
—
—
—
139
174
208
278
347
434
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total
FLA
83
125
167
208
222
278
—
—
—
111
139
167
222
278
—
—
—
—
—
111
139
167
222
278
—
—
—
—
—
—
111
139
167
222
278
347
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
3
4
5
5
6
—
—
—
3
3
4
5
6
—
—
—
—
—
3
3
4
5
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
3
4
5
6
8
—
—
—
—
—
—
No.
Sub
Ckt
208/3/60 VOLTS
110
175
225
300
300
350
—
—
—
150
175
225
300
350
—
—
—
—
—
150
175
225
300
350
—
—
—
—
—
—
150
175
225
300
350
450
—
—
—
—
—
—
MOCP
72
108
145
181
193
241
—
—
—
96
120
145
193
241
—
—
—
—
—
96
120
145
193
241
—
—
—
—
—
—
96
120
145
193
241
301
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total
FLA
90
135
181
226
241
301
—
—
—
120
151
181
241
301
—
—
—
—
—
120
151
181
241
301
—
—
—
—
—
—
120
151
181
241
301
376
—
—
—
—
—
—
MCA†
2
3
4
4
5
6
—
—
—
3
3
4
5
6
—
—
—
—
—
3
3
4
5
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
3
4
5
6
7
—
—
—
—
—
—
No.
Sub
Ckt
240/3/60 VOLTS
100
150
200
250
250
350
—
—
—
125
175
200
250
350
—
—
—
—
—
125
175
200
250
350
—
—
—
—
—
—
125
175
200
250
350
400
—
—
—
—
—
—
MOCP
36
54
72
90
96
120
151
181
211
48
60
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
265
48
60
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
271
301
48
60
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
271
301
331
Total
FLA
45
68
90
113
120
151
188
226
263
60
75
90
120
151
188
226
263
301
331
60
75
90
120
151
188
226
263
301
339
376
60
75
90
120
151
188
226
263
301
339
376
414
MCA†
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
6
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
6
7
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
6
7
7
No.
Sub
Ckt
480/3/60 VOLTS
50
70
100
125
125
175
200
250
300
70
80
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
350
70
80
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
350
400
70
80
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
350
400
450
MOCP
29
43
58
72
77
96
120
145
169
39
48
58
77
96
120
145
169
193
212
39
48
58
77
96
120
145
169
193
217
241
39
48
58
77
96
120
145
169
193
217
241
265
Total
FLA
36
54
72
90
96
120
151
181
211
48
60
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
265
48
60
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
271
301
48
60
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
271
301
331
MCA†
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
No.
Sub
Ckt
600/3/60 VOLTS
40
60
80
100
100
125
175
200
225
50
70
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
300
50
70
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
300
350
50
70
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
300
350
350
MOCP
46
68
91
114
122
152
190
228
266
61
76
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
335
61
76
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
—
—
61
76
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
—
—
—
Total
FLA
57
86
114
143
152
190
238
285
333
76
95
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
418
76
95
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
—
—
76
95
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
—
—
—
MCA†
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
2
2
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
7
2
2
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
—
—
2
2
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
—
—
—
No.
Sub
Ckt
380/3/50 VOLTS
LEGEND
AHRI — Air Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute kW
— Kilowatts
MOCP — Maximum Overcurrent Protection
FLA — Full Load Amps
MCA — Minimum Circuit Amps
*Standard control steps are listed under the Control Step heading. “Free” additional steps of control are optionally available when the number of subcircuits exceeds the standard number of control steps.
†MCA = 1.25 x FLA; for proper wire sizing, refer to Table 310-16 of the NEC (National Electrical Code).
NOTES:
1. Subcircuits are internal heater circuits of 48 amps or less.
2. Electric heat performance is not within the scope of AHRI standard 430 certification.
3. To avoid damage due to overheating, minimum face velocity cannot fall below 350 fpm.
4. Heaters up to (and including) 60 kW have 3 control steps; beyond 60 kW, 6 steps are standard.
5. Heater kW offering is controlled by AHUBuilder® program. This table for reference only.
29.3
30
21
21
23.3
16.6
17
25
HEATER
AREA
(sq ft)
39M
UNIT
SIZE
Table 31 — Electric Heater Data (cont)
60
90
125
150
175
200
250
300
350
80
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
450
80
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
—
—
80
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
—
—
—
MOCP
109
6
6
6
6
NO. OF
CONTROL
STEPS*
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
300
350
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
250
300
350
400
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
HEATER
COIL
kW
10
13
17
21
25
29
34
38
42
50
59
9
12
15
19
23
27
30
38
46
53
61
7
10
12
15
18
21
24
30
36
42
49
55
61
6
8
10
13
15
18
20
25
30
35
40
46
51
TEMP
RISE
(F)
167
222
278
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
167
222
278
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
167
222
278
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
167
222
278
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total
FLA
208
278
347
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
208
278
347
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
208
278
347
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
208
278
347
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MCA†
4
5
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
5
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
5
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
5
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
No.
Sub
Ckt
225
300
350
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
225
300
350
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
225
300
350
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
225
300
350
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MOCP
145
193
241
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
145
193
241
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
145
193
241
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
145
193
241
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total
FLA
181
241
301
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
181
241
301
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
181
241
301
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
181
241
301
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MCA†
4
5
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
5
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
5
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
5
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
No.
Sub
Ckt
240/3/60 VOLTS
200
250
350
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
200
250
350
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
200
250
350
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
200
250
350
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MOCP
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
271
301
361
421
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
301
361
421
482
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
301
361
421
482
—
—
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
301
361
421
482
—
—
Total
FLA
90
120
151
188
226
263
301
339
376
452
527
90
120
151
188
226
263
301
376
452
527
602
90
120
151
188
226
263
301
376
452
527
602
—
—
90
120
151
188
226
263
301
376
452
527
602
—
—
MCA†
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
—
—
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
—
—
No.
Sub
Ckt
480/3/60 VOLTS
Table 31 — Electric Heater Data (cont)
208/3/60 VOLTS
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
350
400
500
600
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
500
600
700
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
500
600
700
—
—
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
500
600
700
—
—
MOCP
58
77
96
120
145
169
193
217
241
289
337
58
77
96
120
145
169
193
241
289
337
385
58
77
96
120
145
169
193
241
289
337
385
434
482
58
77
96
120
145
169
193
241
289
337
385
434
482
Total
FLA
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
271
301
361
421
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
301
361
421
482
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
MCA†
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
7
8
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
No.
Sub
Ckt
600/3/60 VOLTS
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
300
350
400
450
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
350
400
450
500
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
350
400
450
500
600
700
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
350
400
450
500
600
700
MOCP
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
342
380
—
—
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
380
—
—
—
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
380
—
—
—
—
—
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
380
—
—
—
—
—
Total
FLA
LEGEND
AHRI — Air Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration InstitutekW
— Kilowatts
MOCP — Maximum Overcurrent Protection
FLA — Full Load Amps
MCA — Minimum Circuit Amps
*Standard control steps are listed under the Control Step heading. “Free” additional steps of control are optionally available when the number of subcircuits exceeds the standard number of control steps.
†MCA = 1.25 x FLA; for proper wire sizing, refer to Table 310-16 of the NEC (National Electrical Code).
NOTES:
1. Subcircuits are internal heater circuits of 48 amps or less.
2. Electric heat performance is not within the scope of AHRI standard 430 certification.
3. To avoid damage due to overheating, minimum face velocity cannot fall below 350 fpm.
4. Heaters up to (and including) 60 kW have 3 control steps; beyond 60 kW, 6 steps are standard.
5. Heater kW offering is controlled by AHUBuilder® program. This table for reference only.
63.1
61
41.9
40
52.6
38
36
50
HEATER
AREA
(sq ft)
39M
UNIT
SIZE
NOMINAL
COIL
FACE
VELOCITY
(fpm)
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
428
475
—
—
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
475
—
—
—
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
475
—
—
—
—
—
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
475
—
—
—
—
—
MCA†
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
8
—
—
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
—
—
—
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
—
—
—
—
—
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
—
—
—
—
—
No.
Sub
Ckt
380/3/50 VOLTS
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
—
—
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
500
—
—
—
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
500
—
—
—
—
—
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
500
—
—
—
—
—
MOCP
110
6
6
6
6
NO. OF
CONTROL
STEPS*
60
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
60
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
60
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
60
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
HEATER
COIL
kW
5
9
13
17
22
26
30
35
39
43
48
52
4
7
11
15
18
22
26
29
33
37
40
44
4
7
10
13
16
20
23
26
29
33
36
39
42
46
49
3
6
9
11
14
17
20
23
26
28
31
34
37
40
43
TEMP
RISE
(F)
167
278
417
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
167
278
417
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
167
278
417
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
167
278
417
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total
FLA
208
347
521
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
208
347
521
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
208
347
521
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
208
347
521
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MCA†
4
6
9
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
6
9
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
6
9
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
6
9
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
No.
Sub
Ckt
225
350
600
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
225
350
600
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
225
350
600
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
225
350
600
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MOCP
145
241
361
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
145
241
361
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
145
241
361
482
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
145
241
361
482
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total
FLA
181
301
452
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
181
301
452
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
181
301
452
602
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
181
301
452
602
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MCA†
4
6
8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
6
8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
6
8
11
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
6
8
11
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
No.
Sub
Ckt
240/3/60 VOLTS
200
350
500
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
200
350
500
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
200
350
500
700
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
200
350
500
700
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MOCP
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
—
—
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
—
—
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
662
723
—
—
—
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
662
723
—
—
—
Total
FLA
90
151
226
301
376
452
527
602
677
753
—
—
90
151
226
301
376
452
527
602
677
753
—
—
90
151
226
301
376
452
527
602
677
753
828
903
—
—
—
90
151
226
301
376
452
527
602
677
753
828
903
—
—
—
MCA†
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
—
—
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
—
—
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
14
16
—
—
—
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
14
16
—
—
—
No.
Sub
Ckt
480/3/60 VOLTS
Table 31 — Electric Heater Data (cont)
208/3/60 VOLTS
100
175
250
350
400
500
600
700
700
700
—
—
100
175
250
350
400
500
600
700
700
700
—
—
100
175
250
350
400
500
600
700
700
700
700
700
—
—
—
100
175
250
350
400
500
600
700
700
700
700
700
—
—
—
MOCP
58
96
145
193
241
289
337
385
434
482
530
578
58
96
145
193
241
289
337
385
434
482
530
578
58
96
145
193
241
289
337
385
434
482
530
578
626
674
723
58
96
145
193
241
289
337
385
434
482
530
578
626
674
723
Total
FLA
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
662
723
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
662
723
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
662
723
783
843
903
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
662
723
783
843
903
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
No.
Sub
Ckt
600/3/60 VOLTS
MCA†
80
125
200
250
350
400
450
500
600
700
700
700
80
125
200
250
350
400
450
500
600
700
700
700
80
125
200
250
350
400
450
500
600
700
700
700
700
700
700
80
125
200
250
350
400
450
500
600
700
700
700
700
700
700
MOCP
91
152
228
304
380
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
91
152
228
304
380
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
91
152
228
304
380
456
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
91
152
228
304
380
456
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total
FLA
114
190
285
380
475
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
114
190
285
380
475
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
114
190
285
380
475
570
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
114
190
285
380
475
570
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
4
5
7
8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
4
5
7
8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
4
5
7
8
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
4
5
7
8
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
No.
Sub
Ckt
380/3/50 VOLTS
MCA†
LEGEND
AHRI — Air Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute kW
— Kilowatts
MOCP — Maximum Overcurrent Protection
FLA — Full Load Amps
MCA — Minimum Circuit Amps
*Standard control steps are listed under the Control Step heading. “Free” additional steps of control are optionally available when the number of subcircuits exceeds the standard number of control steps.
†MCA = 1.25 x FLA; for proper wire sizing, refer to Table 310-16 of the NEC (National Electrical Code).
NOTES:
1. Subcircuits are internal heater circuits of 48 amps or less.
2. Electric heat performance is not within the scope of AHRI standard 430 certification.
3. To avoid damage due to overheating, minimum face velocity cannot fall below 350 fpm.
4. Heaters up to (and including) 60 kW have 3 control steps; beyond 60 kW, 6 steps are standard.
5. Heater kW offering is controlled by AHUBuilder® program. This table for reference only.
112.3
110
86.9
85
98.0
73.5
72
96
HEATER
AREA
(sq ft)
39M
UNIT
SIZE
NOMINAL
COIL
FACE
VELOCITY
(fpm)
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
125
200
300
400
500
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
125
200
300
400
500
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
125
200
300
400
500
600
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
125
200
300
400
500
600
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MOCP
Gas Furnace Identification — The gas heat section or
sections of 39M air-handling units offer two styles of gas furnace: the gas-fired duct furnace and the gas-fired rack system.
Air-handling units with the duct heater can have 1 or 2 gas sections with a single duct furnace in each section. Air-handling
units with the rack system can have 1 or 2 gas sections with 1 to
5 racks in each section (up to 10 racks total).
To determine the type of gas heating system in the air-handling unit, open the burner side door to view the burner assembly. Gas-fired duct furnaces have the burners arranged vertically.
See Fig. 93. Rack system furnaces have the burners arranged
horizontally. See Fig. 94.
Gas-Fired Duct Furnaces
IMPORTANT: This furnace is not listed or suitable
for drying or process applications. Use in such applications voids any warranty and manufacturer disclaims any responsibility for the duct furnace and/or
application.
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS — Gas-fired duct furnaces are factory installed. If circumstances require field installation of a gas furnace, it can only be installed in a factorysupplied gas heater section. All unit installations must be in
accordance with the National Fuel Gas Code ANSI Z223.1
(NFPA 54) in the United States and Can/CGA-B149 Installation
Code in Canada, and all other applicable local codes and ordinances. These requirements include but are not limited to:
• Combustion air supply to the heating equipment
• Venting of the products of combustion (flue gases)
• Gas supply, piping and connections
• Unit location and clearances
All electrical equipment must be grounded and wired in accordance with the National Electric Code (ANSI/NFPA 70) in the
United States, and the Canadian Electric Code (CSA C22.1), in
Canada.
VERIFICATION — Verify the following before placing the
equipment into service:
• Electrical supply matches the heater voltage marked on the
duct furnace Rating Plate.
• Gas supply provided matches the Gas Type marked on the
duct furnace Rating Plate.
• Furnace is installed in orientation marked on vestibule. Orientation is specific to airflow direction through the heating
section of the unit.
• There is an adequate supply of fresh air for the combustion
and ventilation process. Combustion air openings in the cabinet should be sized to provide 1 sq in. of free area per 4000
Btuh of input.
a39-4406
BURNERS
Fig. 93 — Gas-Fired Duct Furnace Burner Assembly
CAUTION
The presence of chlorine vapors in the combustion air supplied to gas-fired heaters presents a substantial corrosion
hazard.
BURNERS
• A properly designed vent system is connected to the heating
unit to convey the products of combustion (flue gases) outside the building. For outdoor applications be sure the flue
gases are directed away from any combustion air inlets.
• Duct furnace assembly is installed in a non-combustible duct
or cabinet on the positive pressure side of the circulating air
blower.
• An air flow proving switch is installed and wired to prove
operation of the system circulating air blower.
• An auxiliary manual reset limit switch is installed to shut off
furnace in the event of low airflow conditions due to filter
blockage, coil blockage and or damper failure.
• A drain tube is installed for disposal of condensate, if the
heating unit is equipped with modulating controls or is
located downstream of cooling system.
• Equipment access panels and doors are sized and located to
provide easy access for servicing, adjustment and maintenance of the heating units installed.
a394405
Fig. 94 — Gas-Fired Rack System Burner Assembly
Follow the appropriate installation instructions below for the
style of gas furnace included in the air-handling unit.
111
Flame rollout can be caused by insufficient airflow for the burner
firing rate (high gas pressure), blockage of the vent system or in
the heat exchanger. The duct furnace should not be placed back
in operation until the cause of rollout condition is identified. The
rollout switch can be reset by pressing the button on the top of
the switch.
Primary High Limit Switch — To prevent operation of the duct
furnace under low airflow conditions, the unit is equipped with a
fixed temperature high limit switch mounted on the vestibule
panel. This switch will shut off gas to the heater through the ignition control module before the air temperature reaches 250 F
(121.1 C). Reduced airflow may be caused by restrictions upstream or downstream of the circulating air blower, such as dirty
or blocked filters or restriction of the air inlet or outlet to the unit.
The high limit switch will shut off the gas when the temperature
reaches its set point and then automatically reset when the temperature drops to 30° F (16.7° C) below the set point, initiating a
furnace ignition. The furnace will continue to cycle on limit until
the cause of the reduced airflow is corrected.
Ignition Control Module — Monitors furnace function and provides safety interlocks. Ignition control modules are available
having a number of different operating functions. Refer to Sequence of Operation and Control Diagnostic data sheets provided in the instruction package for a detailed description of the
control features, operation and troubleshooting for the model
control installed. Check the furnace section for this information,
to contact your Carrier service representative.
COMBUSTION AIR SUPPLY — All gas-fired furnaces need
an ample supply of air for proper and safe combustion of the fuel
gas. If sufficient quantities of combustion air are not available to
the heater, poor combustion and inefficient operation will result.
For outdoor installations, the heating unit cabinet combustion
air openings should be sized to provide 1 sq in. of free area per
4000 Btuh of input. Combustion air inlet and flue gas outlet must
be located in the same pressure zone to minimize effects of wind
on burner and heater performance.
For indoor installations, locate heating unit to ensure an adequate supply of fresh air to replace air used in the combustion
and ventilation process. Install air openings that provide a total
free area in accordance with the National Fuel Gas Code (ANSI
Z223.1 or NFPA 54) in the United States or CAN/CGA B-149
Installation Code in Canada.
Do not install unit in a confined space (a space whose volume
is less than 50 cubic feet per 1000 Btuh of furnace input rating)
without providing wall openings leading to and from the space.
Provide openings near floor and ceiling to provide air for combustion and ventilation. Size openings for total Btuh of all appliances in confined space and provide openings as follows:
• Air from inside building — openings 1 sq in. free area per
1000 Btuh, but never less than 100 sq in.
• Air from outside through a duct — openings 1 sq in. free area
per 2000 Btuh
• Air direct from outside — openings 1 sq in. free area per
4000 Btuh
VENTING — Safe operation of indirect-fired gas furnaces
requires a properly operating venting system which vents all the
products of combustion (flue gases) to the outside atmosphere.
WARNING
Gas-fired furnaces are not designed for use in hazardous
atmospheres containing flammable vapors or combustible
dust, in atmospheres containing chlorinated or halogenated
hydrocarbons, or in applications with airborne substances
containing silicone.
CONDENSATE DRAINS — In furnace applications operating
with modulating controls, temperature rises below 40 F (4.4 C),
or with outside make-up air, some condensation may occur in the
heating cycle. In these applications connection of a condensate
drain line is required to avoid condensate build-up and possible
heat exchanger damage.
If heating section is located downstream of a refrigeration
system or cooling coil, condensation can occur during operation
of the air conditioning, resulting in condensation from warm,
moist air in the heat exchanger tubes and flue collector. This condensate is not harmful to the heat exchanger provided it is
drained continuously. For these applications a ¼ NPT connection is provided for attachment of condensate drain line to remove condensate from heat exchanger.
A P-trap is recommended as the system operates under a negative pressure. The use of a “Tee” fitting is recommended to allow for priming and cleaning the trap. Use a plug in the cleanout
opening. See Fig. 95.
CAUTION
Do not use copper tubing for condensate drain lines. Flue
gas condensate is slightly acidic.
COLLECTOR BOX
PLUG
TEE FITTING
2.00"
4.00"
a39-4394
Fig. 95 — Condensate Drain
FURNACE COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION — See Fig.
96 for single-unit gas furnace components.
OPERATING AND SAFETY CONTROLS — The following
controls are provided for the duct furnace:
Combustion Air Pressure Switch — An air pressure switch is
provided as part of the control system to verify combustion airflow through induced-draft fan (ID fan) by monitoring the difference in pressure between the ID fan and the atmosphere. If sufficient negative pressure is not present, indicating lack of proper
air movement through heat exchanger, the switch opens shutting
off gas supply though the ignition control module. On units with
two-speed draft inducer operation, a dual air pressure switch is
used, monitoring high and low speed pressures. The air pressure
switches have fixed settings and are not adjustable.
Rollout Switch (Manual Reset) — The duct furnace is
equipped with manual reset rollout switch(es) in the event of
burner flame rollout. The switch will open on temperature rise
and shut off gas supply through the ignition control module.
WARNING
Failure to provide proper venting affects furnace performance and may result in a health hazard which could cause
serious personal injury or death.
112
MODULATOR VALVE
(MODULATING SYSTEMS ONLY)
AIR PRESSURE
SWITCH
TWO-STAGE
GAS VALVE
FLAME ROLLOUT
SWITCH
FLAME SENSOR
3/4” NPT GAS
INLET
CONNECTION
HI LIMIT SWITCH
MANIFOLD
PRESSURE TAP
DRAFT INDUCER
ASSEMBLY
DRAFT INDUCER
MOTOR
MOTOR SUPPORT
BRACKET
WIRE HARNESS
TO JB/IGNITION
CONTROL
SPARK IGNITER
CONDENSATE DRAIN
FITTING
a62-577
Fig. 96 — Gas-Fired Duct Furnace Components
113
Use single wall or double wall (Type B) vent pipe of diameters listed below.
OUTDOOR INSTALLATIONS — The venting system is
designed for direct discharge of flue gases to the outdoors. The
vent discharge opening should be located to provide an unobstructed discharge to the outside and should be located as far
from the combustion air inlet as possible but in the same pressure zone.
The vent duct should pitch down toward the outlet, to ensure
that any condensate that occurs in the vent duct drains away
from the combustion blower fan housing. The duct opening
should be protected by a 1/2 in. x 1/2 in. (12 mm x 12 mm) mesh
screen. An optional rainhood may be used over the discharge
opening to prevent wind-driven rain from entering the vent duct,
but should not intersect the flue gas discharge path. See Fig. 97.
INPUT RATING (Btuh)
INPUT RATING (W)
75,000 - 149,999
150,000 - 400,000
401,000 - 600,000
21,980 - 43,958
43,960 - 117,228
117,229 - 175,842
VENT PIPE
DIAMETER
5 in. (126 mm)
6 in. (152 mm)
7 in. (178 mm)
Maximize the height of the vertical run of vent pipe. A minimum of 5 ft (1.5 m) of vertical pipe is required. The top of the
vent pipe must extend at least 2 ft (0.61 m) above the highest
point on the roof. (Use Listed Type B vent for external runs.) An
approved weatherproof vent cap must be installed to the vent
termination.
Horizontal runs must not exceed 75% of the vertical height of
the vent pipe, up to a maximum of 10 ft (3m). Horizontal runs
should be pitched upward 1/4 in. per ft (21 mm/m) and should be
supported at 3 ft (1m) maximum intervals.
Design vent pipe runs to minimize the use of elbows. Each 90
degree elbow is equivalent to 5 ft (1.5 m) of straight vent pipe
run.
Vent pipe should not be run through unheated spaces. If such
runs cannot be avoided, insulate vent pipe to prevent condensation inside vent pipe. Insulation should be a minimum of 1/2 in.
(12.7 mm) thick, foil-faced material suitable for temperatures up
to 500 F (260 C). Vent connectors serving Category 1 heaters
must not be connected into any portion of a mechanical draft
system operating under positive pressure. See Fig. 98.
IMPORTANT: Outdoor units must be individually vented
INDOOR INSTALLATIONS — All duct furnaces must be
connected to a venting system to convey flue gases outside of
the heated space. Vent systems must be sized and installed in
accordance with ANSI Z223.1 (NFPA 54) or in Canada CAN/
CGA - B149.
There are two methods for venting indoor furnace installations: vertical venting and horizontal venting.
Vertically Vented Duct Furnaces (Category I) — Proper venting of the heating units is the installer’s responsibility. Vent piping is supplied by others. When operated with the venting
system in place, proper duct furnace operation must be verified,
including flue gas analysis of each connected furnace.
IMPORTANT: Dampers must not be used in vent piping runs. Spillage of flue gases into the occupied space
could result.
VENT HOOD
VENT HOOD
FLUE GAS FLOW
UNOBSTRUCTED
COMB.
BLWR.
AHU
CABINET
COMBUSTION
AIR INLET
LOUVER
AHU
CABINET
COMBUSTION AIR OPENING
a39-4395
Fig. 97 — Outdoor Horizontal Venting
114
LISTED VENT TERMINAL
USE INSULATED VENT OUTDOORS
THIMBLE
5 FT. MIN.
(1.52 M)
ROOF
2 FT. MIN.
(0.61 M)
TOTAL VERTICAL
FLUE HEIGHT
1/4 IN. (6 mm) PITCH PER
1 FT. (305 mm) HORIZONTAL
RUN
SEE VENT PIPE
DIAMETER TABLE FOR
VENT DIAMETER
CONDENSATE
DRAIN
10 FT (3.05 M)
MAX (NOT TO
EXCEED 75%
VERTICAL FLUE
HEIGHT)
AIR-HANDLING UNIT
OPTIONAL
VENT KIT
a39-4396
NOTE: See the section Vertically
Vented Duct Furnaces on page 113
for vent pipe diameters.
CONDENSATE
DRAIN
Category I Vertical Furnace Venting (through Roof)
(Manifold furnace vents acceptable)
Fig. 98 — Indoor Vertical Venting
A vent cap listed for horizontal venting must be provided.
Vent cap inlet diameter must be same as the required vent pipe
diameter. The vent terminal must be at least 12 in. (305 mm)
from the exterior wall that it passes through to prevent degradation of building material by flue gases.
The vent terminal must be located at least 1 ft (305 mm)
above grade, or in snow areas, at least 3 ft (1 m) above snow line
to prevent blockage. Additionally, the vent terminal must be installed with a minimum horizontal clearance of 4 ft (1.2 m) from
electric meters, gas meters, regulators or relief equipment.
Each duct furnace must have its own individual vent pipe
and terminal. Do not connect vent system from horizontally
vented units to other vent systems or a chimney.
Horizontally Vented Duct Furnaces (Category III) — Pressures in Category III venting systems are positive and therefore
care must be taken to avoid flue products from entering the
heated space. Use only vent materials and components that are
UL listed and approved for Category III venting systems.
All vent pipe joints must be sealed to prevent leakage into the
heated space. Follow instructions provided with approved venting materials used. The proper vent pipe diameter must be used,
to ensure proper venting of combustion products. See the section
Vertically Vented Duct Furnaces on page 113 for vent pipe diameters.
The total equivalent length of vent pipe must not exceed 50 ft
(15.25 m). Equivalent length is the total length of straight sections, plus 5 ft (1.52 m) for each 90 degree elbow and 2.5 ft
(0.76 m) for each 45 degree elbow. The vent system must also
be installed to prevent collection of condensate. Pitch horizontal
pipe runs downward 1/4 in. per ft (21 mm/m) toward the outlet to
permit condensate drainage. See Fig. 99.
Insulate vent pipe exposed to cold air or routed through unheated areas. Also insulate vent pipe runs longer than 10 ft (3 m).
Insulation should be a minimum of 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) thick, foilfaced material suitable for temperatures up to 500 F (260 C).
Maintain 6 in. (152 mm) clearance between vent pipe and combustible materials.
IMPORTANT: Through the wall vents shall not terminate over public walkways, or over an area where condensate or vapor could create a nuisance or hazard.
115
5 FT. (1.52 M) MIN.
50 FT. (15.35 M) MAX. EQUIV. LENGTH
NOTE: See the section Vertically Vented
Duct Furnaces on page 113 for vent pipe
diameters.
1 FT.
MIN.
1/4 IN. (6 mm) PITCH PER
1 FT. (305 mm) HORIZONTAL
RUN
SEE VENT PIPE
DIAMETER TABLE
FOR
VENT DIAMETER
AIR-HANDLING UNIT
CONDENSATE
DRAIN
FIELD FABRICATED
VENT TO EACH
EXHAUST CONNECTION
LISTED VENT
TERMINAL
3 FT. MIN. (0.91 m) ABOVE
HIGHEST SNOWFALL
EXTERIOR WALL
a39-4397
CONDENSATE
DRAIN
Category III Horizontal Furnace Venting (through Sidewall)
(Only dedicated furnace venting permitted. Each furnace must have its own inidivdual vent pipe and terminal.)
Fig. 99 — Indoor Horizontal Venting
GAS SUPPLY, PIPING, AND CONNECTIONS — Installation of piping must conform with local building codes and ordinances, or in the absence of local codes with ANSI Z223.1, the
National Fuel Gas Code. In Canada, installation must be in accordance with CAN/CGA-B149.1 for natural gas and B149.2 for
propane units.
Use a pipe sealant resistant to LP gases on gas supply connections to heater. Gas piping must be sized for the total Btu input of
all furnaces or units serviced by a single supply.
Be sure that gas regulators servicing more than one heater
have the proper pipe and internal orifice size for the total input of
all heating units serviced by the regulator. See Fig. 100.
Individual duct furnaces require a minimum inlet gas pressure as shown in Table 32.
The duct furnace gas piping was leak tested prior to shipping
the furnace. However, during shipping and installation connections may have loosened. Check for leaks using a soap solution
and correct any leaks before placing furnace in operation.
A drip leg (sediment trap) and a manual shut-off valve must
be provided immediately upstream of the gas control on the heating unit. To facilitate servicing of unit, installation of a union is
recommended. See Fig. 101.
Pressure Testing — Connect a fitting and pressure gauge suitable for measuring gas pressure to 1/8 in. NPT tap provided on
the manual shut-off valve tapping (see Fig. 6) or the inlet side of
the gas valve (Fig. 102A-102C). For multiple heater installations, measure inlet pressure to each heater serviced by a single
regulator with all heaters in operation. See Fig. 100.
IMPORTANT: When pressure testing at 1/2 psig or
less, close the manual shut-off valve on the appliance
before testing. When pressure testing the gas supply
line at 1/2 psig or greater, close the manual shut-off
valve and disconnect the heater from supply line to be
tested. Cap or plug the supply line.
Table 32 — Inlet Gas Pressures
GAS
SUPPLY
Natural
Gas
Propane
Gas
MINIMUM (in. wg):
50,000 - 400,000
Btuh MODELS
MINIMUM (in. wg):
401,000 AND
HIGHER Btuh
MODELS
MAXIMUM
(in. wg)
5.0
6.0
13.5
11.0
12.0
13.5
WARNING
IMPORTANT: Gas pressure to appliance controls
must never exceed 13.5 in. wg (1/2 psig).
All field gas piping must be pressure and leak-tested prior
to operation. Never use an open flame to check for leaks.
Use a soap solution or other leak detecting solution.
The individual duct furnace inlet gas supply pipe connection
size is 3/4 in. NPT for gas inputs up to 400,000 Btuh and 1 in.
NPT for gas inputs between 401,000 and 600,000 Btuh for all
control systems.
MINIMUM INLET PRESSURE
REQUIRED AT LAST HEATER
MAX. 13.5” W.C.
PRESSURE
REGULATOR
UNIT 1
UNIT 2
UNIT 3
GAS
SUPPLY
a39-4398
Fig. 100 — Inlet Pressure for Multiple Heaters
116
GAS SUPPLY
LINE
GAS SUPPLY
LINE
3 IN.
MIN.
MANUAL GAS
SHUT-OFF VALVE
GROUND JOINT
UNION WITH
BRASS SEAT
TO CONTROLS
PLUGGED
1/8 IN. NPT TEST
GAGE CONNECTION
SEDIMENT
TRAP
A39-4399
Fig. 101 — Sediment Trap, Shut-Off Valve, and Union
SECOND STAGE (HI FIRE) MANIFOLD PRESSURE
ADJUSTMENT (3/32 IN. ALLEN KEY)
FIRST STAGE (LO FIRE) MANIFOLD
PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION
BLOCK
LO
C
°ON
1/8 IN. NPT INLET
PRESSURE TAP
°
OFF
MANUAL SHUT-OFF
CONTROL KNOB
a62-581
a39-4403
Fig. 102B — 2-Stage Gas Valve
Fig. 102A — On/Off (1-Stage) Gas Valve
a39-4401
Fig. 102C — Honeywell V8944 Gas Valve
117
• A properly designed vent system is connected to the heating
unit to convey the products of combustion (flue gases) outside the building. For outdoor applications be sure the flue
gases are directed away from any combustion air inlets.
• Duct furnace assembly is installed in a non-combustible duct
or cabinet on the positive pressure side of the circulating air
blower.
• An airflow proving switch is installed and wired to prove
operation of the system circulating air blower.
• An auxiliary manual reset limit switch is installed to shut off
furnace in the event of low airflow conditions due to filter
blockage, coil blockage and or damper failure.
• A drain tube is installed for disposal of condensate, if the
heating unit is equipped with modulating controls or is
located downstream of cooling system.
• Equipment access panels and doors are sized and located to
provide easy access for servicing, adjustment and maintenance of the heating units installed.
CONDENSATE DRAINS — A CPVC condensate drain line is
provided and connected to the individual heaters. In applications
operating with modulating controls some condensation may
occur in the heating cycle. In these applications connection of a
condensate drain line is required to avoid condensate build-up
and possible heat exchanger damage. Flue gas condensate is
acidic. Refer to local codes and ordinances for proper disposal.
If heating section is located downstream of a refrigeration
system or cooling coil, condensation can occur during operation
of the air conditioning, resulting in condensation from warm,
moist air in the heat exchanger tubes and flue collector. This condensate is not harmful to the heat exchanger provided it is
drained continuously.
FURNACE COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION — See Fig.
103 for rack system gas furnace components.
OPERATING AND SAFETY CONTROLS — The following controls are provided for the gas furnace rack system:
System / Ignition Control Module — Ignition controls are
available having a number of different operating functions. Refer
to Sequence of Operation Sheet provided with heater documentation for a detailed description of the control features for the
model control installed. This documentation is located in the
heater section, or contact your Carrier service representative.
Rollout Switch (Manual Reset) — The furnace module is
equipped with manual reset rollout switch(es) in the event of
burner flame rollout. The switch will open on temperature rise
and shut off gas supply through the ignition control module.
Flame rollout can be caused by insufficient airflow for the
burner firing rate (high gas pressure), blockage of the vent system or in the heat exchanger. The furnace module should not be
placed back in operation until the cause of rollout condition is
identified. The rollout switch can be reset by pressing the button
on the top of the switch.
Gas-Fired Rack System Furnaces
WARNING
Gas-fired furnaces are not designed for use in hazardous
atmospheres containing flammable vapors or combustible
dust, in atmospheres containing chlorinated or halogenated
hydrocarbons, or in applications with airborne substances
containing silicone.
IMPORTANT: This furnace assembly is not listed or suitable for drying or process applications. Use in such applications voids any warranty and manufacturer disclaims any
responsibility for the duct furnace and/or application.
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS — Gas furnaces are factory installed. If circumstances require field installation of a gas
furnace, it can only be installed in a factory-supplied gas heater
section. All unit installations must be in accordance with the
National Fuel Gas Code ANSI Z223.1 (NFPA 54) in the United
States and Can/CGA-B149 Installation Code in Canada, and all
other applicable local codes and ordinances. These requirements include but are not limited to:
• Combustion air supply to the heating equipment
• Venting of the products of combustion (flue gases)
• Gas supply, piping and connections
• Unit location and clearances
All electrical equipment must be grounded and wired in accordance with the National Electric Code (ANSI/NFPA 70) in the
United States, and the Canadian Electric Code (CSA C22.1), in
Canada.
VERIFICATION — Verify the following before placing the
equipment into service:
• Electrical supply matches the heater voltage marked on the
duct furnace Rating Plate.
• Gas supply provided matches the Gas Type marked on the
duct furnace Rating Plate.
• Furnace is installed in orientation marked on vestibule. Orientation is specific to airflow direction through the heating
section of the unit.
• There is an adequate supply of fresh air for the combustion
and ventilation process. Combustion air openings in the cabinet should be sized to provide 1 sq in. of free area per 4000
Btuh of input.
CAUTION
The presence of chlorine vapors in the combustion air supplied to gas-fired heaters presents a substantial corrosion
hazard.
118
a39-4404
Fig. 103 — Gas-Fired Furnace Components (Rack System)
UNIT LOCATION AND CLEARANCES — For both outdoor and indoor installations, observe these requirements:
• Be sure unit is located with respect to building construction
and other equipment to provide ready access and clearance to
access panels or doors that must be opened to permit adjustment and servicing of the heating section.
• The heating section needs an ample supply of air for proper
and safe combustion of the fuel gas. Do not block or obstruct
air openings to the area where the heating unit is installed.
Combustion air openings in the cabinet should be sized to
provide 1 sq in. of free area per 4000 Btuh of input.
• Do not install unit where it may exposed to potentially explosive or flammable vapors.
• Do not locate unit in areas where corrosive vapors (such as
chlorinated, halogenated, or acidic vapors) are present in the
atmosphere or can be mixed with combustion air entering
heater.
Outdoor Installations — Observe the following additional requirements for outdoor installations:
• Provide at least 6 feet clearance to side of the unit, where the
combustion air inlet or vent (flue) gas discharge is located,
from walls, parapets or adjacent buildings or equipment.
• Unit must be installed with combustion air openings located
at least one (1) ft above the average snow depth for the location.
• Do not locate unit near building ventilators or exhausts, or
areas where corrosive chemical vapors can be drawn into
combustion air supply.
High Limit Switch — The furnace module is equipped with a
fixed-temperature high limit switch mounted on the vestibule
panel. This switch shuts off gas to the heater through the ignition
control module in the event of reduced circulating airflow over
the heat exchanger. Reduced airflow can be caused by motor
failure of the circulating air blower, dirty or blocked filters, or restriction of the air inlet or outlet to the unit. The high limit switch
will automatically reset when the temperature drops to 30° F
(16.7° C) below the set point. Determine the cause of the reduced airflow and correct.
Induced Draft Air Pressure Switch — An air pressure switch is
provided as part of the control system to verify combustion airflow through the induced-draft fan. The pressure switch monitors the difference in pressure between the induced-draft fan and
the atmosphere. If sufficient negative pressure is not present, the
switch opens, shutting off gas supply though the ignition control
module. The air pressure switches have fixed settings and are
not adjustable.
COMBUSTION AIR SUPPLY — All gas-fired furnaces need
an ample supply of air for proper and safe combustion of the fuel
gas. If sufficient quantities of combustion air are not available to
the heater, poor combustion and inefficient operation will result.
For outdoor installations, the heating unit cabinet combustion
air openings should be sized to provide 1 sq in. of free area per
4000 Btuh of input. Combustion air inlet and flue gas outlet must
be located in the same pressure zone to minimize effects of wind
on burner and heater performance.
119
• Do not install units in locations where flue products can be
drawn in the adjacent building openings such as windows,
fresh air intakes, etc.
• Be sure that vent discharge for flue gases is directed away
from combustion air inlet and located to prevent flue products
from being drawn into combustion air supply. Burner performance can be adversely affected by recirculation of flue
products.
• Combustion air inlet and flue gas outlet must be located in the
same pressure zone to minimize effects of wind on burner
and heater performance.
Indoor Installations — Observe the following additional requirements for indoor installations:
• Locate unit to ensure an adequate supply of fresh air to
replace air used in the combustion and ventilation process.
• When locating units, it is important to consider the exhaust
vent piping must connected to the outside atmosphere. Location should minimize the number of elbows or turns in vent
pipe.
VENTING — Gas furnaces must be connected to a properly designed venting system to convey flue gases away from the heating system or outside of the heated space. See the section Installation Requirements on page 118 for reference to applicable
codes and standards. The rack assembly requires a special venting system. For outdoor applications, a vent riser kit is available.
See Fig. 104.
COMBUSTION
AIR INTAKE
LOUVERS
a39-4400
Fig. 105 — Indoor Venting with Flue Riser Kit
Use a pipe sealant resistant to LP gases on gas supply connections to heater. Gas piping must be sized for the total Btu input of
all furnaces or units serviced by a single supply.
Properly support gas valve with back-up wrench during supply pipe installation to prevent loosening valve or damage to
burner assembly or manifold.
Gas piping must be sized for the total Btu input of all units
(heaters) serviced by a single supply. A 2 in. NPT main gas
header is provided as standard.
A service regulator must be provided to provide gas to the
heater assembly at the proper pressure. Verify that the regulator
installed is sized and properly orificed for total input of all
heaters.
A drip leg (sediment trap) and a manual shut-off valve must
be provided immediately upstream of the gas control on the heating unit. To facilitate servicing of unit, installation of a union is
recommended. See Fig. 101 on page 117.
Individual furnaces require a minimum inlet gas pressure as
shown in Table 32 on page 116.
a39-4402
18" MIN ABOVE
TOP OF AHU
CABINET
OPTIONAL
VENT KIT
COMBUSTION
AIR INTAKE
LOUVERS
OPTIONAL
FLUE
RISER
IMPORTANT: Gas pressure to appliance controls
must never exceed 13.5 in. wg (1/2 psig).
Fig. 104 — Outdoor Venting with Flue Riser Kit
Pressure Testing — A 1/8 in. NPT tap is provided on the inlet
side of the gas valve to the heater. See Fig. 102A-102C on
page 117. A fitting suitable for connection to a pressure gage capable of measuring gas pressure should be connected to each
heater serviced by a single regulator so that gas pressure at each
heater can be measured with all heaters in operation.
For outdoor installations where the flue riser kit is not used,
and for all indoor installations, the venting system must be properly designed for the specific application by a manufacturer/provider of listed type venting systems. Connection from furnace induced-draft fans to round vent pipe requires custom adapters to
ensure leak-free joints. Contact the venting system manufacturer
for part numbers and availability if the venting system was not
included with the heating system. See Fig. 105 for an example.
GAS SUPPLY, PIPING, AND CONNECTIONS — Installation of piping must conform with local building codes and ordinances, or in the absence of local codes with ANSI Z223.1, the
National Fuel Gas Code. In Canada, installation must be in accordance with CAN/CGA-B149.1 for natural gas and B149.2 for
propane units.
IMPORTANT: When pressure testing at 1/2 psig or
less, close the manual shut-off valve on the appliance
before testing. When pressure testing the gas supply
line at 1/2 psig or greater, close the manual shut-off
valve and disconnect the heater from supply line to be
tested. Cap or plug the supply line.
120
For units with single-phase wheel motors connections
must be made in a separate, field-installed junction box. This
junction box must be installed in the ERV section close to the
motor. The ERV motors are VFD ready.
Refer to Table 33 for motor electrical data.
WARNING
All field gas piping must be pressure and leak-tested prior
to operation. Never use an open flame to check for leaks.
Use a soap solution or other leak detecting solution.
Table 33 — Electrical Requirements for
Energy Wheel Motor
Pressure/leak test all connections prior to putting unit in service. The furnace gas piping was leak-tested prior to shipping.
However, during shipping and installation connections may have
loosened. Check for leaks using a soap solution and correct any
leaks before placing furnace in operation.
MOTR
VOLTS-PHASE-Hz
115-1-50/60
Energy Recovery Ventilation (ERV) Sections
200-230-1-50/60
CAUTION
200-230/460-3-60
The assembled sections will result in a unit center of gravity (CG) higher than the horizontal centerline. Exercise
proper care when rigging, lifting and transporting. Units
with a high CG will tip over more easily during installation
than those with a lower CG.
200/400-3-50
RECEIVING AND INSPECTION — Inspect the section for
freight damage upon receipt. Inspect the cassette that is
mounted inside the section. The cassette consists of a frame,
wheel assembly and segments. Verify that the wheel turns
freely by hand (clockwise when viewed from the pulley side).
Report any damage immediately to the freight company.
RIGGING AND STACKING — The ERV section sizes
03-17 are shipped fully assembled. These units can be
stacked and unstacked, as required, during installation by
following the same procedure as for larger units described
below.
NOTE: If an ERV section (size 08-17) does not fit through a
doorway, it may be taken apart by removing the top of the
section frame. This will expose the ERV wheel; take precautions not to damage the wheel while moving the section.
Once the section is in place, put the top of the section frame
back on.
The ERV section sizes 21-30 are shipped unstacked due to
shipping height limitations. The lower sections are all assembled on baserails and all fastened together on a single skid.
The upper sections are on a separate skid and fastened together. Rigging and setting the lower sections is the same as for a
standard 39M indoor base unit. Refer to the Rigging Information label on the unit.
575-3-60
39M
UNIT SIZES
03, 06
03, 06
08, 10
12, 14, 17, 21
08, 10
12, 14, 17, 21
25, 30
08, 10
12, 14, 17, 21
25, 30
08, 10
12, 14, 17, 21
25, 30
MOTOR
HP
80 w
80 w
1/6
1/6
1/6
1/6
1/4
1/6
1/6
1/4
1/6
1/6
1/4
MOTOR
AMPS (a)
0.7
0.3
0.6
1.2
0.7-0.88/0.44
0.7-0.88/0.44
1.9-2.2/1.1
0.7/0.44
0.7/0.44
1.9/1.1
0.46
0.46
0.88
START-UP
Checklist — Remove all construction debris from unit in-
terior. Verify that all drains are free of debris. Prime all condensate traps.
FILTERS — Install unit filters in all filter sections.
AIRFOIL AND FORWARD-CURVED FANS
1. Release the holddown that fastens the fan sled to the
section base.
2. Check lubrication of fan, motor bearings, and linkages.
Note that bearings are shipped completely full of grease
for corrosion protection and may run warm temporarily
on start-up until excess grease has discharged.
3. Check tightness of bearing setscrews (Fig. 106) or locking collars (Fig. 107). Also, check tightness of setscrews
on fan wheels and sheaves.
4. Check tightness of fan-shaft bearing mounting. See
Fig. 107.
5. Recheck sheave alignment and belt tension. (Refer to
Fig. 36 and 37.)
6. Hand turn fan to make certain fan wheel does not rub in
housing.
7. Check fan speed with a strobe-type tachometer or use
the following formula:
Obtain the motor rpm from the fan motor nameplate and
read sheave pitch diameters marked on the fan and motor pulleys, or approximate the pitch diameters by using
the pulley ODs.
Then:
CAUTION
The upper sections MUST be rigged and lifted one at a
time or injury or unit damage may occur.
Rigging and lifting upper sections:
1. Use the 4 lifting brackets holding the row of sections to
the skid.
2. Separate each section one at a time and install brackets
at each corner using the screws provided. Be careful not
to strip out the holes in the section frame. Lift and set
the section on top of the lower sections.
For sizes 21-30, upper sections should be stacked onto
the lower sections starting with the section upstream and
downstream of the wheel section, and then moving outward to each end of the unit.
Repeat this process for the remaining ERV sections.
Motor Rpm x Motor Sheave
Pitch Diameter (in.)
Fan RPM =
Fan Sheave Pitch Diameter (in.)
Example:
Nameplate Motor
RPM
Motor Sheave Pitch
Diameter
Fan Sheave Pitch
Diameter
ERV WHEEL MOTOR WIRING — All ERV wheel motors
have stripped back power leads. For units with 3-phase wheel
motors, install and route the proper wire type and size directly
to the motor junction box provided.
121
Actual
Approximate
=
1760
1760
=
8.9
9.0 (OD)
=
12.4
12.5 (OD)
Example:
Fan RPM
=
=
Actual
1760 x 8.9
12.4
1263 RPM
Approximate
1760 x 9.0
12.5
= 1267 RPM
Refer to Table 3B for maximum allowable fan speeds
for fan wheels. Excessive fan speed may result in condensate carryover from cooling coil or fan motor overload and wheel failure.
8. Check direction of rotation (see Fig. 80). Arrow on
drive side of fan housing indicates correct direction of
rotation.
a39-2048
CAUTION
Drive ratios of 1:1 may cause excessive vibration. Avoid if
possible.
TORQUE TABLE
9. Check vibration. If excessive vibration occurs, check for
the following:
a. Variable sheave (if air balance of system has been
accomplished; replace sheave with fixed sheave for
continuous application).
b. Drive misalignment.
c. Mismatched, worn, or loose belts.
d. Wheel or sheaves loose on shaft.
e. Loose bearings.
f. Loose mounting bolts.
g. Motor out of balance.
h. Sheaves eccentric or out of balance.
i. Vibration isolators improperly adjusted.
j. Out-of-balance or corroded wheel (rebalance or
replace if necessary).
k. Accumulation of material on wheel (remove excess
material).
CAPSCREW AND
SETSCREW
SIZE (No./in.)
10
1/
4
5/
16
3/
8
7/
16
1/
2
5/
8
3/
4
SQUARE HD
ACROSS
FLATS (in.)
—
—
—
—
—
1/
2
—
—
TORQUE
25 in.-lb
60 in.-lb
10 ft-lb
17 ft-lb
25 ft-lb
40 ft-lb
90 ft-lb
125 ft-lb
BEARING HOLDDOWN BOLT TORQUE
BOLT SIZE (in.)
3/ - 16
8
1/ - 13
2
5/ - 11
8
3/ - 10
4
TORQUE (ft-lb)
30
63
100
165
Fig. 107 — Fan, Shaft and Bearing Details —
Squeeze-Type Locking Collar
BELT DRIVE PLENUM FANS — Start-up procedures for
plenum fans are similar to those for airfoil or forward-curved
fans described in the preceding section. Also refer to the fan
manufacturer’s Installation, Operation, and Maintenance instructions shipped with the plenum fan section for further
details.
DIRECT DRIVE PLENUM FANS — Start-up
procedures
are similar to those or fans described above with the following additions:
1. Check tightness of bolts securing fan motor to base.
2. Check tightness of fan wheel bushing bolts (see Fig. 108)
per table below.
a39-2047
DRIVE PULLEY
NOMINAL
SCREW SIZE
No. 6
No. 8
No. 10
1/
4
5/
16
3/
8
HEX HEAD
ACROSS
FLATS (in.)
3/
32
1/
8
5/
32
3/
16
7/
32
1/
4
5/
16
3/
8
TORQUE
(in.-lb)
9
16
30
70
140
216
BUSHING TYPE
TORQUE (in.-lb)
JA
SD
SK
SF
72
108
180
360
3. Visually verify the radial clearance between the fan wheel
and the inlet cone is equal in all directions.
4. Verify the fan wheel to inlet cone overlap (see Fig. 108) is
within limits per following table.
Fig. 106 — Fan, Shaft and Bearing Details — Roller
— Extended Race, One or Both Sides
122
WHEEL SIZE
WHEEL - CONE OVERLAP (in.)
105
122
135
150
165
182
200
222
0.12 - 0.29
0.12 - 0.32
0.12 - 0.34
0.19 - 0.41
0.25 - 0.47
0.31 - 0.50
0.38 - 0.57
0.44 - 0.63
245
0.50 - 0.69
270
0.56 - 0.76
300
0.62 - 0.88
330
0.75 - 0.96
365
0.81 - 1.13
402
0.88 - 1.26
e. VFD maximum frequency setpoint (parameter 2008)
= motor frequency (Hz) * fan max speed (rpm) /
motor nominal operating speed (rpm). Example:
Motor Frequency = 60 Hz
Fan Max Speed = 2979 RPM
Motor Nominal Operating Speed = 1760 RPM
Max Frequency Setpoint = 60 HZ * 2979 RPM /
1760 RPM = 101 Hz
f. Using the Parameters Mode (page 102) on the VFD,
verify that parameter 2008 has been changed to the
calculated value. If it does not match, DO NOT start
the unit. Press Edit (Soft Key 2) to enter correct
value for parameter 2008. Press Exit (Soft Key 1).
TWO-FAN ARRAY DIRECT DRIVE PLENUM FANS —
Start-up procedures for 2-fan arrays are similar to those for
single direct-drive fans as described in the previous sections,
with the following additions:
1. Start-up procedures must be completed for both fans.
2. If VFD(s) is mounted on fan bulkhead panel at a shipping
split, then the VFD remote keypad assembly is shipped inside the fan section. See Fig. 109.
a. Install bracket with keypad by removing an existing
screw from the cover on the vertical frame on the
mating section, taking care to avoid all door latch
areas.
b. Position bracket so that VFD remote keypad is
upright, and attach bracket by re-installing the
removed screw.
c. Plug VFD extension cable into the remote keypad
and the VFD.
d. Coil excess cable, secure with wire tie, and route
cable away from fan inlet. Secure with wire ties and
screws.
3. If motors are controlled by a single VFD, then start-up procedures must be performed for both VFDs.
4. If motors are controlled by a single VFD, then verify that
both overlaods in the Motor Circuit Protection box are set
to the motors’ FLA.
5. Fan block-off plate, if ordered, is placed in the fan section
for shipment. Remove the plate from the section and store
in a safe place.
WHEEL OVERLAP
a39-4388
FAN WHEEL
BUSHING BOLTS
EXTENSION CABLE
TO VFD
Fig. 108 — Fan Wheel Bushing Location
5. Turn the fan wheel by hand to ensure no contact with inlet
cone.
6. If provided with piezometer ring, verify all tubing connections are secure.
7. Ensure VFD has been programmed with the correct maximum fan speed and maximum output frequency to limit
motor speed (rpm) to fan maximum speed (rpm).
a. See label on fan sled for maximum fan speed (rpm).
b. Check VFD for maximum fan speed (parameter
2002) to ensure that the fan maximum speed is the
VFD maximum speed.
c. Using the Parameters Mode (page 102) on the VFD,
verify that parameter 2002 has been changed to the
value shown on the fan label. If it does not match,
DO NOT start the unit. Press Edit (Soft Key 2) to
enter correct value for parameter 2002. Press Exit
(Soft Key 1).
d. See motor nameplate for operating frequency (Hz)
and speed (rpm).
BRACKET
39MA51000191
KEYPAD FROM
VFD
MATING SECTION
FRAME
FAN SECTION
BULKHEAD
FAN SECTION
FRAME
a39-4418
Fig. 109 — Remote Keypad Assembly Location
123
On start-up, the steam or hot water supply will be fully expanded prior to start of airflow. Allow time for all air to be
purged from the system and for the heating surface to fully
warm up in order to avoid heating lag.
Preheating a cold system will avoid excessive steam condensate loading at the start of operation of a steam heating
system. It also protects steam and hot water units against
freezing up when subject to sub-freezing air temperatures.
After preheating, fully open the dampers for full-face exposure (bypass closed). Start airflow. Set thermostat for desired
air temperature.
ELECTRIC HEATERS
1. Check tightness of all electrical connections.
2. Remove heater circuit fuses.
3. Turn on power to activate transformer.
4. Start up base unit fans. Check airflow and switches. Refer to base unit instructions as required.
5. Set thermostats so that heater contactors will operate.
6. Shut off unit power.
7. Reinstall fuses.
8. Turn on unit power and heater power.
GAS-FIRED FURNACES (DUCT AND RACK SYSTEM) — Refer to the wiring diagram and sequence of operation
documents included in the furnace section of the unit, or contact
your Carrier service representative for assistance with this information, before attempting to place the single unit heater or rack
system into service.
HUMIDIFIER INSTALLATION CHECKLIST — Ensure:
1. Humidifier is properly assembled with all discharge
slots facing the proper direction. (Multipipe systems
have the vertical slots in line with the manifolds, 90 degrees to the airflow.)
2. Humidifier headers are secured and level.
3. Humidifier upright discharge manifolds are plumb.
4. Valve and trap assembly is properly assembled and connected to the humidifier header.
5. P-trap is installed on discharge of each header.
6. Steam feed line is properly run, sloped and connected to
the valve and trap assembly inlet.
7. Controls are properly wired.
HUMIDIFIER START-UP
1. Slowly open the steam isolation valve from the steam
supply line. You should be able to hear steam running
through the valve. Wait a few minutes for the steam to
heat up the entire line to the humidifier and for all condensate to clear through the trap.
2. Verify that the steam trap on the valve/trap assembly of
the humidifier is working properly — condensate discharge line should be hot.
3. With air flowing in the duct or air handler, create a humidification demand by increasing the humidity control
set point until it exceeds the actual humidity reading.
4. The valve on the humidifier should begin to open and
steam should enter the humidifier manifolds.
5. Initially most of the steam will condense as it heats the
manifolds. Ensure that the P-traps on the manifolds are
clear and running to drain without leaking steam.
NOTE: On first start-up, some steam may leak from the
P-traps on the manifolds if they have not been primed
(filled with water).
6. Steam should begin exiting the humidifier manifolds.
7. Return the humidity control set point to the desired
level.
COILS
Water Coil — Typical coil vents, drains, and lifting points are
shown in Fig. 62. Open the vent plug, partially turn on the
water supply until air is exhausted, and replace the vent plug.
Fully turn on the water supply.
Direct Expansion Coil — Charge with refrigerant. Refer to
Condensing Unit instructions. Refrigerant operating charge is
shown in Table 12, page 31.
Steam Coil
1. Generate steam in the steam main and open the supply
(gate) valve to the coil.
2. Thoroughly preheat the coil with steam before starting
fans, especially when inlet air temperature is below
freezing. If water hammer occurs, turn off fans until
condensate trapped in coils is reduced by heat and steam
pressure.
3. Ensure continuous-vent petcock is open; also check operation of gate valves, control valve, and check valves.
4. After operating coil for 50 hours, check strainer and remove any foreign matter. Check traps and drip lines for
correct condensate removal. Where necessary, increase
the pitch of lines to increase condensate drainage. (Recheck operation after 50 hours and repeat if necessary.)
INTEGRAL FACE AND BYPASS COIL START-UP — Ensure that the damper operator allows the dampers to fully
close the face and reverses to fully close the bypass. Set the
thermostat so that the face opens and bypass closes when heat
is required.
WARNING
The use and storage of gasoline or other flammable vapors
and liquids in open containers in the vicinity of this appliance is hazardous and may result in fire or explosion.
•
•
•
•
Also, note the following points:
The duct furnace(s) or rack system furnaces do not have a
pilot. They are equipped with a direct spark ignition device
that automatically lights the gas burner. Do not try to light
burners by hand.
Before operating, leak test all gas piping up to heater gas
valve. See the section Gas Supply, Piping, and Connections
on page 116 (single unit) or page 120 (rack assembly). Smell
around the unit area for gas. Do not attempt to place heater in
operation until source of gas leak is identified and corrected.
Do not attempt to operate unit if there is any indication that
any part or control has been underwater. Any control or component that has been under water must be replaced prior to
attempting to start the unit.
Use only hand force to push and turn the gas control knob to
the “ON” position. Never use tools. If knob does not operate
by hand, replace the gas valve before starting the unit.
WARNING
If the gas control knob does not operate by hand, replace it
before starting the unit. Forcing or attempting to repair the
gas valve may result in fire or explosion.
Start-Up (Duct Furnace) — Follow these steps to start the gasfired duct furnace:
1. Turn thermostat or temperature controller to its lowest
setting.
2. Turn off gas supply at the manual shut-off valve.
3. Turn off power to the unit at the disconnect switch.
4. Remove access panel or open door to unit vestibule housing the gas heater.
5. Move gas control knob to “OFF” position.
124
supply to burners or excessive burner input. Verify gas supply type and manifold pressure with rating plate.
Poor air supply can be caused by obstructions or blockage in
heat exchanger tubes or vent discharge pipe. Inspect and clean as
necessary to eliminate blockage. Vacuum any dirt or loose debris. Clean heat exchanger tubes with stiff brush.
Poor flame characteristics can also be caused by undersized
combustion air openings or flue gas recirculation into combustion air supply. Increase air opening size or re-direct flue products to prevent re-circulation.
Reduced air delivery can also be the result of fan blade slippage, dirt accumulation on the fan blade, or low voltage to draft
inducer motor. Inspect draft fan assembly and be sure fan blade
is secure to motor shaft. Check line voltage to heater.
6. Install a tapped fitting for attachment to a manometer, or
other gauge suitable for 14.0 in. wg in the inlet pressure
tap, and for 10.0 in. wg in the manifold pressure tap.
7. Wait 5 minutes for any gas to clear out. If you smell gas,
see Step 2 and correct leak. If there is no odor or leaks have
been corrected, go to the next step.
8. Turn gas control knob to “ON” position.
9. Open all manual gas valves.
10. Turn power on at disconnect switch.
11. Set thermostat or controller to its highest position to initiate
call for heat and maintain operation of unit.
The draft inducer will run for a 15 to 30 second pre-purge
period. At the end of the pre-purge period, the direct spark will
be energized and the gas valve will open. The burners ignite.
Failure to Ignite (Duct Furnace) — On the initial start-up, or
after the unit has been off for long periods of time, the first ignition trial may be unsuccessful due to the need to purge air from
the manifold at start-up. If ignition does not occur on the first
trial, the gas and spark are shut off by the ignition control and
the control enters an inter-purge period of 15 seconds, during
which the draft inducer continues to run. At the end of the interpurge period, another trial for ignition will be initiated.
Control will initiate up to three ignition trials on a call for heat
before lockout of control occurs. Control can be brought out of
lockout by turning thermostat or controller to its lowest position,
waiting 5 seconds, and then turning back up to call for heat. Controls will automatically reset after one hour and initiate a call for
heat.
Start-Up (Rack System) — Multiple heater systems are controlled by a Vernier stage controller. This control provides modulation of the lead gas furnace and staging control of additional
furnaces in the assembly. The stage controller requires a Heat
Enable signal and a 0-10VDC analog input to operate the system. Refer to the wiring diagrams provided for electrical connections included in the furnace section. A Control Instruction Sheet
is provided in the instruction package with the Sequence of Operation for the system under the supervision of the stage controller are also available in the information packet, or contact your
Carrier service representative.
Place system in operation and verify inlet gas pressure, manifold pressure to each individual heater and proper modulating
operation and sequencing of slave heaters.
Manifold Pressure Adjustment — A pressure tap is provided
in each furnace manifold for measuring the gas manifold pressure. Manifold pressure must be checked at start-up and during
any service or maintenance. All control systems require a manifold pressure of 3.40 to 3.50 in. wg at maximum input rating on
natural gas, and 10.0 in. wg on propane gas at maximum input
rating. See Fig. 102A-102C on page 117 for gas valve adjustment locations.
NOTE: For two stage and modulating control applications, verify proper low fire adjustments as outlined in the Sequence of
Operation document provided in the instruction package. Check
the furnace section for this document or contact your Carrier service representative.
Burner Flames — Prior to completing the start-up, check the
appearance of the main burner flame.
1. The burner flame should be predominately blue in color,
and well-defined and centered at the tube entry as shown in
Fig. 110. Distorted flame or yellow tipping of natural gas
flame, or a long yellow flame on propane, may be caused
by lint and dirt accumulation inside burner or at burner
ports, at air inlet between burner and manifold pipe, or debris in the main burner orifice. Soft brush or vacuum clean
affected areas.
2. Poorly defined, unfocused, substantially yellow flames, or
flames that appear weak or wavering, indicate poor air
Fig. 110 — Proper Flame Appearance
A48-
Normal Operation
1. Turn on electrical supply to unit at disconnect switch.
2. Turn on manual gas supply.
3. Set thermostat or temperature controller to desired temperature.
Information outlining the normal sequence of operation and
wiring diagram for the control system supplied with the furnace
model is located in the furnace section, or contact your Carrier
service representative.
Shutdown
1. Set thermostat or controller to lowest setting.
2. Turn off electrical supply to unit at disconnect switch.
3. Turn off manual gas supply.
4. Disconnect manifold and inlet pressure taps and re-install
pipe plugs.
5. Replace vestibule access panel or close door.
Energy Recovery Wheel
CAUTION
Keep hands away from rotating wheel. Contact with rotating wheel can cause physical injury.
1. By hand, turn the wheel clockwise (as viewed from the
pulley side), to verify that the wheel turns freely through
a full 360-degree rotation.
2. Before applying power to the drive motor, confirm that
the wheel segments are fully engaged in the wheel
frame and that the segment retainers are completely fastened. (See Fig. 111.)
3. With hands and objects away from moving parts, activate the unit and confirm wheel rotation. The wheel rotates clockwise (as viewed from the pulley side).
4. If the wheel has difficulty starting, turn the power off
and inspect for excessive interference between the
wheel surface and each of the four (4) diameter seals. To
correct, loosen the diameter seal adjusting screws and
back adjustable diameter seals away from the surface of
125
the wheel, apply power to confirm that the wheel is free
to rotate, then re-adjust and tighten the hub and diameter
seals according to the instructions in the Service section.
5. Start and stop the wheel several times to confirm seal
adjustment and to confirm that the belt is tracking properly on the wheel rim (approximately 1/4-in. from outer
edge of rim).
2.
3.
4.
2 ROTATE AWAY
FROM WHEEL RIM
5.
SEGMENT
RETAINER
CATCH
6.
SPOKE
7.
1 PUSH
TOWARD
CENTER
deteriorated parts should be replaced before the unit is put
back into service.
Label all wires prior to disconnection when servicing unit,
Wiring errors can cause improper or dangerous operation.
Verify proper operation after servicing.
Inspect burners, heat exchanger, induced draft fan and vent
ducts and clean as necessary.
Check the heat exchanger for cracks. If any are present, replace heat exchanger before putting unit back into service.
Check the attachment points of the duct furnace to the cabinet to verify that they are air-tight. For a rack system module, check the attachment points to the cabinet or ducts to
verify that they are air-tight.
Check the automatic gas valve to ensure that the gas valve
seat is not leaking.
Check wiring connections to be sure they are secure, and
inspect wiring for any deterioration.
CAUTION
WHEEL RIM
CENTER OF
WHEEL
a39-2379
If any of the original wiring needs to be replaced, it must be
replaced with wiring materials suitable for 221 F (105 C).
Unsuitable wiring materials may cause equipment damage.
Fig. 111 — Segment Retainer
ZEROING THE MAGNEHELIC GAGE BEFORE STARTUP — While power is off, set the indicating pointer exactly
on the zero mark using the external zero adjust screw on the
cover at the bottom. Note that the zero check or adjustment
can only be made while the high and low pressure taps are
both open to atmosphere.
OPERATION CHECK
1. Turn on power to the unit and set thermostat or heat controller to call for heat, allowing duct furnace or heater assembly module to operate.
2. Check for proper start-up and ignition of the single unit or
each furnace in the heater assembly module. See the
section Gas-Fired Furnaces (Duct and Rack Systems) on
page 124.
3. Check the appearance of the burner flame. See Fig. 110 on
page 125.
4. For single units, be sure circulating air fan is operating and
verify proper airflow through duct furnace.
5. Return thermostat or heat controller to normal setting.
SERVICE
CAUTION
Electric shock hazard. Disconnect power before entering or
servicing.
More than one disconnect switch may be required to deenergize the equipment.
Fan Motor Replacement
General
1. Shut off motor power.
2. Disconnect and tag power wires at motor terminals.
3. Loosen motor brace-to-mounting-rail attaching bolts.
Loosen belt tensioning bolts to adjust the motor position
so V-belts can be removed without stretching over
grooves.
4. Mark belt as to position. Remove and set aside belts.
5. Remove motor to motor bracket holddown bolts.
6. Remove motor pulley and set aside.
7. Remove motor.
NOTE: It may be necessary to remove the end panel to
remove larger motors for some unit sizes.
8. Install new motor. Reassemble by reversing Steps 3-7.
Be sure to reinstall multiple belts in their original positions. Use a complete new set if required. Do not stretch
belts over sheaves. Review the sections on motor and
sheave installation, sheave alignment, and belt tensioning on pages 67 and 68.
9. Reconnect motor leads, remove tags, and restore power.
Check fan for proper rotation as described in Start-Up,
Checklist.
1. Review Safety Considerations at beginning of these instructions. Good safety habits are important tools when
performing service procedures.
2. To make speed measurements, use a strobe-style tachometer or calculate per Step 7 of Start-Up, Checklist
for Airfoil and Forward-Curved Fans.
Electric Heaters — At least once a year at start of operating season or whenever unit is serviced, check field and
factory-made electrical connections for tightness. Also periodically clean filters, fan, airways, ductwork, grilles, and registers as required. Differential air pressure switch is factory
set to open at 0.07 in. wg, close at 0.05 in. wg and requires no
adjustment.
Refer to the Troubleshooting section for more information.
Heater electrical data is shown in Table 31.
Gas-Fired Furnaces (Duct and Rack System) — Follow these procedures for inspection and operation
check.
INSPECTION
1. The duct furnace or furnace module should be inspected
annually by a qualified service agency. The condition of
the burners, heat exchanger, draft inducer, vent system, operating controls and wiring should be determined. Check
for obvious signs of deterioration, accumulation of dirt and
debris, and heat or water related damage. Any damaged or
126
6. Reinstall the wheel into the section by reversing Steps 15.
CASSETTE REPLACEMENT
1. Inspect the replacement cassette for freight damage
upon receipt. Inspect the cassette frame, wheel assembly
and segments for damage and verify that the wheel turns
freely by hand (clockwise when viewed from pulley
side). Report any damage immediately to the freight
company.
2. Handle ERV cassettes with care. Lift by the bearing
support beam. Holes are provided on both sides of the
bearing support beams to facilitate rigging (Fig. 114).
3. Remove the ERV section side access panel.
4. Refer to Fig. 113. Remove the upper and lower wheel
center partition plates. This requires removing screws
(a) of the upper and lower plate.
5. Remove the upper and lower (2) wheel retainer angles,
being careful wheel does not tip and fall out.
6. Slide wheel cassette out of frame (toward main AHU),
and out the side of the unit (3).
7. The new ERV section may be mounted in any orientation. However, make certain that the frame remains flat
and the bearing beams are not racked as shown in
Fig. 115.
8. To ensure that the beams are not racked, check that the
distance between the wheel rim and bearing beam is the
same at each end of the bearing beam, to within 1/4 of an
inch (dimension A and B in Fig. 114). Bearing beam
racking of as little as .040 inches (Dim C in Fig. 115)
will cause the wheel to tilt 3/16 in. at the rim. Adjusting
the diameter seals (Fig. 116) will compensate for up to
1/ in. of racking.
4
Energy Recovery Ventilation — Routine maintenance of the energy recovery cassettes includes inspection
and cleaning. On occasion, a part may need to be completely
replaced.
IMPORTANT: This unit contains an energy recovery
wheel heat transfer device. Proper service and maintenance must be conducted as outlined below, or loss of
heat transfer and overall system performance will occur.
1. Remove and clean or replace filters in adjoining section to the ERV wheel every 6 months or sooner, as
required.
2. Remove and wash ERV wheel (or individual segments, if so equipped) every 6 months, or every 3
months maximum for smoky or polluted environments. See instructions for removal and cleaning
details.
CLEANING — Periodic cleaning of the energy recovery
wheel will depend on operating schedule, climate and contaminants in the indoor air exhausted and the outdoor air supplied to the building.
The wheel is “self-cleaning” with respect to dry particles
due to its laminar flow characteristics. Smaller particles pass
through; larger particles land on the surface and are blown
clear as the flow direction is reversed. Any material that
builds up on the face of the wheel can be removed with a
brush or vacuum. All sizes can be vacuumed.
Cleaning the removable segments (size 08-30) or the entire wheel (size 03-06) will remove oil-based aerosols that
have condensed on energy transfer surfaces.
To clean removable segments (size 08-30):
1. Access the wheel from the exhaust fan side. This may be
easiest from the adjoining section, depending on the
type of section installed. If it is necessary to access from
the side of the wheel section, remove side panel as
shown in Fig. 112.
2. Unlock two segment retainers, one on each side of the
selected segment opening.
3. Use the tip of a flat screw driver to pop the segment out
of the wheel. Repeat for each segment.
4. Brush foreign material from the face of the wheel. Wash
the segments (or small wheels) in a 5% solution of nonacid based coil cleaner (such as Acti-Klean) or an alkaline detergent and warm water.
5. Soak the segments in the solution until grease and tar
deposits are loosened. (NOTE: some staining of the desiccant may remain and is not harmful to performance.)
For better cleaning action, rapidly run a finger across the
segment’s surface to separate polymer strips.
6. Rinse dirty solution from segments and remove excess
water before reinstalling the segments in the wheel.
7. Replace the segments using the Segment Installation
and Replacement procedure on page 128.
To clean wheels (size 03-06) use the procedure and refer to
Fig. 113:
1. Remove the ERV section side access panel.
2. Remove the upper and lower wheel center partition
plates (1). This requires removing screws (a) of the upper and lower plate.
3. Remove the upper and lower (2) wheel retainer angles,
being careful wheel does not tip and fall out.
4. Slide wheel cassette out of frame (toward main AHU),
and out the side of the unit (3).
5. Follow Steps 2 through 4 of the cleaning procedure for
removable segments.
a39-4386
Fig. 112 — Remove Side Baffles
127
3. Holding segment by the two outer corners, press the
segment towards the center of the wheel and inwards
against the spoke flanges. If hand pressure does not fully
seat the segment, insert the flat tip of a screw driver
between the wheel rim and the outer corners of the segment and apply downward force while guiding the segment into place.
4. Close and latch each segment retainer under the segment retaining catch.
5. Slowly rotate the wheel 180 degrees. Install the second
segment opposite the first for counterbalance. Rotate the
two installed segments 90 degrees to balance the wheel
while the third segment is installed. Rotate the wheel
180 degrees again to install the fourth segment opposite
the third. Repeat this sequence with the remaining four
segments.
2
1
a
3
2
a39-4387
Fig. 113 — Remove Wheel for Cleaning
(Sizes 03-06 Only)
NOTE: If racking is greater than 1/4 in., it must be corrected to ensure that the drive belt will not disengage
from the wheel.
9. Wheel sections installed at angles greater than 30 degrees from vertical will require seal adjustment
(Fig. 116). Adjust the diameter seals to avoid excessive
wheel drag. A final check of seal adjustment is recommended for all designs.
ADJUSTING AIR SEALS — Four adjustable diameter seals
are provided on each cassette to minimize air transfer between the counterflowing airstreams.
To adjust diameter seals:
1. Loosen the diameter seal adjusting screws and back
seals away from wheel surface (Fig. 116).
2. Rotate the wheel clockwise until two opposing spokes
are hidden behind the bearing support beam.
3. Using a folded piece of paper as a feeler gauge, position
the paper between the wheel surface and the diameter
seals.
4. Adjust the seals towards the wheel surface until a slight
friction on the feeler gauge (paper) is detected when the
gauge is moved along the length of the spoke.
5. Retighten the adjusting screws and recheck clearance
with the feeler gauge.
SEGMENT INSTALLATION AND REPLACEMENT —
Wheel segments are secured to the wheel frame by a segment
retainer, which pivots on the wheel rim and is held in place
by a segment retaining catch (Fig. 117).
To install wheel segments follow the steps below and refer
to Fig. 117.
1. Unlock two segment retainers, one on each side of the
selected segment opening.
2. With the embedded stiffener facing the motor side, insert the nose of the segment between the hub plates.
HORIZONTAL
BEARING BEAM (2)
VERTICAL
BEARING BEAM (2)
a39-2382
Fig. 114 — Lifting Hole Locations
a39-2383
Fig. 115 — Avoid Racking of Frame
128
3. Using a socket wrench with extension, remove the two
nuts that secure the bearing housing to the bearing support beam. Slide the bearing from the shaft.
NOTE: Slight hand pressure against wheel rim will lift
the wheel’s weight from the inner race of the bearing to
assist bearing removal and installation. If not removable
by hand, use a bearing puller.
4. Using a wrench, remove the diameter seal retaining
screws (25 to 68-in. cassettes). Remove diameter seals
(25 to 68-in. cassettes) from the bearing beam.
ROTATION
TO
REMOVE
TO
ADJUST
CAUTION
DIAMETER SEAL
ADJUSTING SCREWS
FEELER
GAUGE
a39-2384
Protect hands and belt from possible sharp edges of hole in
bearing support beam.
Fig. 116 — Diameter Seal Adjustment
5
5. Form a small loop of belt and pass it through the hole in
the bearing support beam. Grasp the belt at the wheel
hub and pull the entire belt down. Loop the trailing end
of the belt over the shaft (Fig. 119 shows the solid belt
partially through the opening).
6. Reinstall the bearing onto the wheel shaft, being careful
to engage the two locating pins into the holes in the
bearing support beam. Secure the bearing with the two
self-locking nuts.
7. Install the belts around the wheel and pulley according
to the instructions provided with the belt.
8. Reinstall the diameter seals and tighten the retaining
screws (see page 128 for seal adjustment). Rotate the
wheel clockwise to determine that it rotates freely with
slight drag on the seals.
9. Reinstall the bearing locking collar. Rotate the collar by
hand in the direction the wheel rotates (see label provided on each cassette for wheel rotation). Lock the collar
in position by tapping the drift pin hole with a hammer
and drift. Secure in position by tightening the set screw.
10. Reinstall the bearing access cover.
11. Apply power to the wheel motor and ensure that the
wheel rotates freely without interference.
1
3
4
4
2
a39-2385
Fig. 117 — Segment Installation
WHEEL DRIVE MOTOR AND PULLEY REPLACEMENT
1. Disconnect power to the wheel drive motor.
2. Remove the belt from the pulley and position it temporarily around the wheel rim.
3. Loosen the set screw in the wheel drive pulley using an
Allen wrench and remove the pulley from the motor
drive shaft.
4. While supporting the drive motor’s weight in one hand,
loosen and remove the four mounting bolts.
5. Install the replacement motor using the hardware kit
supplied.
6. Install the pulley to the dimension shown in Fig. 118
and secure the set screw to the drive shaft.
7. Stretch the belt over the pulley and engage it in the
groove.
8. Follow the start-up procedure on page 121.
SOLID BELT REPLACEMENT (Fig. 119)
1. Obtain access to the pulley side bearing access plate.
Bearing access plates are not provided on 25 to 36-in.
cassettes. Remove the two bearing access plate retaining
screws and the access plate.
2. Using a hex wrench, loosen the set screw in the bearing
locking collar. Using a light hammer and drift (in drift
pin hole), tap the collar in the direction of wheel rotation
to unlock the collar. Remove the collar.
WHEEL
MODEL DIM A
NO.
1/ s
25-52
4
7/ s
58-68
16
a39-2386
Fig. 118 — Pulley Location
129
LOCKING
COLLAR
LOCKING
NUTS (2)
BEARING
ACCESS PLATE
BEARING
SUPPORT
BEAM
11. Remove belt retaining clip and rotate wheel by hand two
rotations while observing that belt is not twisted as it enters pulley. Also ensure that belt is tracking midway between outer edge of rim and seal plate, or in belt guide
channel where provided.
12. Apply power to cassette and observe belt tracking under
power.
BELT (SHOWN
IN PLACE)
WHEEL RIM
WHEEL
BEARING
HOUSING
HUB (2)
TAPER-LOCK
HUB COLLAR (2)
SET
SCREW
SHAFT
DRITH
HOLE
LOCATING PIN
PULL
FEED
BELT
PULLEY
SIDE
MOTOR
SIDE
a39-2997
a39-2387
Fig. 119 — Solid Belt Replacement
LINK BELT REPLACEMENT
WARNING
Before performing service or maintenance operations on
unit, turn off main power switch to unit. Electrical shock
could cause personal injury.
Fig. 120 — Belt Attached to Wheel Rim
1. Confirm the model number on the replacement belt kit
matches the model number on the energy recovery
cassette label.
2. Remove any remnant of old belt from cassette.
3. At location near pulley, attach the hook end of belt to
wheel rim with tape, making sure that narrow side of
“V” belt is positioned against rim and link is covered by
the tape (see Fig. 120).
4. Rotate the wheel clockwise while feeding belt onto
wheel rim (be careful not to twist belt) until taped end
returns to pulley location. Remove tape from wheel.
5. Link belt ends together with belt wrapped around wheel
(Fig. 121).
6. Rotate wheel clockwise to position connector approximately 180 degrees from pulley location.
7. At pulley location, insert the right angle belt retaining
clip near spoke and between segment retainer latch and
wheel rim as shown in Fig. 122.
a39-2998
IMPORTANT: To avoid release of segment retainer
latch, do not insert retaining clip on other side of spoke.
8. Rotate wheel counterclockwise until belt retaining clip
is within a few inches of the wheel bearing beam (see
Fig. 123).
9. Lift and remove the belt from the wheel rim between a
point opposite the pulley and belt retaining clip and
stretch over pulley (see Fig. 124).
10. Rotate wheel clockwise until the belt is fully stretched
onto pulley and wheel rim.
Fig. 121 — Belts Linked Together
130
adjustment is required. Inspect the drive belt annually for
proper tracking and tension. A properly tensioned belt will
turn the wheel immediately after power is applied with no
visible slippage during start-up.
Cleaning Unit Interior/Exterior — Unit interior/exte-
SEGMENT RETAINER
LATCH
rior panels should be wiped down using a damp soft cloth or
sponge with a mixture of warm water and a mild detergent.
Avoid using an abrasive cleaner, as damage to the paint could
occur resulting in rust and corrosion. Chemicals such as paint
thinners can damage the painted panels and should be
avoided.
CAUTION
BELT RETAINING
CLIP
Avoid washing unit electrical devices such as motors, starters, electric heater control boxes, damper/valve actuators,
sensors, switches, relays, etc. as serious personal injury or
damage to the device could result.
a39-2999
Coil Cleaning — Chilled water, hot water, steam, and
direct expansion coils must be cleaned regularly to maintain
peak performance. Dirty coils can contribute to loss of cooling or heating capacity and efficiency, increased operating
costs, and compressor problems on direct expansion systems.
Dirt, grease, and other oils can also reduce the wettability of
the coil surfaces, which can result in moisture blow-off from
cooling coils and resulting water leakage problems. If the
grime on the surface of the coils becomes wet, which commonly occurs with cooling coils, microbial growth (mold)
can result, causing foul odors and health related indoor air
quality problems.
Coils can become dirty over a period of time, especially if
air filter maintenance is neglected. Coils should be inspected
regularly and cleaned when necessary. If coil fins become
dirty, pressure clean with hot water and detergent or a commercial coil cleaner. Be sure to rinse coils thoroughly after
cleaning with chemical cleaners.
Fig. 122 — Detail of Belt Retaining Clip
and Segment Retained Latch
CAUTION
a39-3000
Follow all directions provided with the chemical cleaners
to avoid personal injury, injury to others, and/or coil damage. Chemical coil cleaners may contain corrosive or harmful agents.
Fig. 123 — Detail of Belt Retaining Clip Location
Fig. 124 — Belt Removal
1. Disconnect all electrical power to the air-handling unit,
including any separate power supplies for unit mounted
controls (actuators, sensors, etc.).
2. Wear the appropriate protective clothing (eyewear,
gloves, etc.).
3. Ensure there is sufficient access to the coil.
4. Use a vacuum with a soft tip brush to remove any dust
and loose debris from both sides of the coil.
5. Clean the leaving airside of the coil first, then the entering airside, starting from the top of the coil and working
downward. Apply a mild non-foaming commercial coil
cleaner or detergent using a garden type sprayer. Rinse
coil gently with clean warm water, avoiding high-pressure sprays, which can cause damage to coil fins. Use a
block-off plate to prevent the water or chemical cleaner
from blowing through the coil and into a clean, dry section of the unit. Confirm that the condensate drain line is
free of debris during and following the coil cleaning
process. Excess water from cleaning may result in
flooding the unit as well as causing damage to the building if drain is plugged. If coil section does not have a
drain pan, it is recommended that the coil be removed
prior to cleaning.
6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 as necessary.
a39-3001
OTHER MAINTENANCE
Wheel Drive Motor Bearings are pre-lubricated and no further lubrication is necessary.
The Wheel Drive Pulley is secured to the drive motor shaft
by a combination of either a key or D-slot and setscrew. The
setscrew is secured with removable locktite to prevent loosening. Annually confirm that the set screw is secure.
The Wheel Drive Belt is a urethane stretch belt designed to
provide constant tension through the life of the belt. No
131
1. Lock open and tag all power supplies to unit fan motor
and electric heaters if present.
2. Remove service panel/coil connection panel and the upstream service panel and set aside in a safe place.
3. a. On horizontal coil sections without another unit section stacked on top, remove the flat corner plug
from each end piece of the top rail.
b. Extract the Torx T25 screw visible within the
exposed cavity. (Do not mix these screws with
others; they are specific for this location. Set screws
aside for reinstallation of top rail.)
c. Remove the top rail by pulling out at a 45-degree
angle. Set top rail aside.
7. Allow the coil to dry thoroughly before placing the system back into operation. A clean dry cloth may be used
to wipe down the interior panels before placing the unit
in operation.
8. Straighten any coil fins that may have been bent or damaged during the cleaning process with a fin rake.
9. Replace all panels and parts that may have been removed prior to cleaning and restore electrical power to
the unit.
10. Use caution to assure that no contaminated materials
contact other areas of the unit or building. Properly dispose of any polluted materials and cleaning fluids.
Winter Shutdown — It is recommended that auxiliary
drain piping be added to coil piping if yearly winterizing of
coils is anticipated. This auxiliary piping should be located at
the highest and lowest point on the respective header connection for each coil.
ANTIFREEZE METHODS OF COIL PROTECTION
1. Close coil water supply and return valves.
2. Drain coil as follows:
Method I — ‘Break’ flange of coupling at each header
location. Separate flange or coupling connection to facilitate coil draining.
Method II — Open both valves to auxiliary drain piping.
3. After coil is drained, Method I, connect line with a service valve and union from upper nozzle to an antifreeze
reservoir. Connect a self-priming reversible pump between the low header connection and the reservoir.
Method II, make connection to auxiliary drain valves.
4. Fill reservoir with any inhibited antifreeze acceptable to
code and underwriter authority.
5. Open service valve and circulate solution for 15 minutes; then check its strength.
6. If solution is too weak, add more antifreeze until desired
strength is reached, then circulate solution through coil
for 15 minutes or until concentration is satisfactory.
7. Remove upper line from reservoir to reversible pump.
Drain coil to reservoir and then close service valve.
8. Break union and remove reservoir and its lines.
9. Leave coil flanges or coupling open and auxiliary drain
valves open until spring.
AIR-DRYING METHOD OF COIL PROTECTION (Unit
and coil must be level for this method.)
1. Close coil water supply and return main valves.
2. Drain coil as described in procedures for Antifreeze
Methods of Coil Protection, preceding.
3. Connect air supply or air blower to inlet header connection and close its drain connection.
4. Circulate air and check for air-dryness by holding mirror
in front of open vent in outlet header drain connection.
Mirror will fog if water is still present.
5. Allow coil to stand for a few minutes; repeat Step 4 until
coil is dry.
IMPORTANT: Properly support the coil to assure its
stability before continuing with this procedure.
4. Remove the fastening screws from the upstream perimeter face of the coil that attach the coil to the coil baffles.
This may require reaching through an opened damper
assembly, reaching through a filter track after filters are
removed, or removing a coil immediately upstream.
CAUTION
Do not handle the coil by the headers or connection
nipples, as irreparable damage might occur that is NOT
covered by warranty. Protect the finned surface from
damage during all handling and shipping.
5. Slip the foam sealing sleeves off the connection nipples
before removing the coil and set the sleeves aside.
6. The coil may now be hoisted out through the top opening or carefully slid out either side of the cabinet. Sections where the top frame rail cannot be removed may
require slightly tipping of the coil from the vertical position, to clear the upper frame rail and seal.
REMOVAL OF STACKED COILS (sizes 40 to 110) — The
coils in horizontal coil sections must be removed from either
side of the unit. Once the external panels are removed from the
unit, the horizontal upper coil section frame members are easily
removable from the framework, to allow hoisting the coil up and
out of the unit.
1. Lock open, and tag all power supplies to unit fan motor
and electric heaters if present.
2. a. Remove service panel/coil connection panel and the
upstream service panel and set aside in a safe place.
b. Remove the top rail by pulling out at a 45-degree
angle. Set top rail aside.
3. a. On horizontal coil sections without another unit section stacked on top, remove the flat corner plug from
each end piece of the top rail.
b. Extract the Torx T25 screw visible within the
exposed cavity. (Do not mix these screws with
others; they are specific for this location. Set screws
aside for reinstallation of top rail.)
c. Remove the top rail by pulling out at a 45-degree
angle. Set top rail aside.
Coil Removal
NOTE: To reinstall coils, refer to Coil Installation section on
page 78.
IMPORTANT: Properly support the coil to assure its
stability before continuing with this procedure.
REMOVAL OF SINGLE HEIGHT COILS (sizes 03-36) —
The coils in horizontal coil sections must be removed from
either side of the unit. Once the external panels are removed
from the unit, the horizontal upper coil section frame members
are easily removable from the framework, to allow hoisting the
coil up and out of the unit.
NOTE: Refer to Table 14 (Dry Coil Weights) on page 33
before attempting to remove a coil from the unit.
132
9. For sections that do have a drain pan, remove the two
hat channel spacer supports from the bottom of the coil
section and set aside.
10. Remove the intermediate condensate drain pan.
11. Remove the spacer (hat channel) secured to the top center of the lower coil casing (see Fig. 126) and set aside.
12. Remove the fastening screws of the lowermost coil from
the upstream side. Note that the fastening screws pass
through the vertical angle, baffles, and coil casing. See
Fig. 125. Removal of the fastening screws may require
reaching through an opened damper assembly, reaching
through a filter track after filters are removed, or removing a coil immediately upstream.
4. Remove the fastening screws of the uppermost coil from
the upstream side. Note that the fastening screws pass
through the vertical angle, baffles, and coil casing. See
Fig. 125. Removal of the fastening screws may require
reaching through an opened damper assembly, reaching
through a filter track after filters are removed, or removing a coil immediately upstream.
CAUTION
Do not handle the coil by the headers or connection nipples, as irreparable damage might occur that is NOT covered by warranty. Protect the finned surface from damage
during all handling and shipping.
5. Slip the foam sealing sleeves off the connection nipples
before removing the coil and set the sleeves aside.
6. The upper coil may now be hoisted out through the top
opening, or carefully slid out either side of the cabinet.
Sections where the top frame rail cannot be removed
may require slightly tipping of the coil from the vertical
position, to clear the upper frame rail and seal.
7. On the upstream side of the stacked coils, remove and
set aside the center baffle spanning the two coils (see
Fig. 125).
8. For sections that do not have a drain pan (heating only
sections), remove the three hat channel spacer supports
fastened to the top of the lower coil, and set aside.
CAUTION
Do not handle the coil by the headers or connection nipples, as irreparable damage might occur that is NOT covered by warranty. Protect the finned surface from damage
during all handling and shipping.
13. Slip the foam sealing sleeves off the connection nipples
before removing the coil and set the sleeves aside.
14. The lower coil may now be hoisted out through the top
opening, or carefully slid out either side of the cabinet.
BAFFLE, TOP
CHANNEL, HAT
COIL FRAMES
BAFFLE, HEADER
CHANNEL, HAT
BAFFLE, HARPIN
ANGLE
ATTACHED TO COILS
BOTH SIDES
PAN, CONDENSATE
CENTERED WITHIN SECTION
IMPORTANT: ADHESIVE GASKET MUST BE
APPLIED TO THE FULL LENGTH OF THE
BOTTOM BAFFLE MATING FLANGE TO
CREATE SEAL BETWEEN THE COIL SIDE
CASING AND THE BAFFLE. SEE
ILLUSTRATION BELOW.
BAFFLE, CENTER
BAFFLE, BOTTOM
APPLY FLUSH TO THIS EDGE
GASKET, ADHESIVE
BOTTOM BAFFLE
a39-2920
Fig. 125 — Coil Frames and Baffle
133
CHANNEL, HAT
DIRECT EXPANSION COILS — Rotate the coil in vertical
plane and reinstall. Distributor must be on downstream side
of coil. (Refer to Fig. 126.)
CHILLED WATER AND HOT WATER COILS — These
coils can be rotated. If coil is rotated in vertical plane and
reinstalled with counterflow maintained, supply will be at the top
of the coil and return will be at the bottom. Ensure coil is continuously vented and water velocity is maintained to prevent air
binding.
ATTACH WITH 4 SCREWS
TO COIL CASING
STEAM INNER DISTRIBUTING TUBE COILS — Rotate
in horizontal plane and reinstall. See Fig. 127.
a39-2921
CAUTION
Fig. 126 — Spacer (Hat Channel)
Chilled and hot water coils must not be rotated horizontally. If coils are rotated horizontally, severe water blow-off
will result.
15. Inspect the adhesive backed gasket applied to the lower
baffle, spanning the entire unit, on the surface that contacts the coil (see Fig. 125). If damaged, remove the remainder of the old gasket and replace.
Changing Coil Hand
DX AND ALL
WATER COILS
NOTE: Electric heat coil hand cannot be changed.
NOTE: The coil cover panel is not part of the coil. Remove
cover panel from end of unit. New holes must be cut in coil
cover panel. Original holes must be plugged and insulated.
New side panels may be necessary when changing coil hand.
NUFIN COILS — The NuFin coil is airflow direction sensitive, especially when used in dehumidifying applications.
Hydronic versions are counterflow circuited for full gravity
draining when installed level.
Correct installation will result in the typical bottom inlet
on leaving air face and top outlet on entering air face of coil, a
self-venting design. This will ensure cold air contact with
cold water, and warm air with hot water.
Coil repositioning for opposite hand application will compromise one or more of these characteristics. However, there
will be those situations where this may prove acceptable.
As a general rule, a change from counterflow circuiting to
parallel flow for sensible heating and cooling applications
will result in a 5% drop in net capacity per row of coil. In one
and two row heating coils, the actual drop may not be measurable, thus of insignificant consequence.
It is important that the airflow direction of the NuFin coil
be adhered to when latent cooling is possible. Significant
moisture carryover from the face of the dehumidifying coil
will result if this rule is violated, even at very low face velocities. The same result is often experienced if after-market fin
coatings are applied.
If a NuFin hydronic coil is installed with correct airflow,
but opposite piping hand, and counterflow is maintained,
steps must be taken to ensure that the coil is continuously
vented, and that the water velocity is maintained to prevent
the coil from air-binding.
Hot or cold areas of the coil face (or otherwise broad temperature differences and stratification) are usually indications
that one or more circuits are air-locked internally. This can
result in coil freeze-up (a condition NOT covered by warranty).
Refrigerant coils may be rotated for opposite hand applications, maintaining the proper airflow direction.
Do not reposition the distributor(s), they will perform
equally well in upflow or downflow positions. When soldering expansion valves to up-feed distributors, use the minimum satisfactory amount of solder to prevent damaging the
valve or plugging passages.
STEAM COILS
ONLY
a39-2388
Fig. 127 — Coil Rotation
PIPING — Direct expansion, chilled water, and hot water
coils should always be piped for counterflow. (Fluid should
enter the coil at the leaving-air side.) Steam coils must have
the condensate connection at bottom of coil.
To determine intervals for cleaning coils in contaminated
air operations, pressure taps should be installed across the
coils and checked periodically. Abnormal air pressure drop
will indicate a need for cleaning the coils.
Annual maintenance should include:
1. Clean the line strainers.
2. Blow down the dirt leg.
3. Clean and check operation of steam traps.
4. Check operation of control valves.
5. Check the operation of check valves to prevent condensate flowback.
6. Check operation of thermostatic air vents, if used. A
float and thermostatic trap will contain a thermostatic
air vent. When the bellows is ruptured, it will fail
closed.
7. Check operation of vacuum breakers.
8. Check operation of the thermal protection devices used
for freeze-up protection.
9. Steam or condensate should not be allowed to remain in
the coil during the off season. This will prevent the formation and build-up of acids.
134
Although not a direct part of the air handler, outdoor air inlet screens and/or grilles that may be present should also be
checked regularly and cleaned as necessary. They can easily
become plugged with debris, grease, or other contaminants,
depending upon their location. This reduces the availability
of ventilation air, which can contribute to indoor air quality
problems.
All filter sections use adjustable blank-off plates to close
off any airway area not filled with filter media. Check blankoff plates to prevent unfiltered air from bypassing the filters.
Blank-off plates must be on door side of unit.
BAG-CARTRIDGE FILTERS — Side loading bag-cartridge
filter section can use either bag or rigid filters, 6-in. to 30-in.
deep, with 7/8-in. header. They will not accept headerless rigid
filters.
Face loading bag-cartridge filter sections can use either
bag or rigid filters and are loaded from the front of the section. These sections use Puro-Frame holding frames located
at the downstream edge of the filter section for prefilters and
bag/cartridge filters. Cartridge filters without headers can extend upstream of the holding frame by 24 inches. Cartridge
and bag filters with 7/8-in. header extend downstream of the
filter section with filter length limited only by the length of
the plenum following the filter section. Filter elements are retained in frames by wire fastener clips. To replace filter elements, remove clips, insert elements with bag or cartridge
downstream and reinstall clips. See Fig. 128.
See Fig. 129 for typical track for bag-cartridge filter section used on draw-thru unit.
There are additional precautions and control strategies, as
found in various catalogues and in the ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook and in the Carrier System Design Guide —
Piping Section, when the entering-air temperature to the coil
falls below 35 F. These conditions occur when IDT coils are
used for pre-heat and/or face and bypass applications.
Freeze-up protection:
1. Use a strainer in the supply line and the dirt leg ahead of
the trap.
2. Use a vacuum breaker in the return.
3. Do not use overhead returns from the coil. A floodback
can occur.
4. An immersion thermostat to control outdoor-air dampers and the fan motor is recommended. This control is
activated when the steam supply fails or the condensate
temperature drops below a predetermined temperature,
usually 120 F.
5. On low pressure and vacuum systems, the immersion
thermostat may be replaced by a condensate drain with a
thermal element. This element opens and drains the coil
when the condensate temperature drops below 165 F.
Note the thermal condensate drain is limited to 5 psig
pressure. At greater coil pressures they will not open.
In spite of the precautions listed above, a coil may still
freeze up. An oversize capacity coil, at partial load, with a
modulating steam control valve will occasionally freeze.
Freezing occurs in the 20 F to 35 F range of entering-air temperatures. A better installation would be an undersize coil,
with an on/off control valve with thermostatic control in the
outside air, set at 35 F air temperature, installed downstream
of the first coil; or setting the minimum steam pressure at
5 psig.
Filters — See Table 34 for filter data for flat filter section,
angle filter section, bag-cartridge filter section, and filter
mixing box section. Filters are field supplied.
Air filters should be inspected regularly and changed when
dirty. Filter life can vary greatly from one unit to another, depending upon the application and the amount of contaminants
in the return and ventilation air entering the air handler. Each
job should be evaluated and maintenance schedules established accordingly. At a minimum, the filters should be
changed at the beginning of the cooling and heating seasons.
135
Table 34 — Filter Data
FILTER SIZE
16x20
16x25
20x20
20x24
20x25
Face Area (sq ft)
03
—
—
—
—
1
3.5
06
—
—
—
—
2
6.9
08
—
3
—
—
—
8.3
10
—
—
—
—
3
10.4
12x24
16x20
16x25
20x20
20x24
20x25
Face Area (sq ft)
03
—
—
2
—
—
—
5.6
06
—
4
—
—
—
—
8.9
08
—
—
4
—
—
—
11.1
10
—
6
—
—
—
—
13.3
12x24
16x20
16x25
20x20
20x24
20x25
Face Area (sq ft)
03
—
—
2
—
—
—
5.6
06
—
4
—
—
—
—
8.9
08
—
—
4
—
—
—
11.1
10
—
6
—
—
—
—
13.3
12x24
24x24
Face Area (sq ft)
03
—
1
4
06
1
1
6
08
—
2
8
10
1
2
10
12x24
24x24
Face Area (sq ft)
03
—
1
4
06
1
1
6
08
—
2
8
10
1
2
10
12x24
24x24
Face Area (sq ft)
03
—
1
4
06
1
1
6
08
—
2
8
10
1
2
10
12x24
24x24
Face Area (sq ft)
03
—
1
4
06
1
1
6
08
—
2
8
10
1
2
10
39M UNIT SIZE
Flat Filter Arrangement (2-in. or 4-in.)
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
6
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8
10
—
—
—
—
—
6
—
—
12
13
13.3
15.0
16.7
20.8
26.7
33.3
41.7
45.1
Angle Filter Arrangement (2-in. or 4-in.)
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
—
—
12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
12
12
16
—
24
6
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
16
—
16.7
18.9
24.0
33.3
33.3
44.4
55.5
66.7
Filter Mixing Box Arrangement (2-in. or 4-in.)
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
—
—
12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
12
12
16
—
24
6
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
16
—
16.7
18.9
24.0
33.3
33.3
44.4
55.5
66.7
Short Side Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
3
3
3
—
—
—
4
4
2
2
3
6
6
8
8
8
14
14
18
24
24
32
40
40
Long Side Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
3
3
3
—
—
—
4
4
2
2
3
6
6
8
8
8
14
14
18
24
24
32
40
40
Front Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
2
3
3
—
—
—
4
4
2
2
3
6
6
8
8
8
12
14
18
24
24
32
40
40
Front Load/Cartridge/HEPA Filter Arrangement
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
2
3
3
—
—
—
4
4
2
2
3
6
6
8
8
8
12
14
18
24
24
32
40
40
NOTES:
1. Do not exceed filter manufacturer's velocity limits when selecting
filters.
2. There are two dedicated filter sections for 2 in. or 4 in. flat filters.
3. Angle filter or filter mixing box sections can be configured to
accept either 2 in. or 4 in. filters.
4. Draw-thru bag/cartridge filter sections accept 2 in. pre-filters. Filters must be a combination of bag filters in the sizes shown or
6 in. or 12 in. deep rigid media with 7/8 in. header.
50
—
—
—
—
15
52.1
61
14
14
—
—
—
70.0
72
33
—
—
—
—
75.6
85
38
—
—
—
—
84.4
96
24
—
—
—
12
95.0
110
27
—
—
—
14
108.6
50
—
18
12
—
—
—
73.3
61
—
24
16
—
—
—
97.8
72
—
56
—
—
—
—
124.4
85
—
64
—
—
—
—
142.2
96
—
64
—
—
—
—
142.2
110
—
72
—
—
—
—
160.0
50
—
18
12
—
—
—
73.3
61
—
24
16
—
—
—
97.8
72
—
56
—
—
—
—
124.4
85
—
64
—
—
—
—
142.2
96
—
64
—
—
—
—
142.2
110
—
72
—
—
—
—
160.0
50
3
12
54
61
7
12
62
72
4
16
72
85
4
20
88
96
9
20
98
110
6
24
108
50
3
12
54
61
7
12
62
72
4
16
72
85
4
20
88
96
9
20
98
110
6
24
108
50
3
12
54
61
7
12
62
72
4
16
72
85
4
20
88
96
9
20
98
110
6
24
108
50
3
12
54
61
7
12
62
72
4
16
72
85
4
20
88
96
9
20
98
110
6
24
108
5. The draw-thru bag/cartridge filter section is designed for side
loading of filter media with a header for a 1 in. slide in track.
6. The blow-thru bag/cartridge/HEPA filter section is designed for
face loading of filters ONLY (no side loading).
7. The blow-thru filter section requires filter media with spring clips,
wire brackets, or retainers for use in a Puro-Frame holding frame.
The Puro-Frame is available for unit sizes 03-61 only.
136
3/4” x 3/4”
FOAM GASKET
FILTER
ADJUSTABLE IN-TRACK
BAFFLE
FILTER
a39-2266
Fig. 128 — Puro-Frame Holding Frame and
Filter Retaining Clips
a39-2268
Fig. 130 — In-Track Baffle for Flat, Angle and
Sideloading Bag/Cartridge Filter Sections
AIRFLOW
2” PRE-FILTER
BAG
CARTRIDGE
7/8” HEADER
Magnehelic Gage Maintenance — No lubrication or
periodic servicing is required. Keep case exterior and cover
clean. Occasionally disconnect pressure lines to vent both
sides of gage to atmosphere and re-zero.
CALIBRATION CHECK — Select a second gage or
manometer of known accuracy and in an appropriate range.
Using short lengths of rubber or vinyl tubing, connect the
high pressure side of the Magnehelic gage and the test gage
to two legs of a tee. Very slowly apply pressure through the
third leg. Allow a few seconds for pressure to equalize, fluid
to drain, etc., and compare readings. If accuracy is unacceptable, the gage may be returned to factory for recalibration.
For best results, return gage to the factory. Ship prepaid to:
Dwyer Instruments, Inc.
Attn: Repair Dept.
102 Indiana Highway 212
Michigan City, IN 46360
To calibrate in the field, use the following procedure:
a39-2267
Fig. 129 — Track for Draw-Thru Bag Cartridge
Filter Section
IN-TRACK BAFFLES — Filter sections are shipped with
adjustable in-track baffles. When installed properly as shown
in Fig. 130, the baffles close off empty space in the track preventing air from bypassing the filters. Remove the baffles to
install filter elements, and replace the adjustable baffles after
the filters are in place. The adjustable baffles should be
spread far enough apart to ensure slight compression in the
foam gasket when closing the section door.
FLAT AND ANGLE FILTERS — Flat filter and angle filter
sections accommodate 2-in. or 4-in. thick filters. The section
as shipped accepts 2-in. filters. Remove angle spacer in each
track to provide the space required to accommodate 4-in. filters.
HEPA FILTERS — The Puro-Frame (available in sizes 03-61
only), HEPA holding frame will accommodate 12-in. deep
filters. HEPA filter sections used in blow-thru applications
are loaded from the front, through the access door or removable panel. The HEPA filters are retained in the frame with
retaining brackets. RTV sealant should be used to seal between the filter frame and the filter media’s neoprene gasket
to ensure a leaktight installation. Refer to Fig. 131 for details.
Downstream edge of frame to frame and frame to baffle shall
be sealed with RTV sealant.
Filter arrangements are shown in Fig. 132-136.
IMPORTANT: If bezel binds when installing, lubricate
threads sparingly with light oil or molybdenum disulphide
compound.
CAUTION
Attempted field repair may void your warranty. Recalibration or repair by the user is not recommended.
Calibration:
1. With gage case, held firmly, loosen bezel, by turning
counterclockwise. To avoid damage, canvas strap
wrench or similar tool should be used.
2. Lift out plastic cover and “O” ring.
3. Remove scale screws and scale assembly. Be careful not
to damage pointer.
137
8. Remove bearing while observing the following precautions:
a. Make certain fan shaft surface is not rough or
scored. If so, clean up surface with fine emery cloth.
b. Add a few drops of oil after cleanup of shaft end.
4. The calibration is changed by moving the clamp. Loosen the clamp screw(s) and move slightly toward the helix if gage is reading high; move away if gage is low.
Tighten clamp screw and install scale assembly.
5. Place cover and O-ring in position. Make sure the hex
shaft on inside of cover is properly engaged in zero adjust screw.
6. Secure cover in place by screwing bezel tightly. Note
that the area under the cover is pressurized in operation
and therefore gage will leak if not properly tightened.
7. Zero gage and compare to test instrument. Make further
adjustments as necessary.
CAUTION
It should not be necessary to drive a new bearing onto
shaft. If light tapping is needed, do not tap against outer
race. Equipment damage may result.
9. Check fan shaft diameter at bearing mount. If worn by
more than 0.001-in. below nominal, shaft should be replaced.
10. Install new bearing, tighten holddown bolts, and then
tighten bearing locking collar or setscrews.
11. Make certain fan wheel does not rub sides of fan housing after installing new bearings.
12. Recoat fan shaft with a rust inhibitor or grease.
13. Replace sheave and belts. Adjust and align as described
in Installation, Sheaves and V-Belts sections.
14. Replace access panels.
15. Restore electrical power.
Fan Shaft Bearing Removal
1. Isolate the unit from the system by closing dampers to
prevent “pin wheeling.” Tie off the fan wheel to prevent
rotation.
2. Lock open and tag electrical disconnect.
3. Enter through fan section access door or remove panels
as required.
4. Loosen motor base to frame bolts. Adjust motor to release belt tension and remove belts. Do not stretch belts
over sheaves. Damage to belts can result.
5. Remove bolts on bushing of fan shaft sheave, insert
bolts in jacking hole provided on bushing and slowly
jack bushing from sheave. Remove bushing and sheave.
6. Loosen bearing holddown bolts, block shaft up.
7. Loosen bearing setscrews and locking collar, and remove holddown bolts.
NOTE: To facilitate easy removal of setscrew fastened
wheels, sheaves, or bearings, remove the setscrew completely. Taking care not to damage threads, insert a flat ended
drift or punch, tap lightly and carefully return the material
displaced on the shaft by the setscrew to its original place.
138
HEPA FILTER
Height A Width B
(in.)
(in.)
24
24
12
24
24
24
12
24
Depth
(in.)
111/2
111/2
111/2
111/2
Type
GALV
GALV
SS304
SS304
HEPA FRAME
Height Width
Part No.
(in.)
(in.)
3061975-001
245/8
245/8
3061983-001
125/8
245/8
3061975-002
245/8
245/8
5
3061983-002
12 /8
245/8
LEG
(4 REQUIRED
PER FRAME)
AIRFLOW
a39-4308
LATCH
(4 REQUIRED
PER FRAME)
NOTES:
1. Filter sizes are 5/8-in. smaller than frame sizes.
2. 12-in. x 24-in. frame may be rotated for 24-in. x 12 in. arrangement; 125/8 in. x
245/8 in. frame may be rotated for 245/8 in. x 125/8 in. arrangement.
3. Recommended RTV sealant: GE128.
4. Filter bracket latch part numbers are 3062007-001 (galvanized) and 3062007-002
(stainless steel).
5. Filter bracket leg part numbers are 3061991-001 (galvanized) and 3061991-002
(stainless steel).
FRAME
Puro-Frame, HEPA Holding Frame, Sizes 03 to 61
DETAIL D
AIR FLOW
AIR FLOW
a39-4183
DETAIL D
AIR FLOW
HEPA Holding Frame, Sizes 72 to 110
Fig. 131 — HEPA Holding Frame
139
a39-4182
20
20
16
20
25
16
25
20
20
Unit Size 12
Flat Filter Section
(6) 16 x 20
25
Unit Size 10
Flat Filter Section
(3) 25 x 20
Unit Size 08
Flat Filter Section
(3) 25 x 16
20
20
20
25
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
Unit Size 17
Flat Filter Section
(6) 20 x 20
20
25
20
20
Unit Size 14
Flat Filter Section
(3) 16 x 20, (3) 20 x 20
25
20
20
20
25
Unit Size 06
Flat Filter Section
(2) 25 x 20
Unit Size 03
Flat Filter Section
(1) 25 x 20
20
16
20
20
20
20
24
20
24
Unit Size 25
Flat Filter Section
(8) 24 x 20
Unit Size 21
Flat Filter Section
(6) 20 x 25
20
20
20
20
25
20
25
25
25
20
24
20
24
20
Unit Size 30
Flat Filter Section
(10) 24 x 20
Unit Size 36
Flat Filter Section
(12) 20 x 25
Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.
Fig. 132 — Flat Filter Arrangement — 2-in. or 4-in.
140
a39-2507
Unit Size 40
Flat Filter Section
(13) 20 x 25
a39-4185
Unit Size 50
Flat Filter Section
(15) 20 x 25
16
16
a39-4186
16
16
16
16
16
20
20
25
25
Unit Size 61
Flat Filter Section
(14) 20 x 16, (14) 25 x 16
a39-4184
Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.
Fig. 132 — Flat Filter Arrangement — 2-in. or 4-in. (cont)
141
Unit Size 72
Flat Filter Section
(33) 16 x 20
Unit Size 96
Flat Filter Section
(24) 16 x 20, (12) 20 x 25
a39-4187
a39-4189
Unit Size 85
Flat Filter Section
(38) 16 x 20
Unit Size 110
Flat Filter Section
(27) 16 x 20, (14) 20 x 25
Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.
Fig. 132 — Flat Filter Arrangement — 2-in. or 4-in. (cont)
142
a39-4188
a39-4190
25
20
20
25
25
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Unit Size 03
Angle Filter Section
(2) 16 x 25
Unit Size 06
Angle Filter Section
(4) 16 x 20
20
20
Unit Size 10
Angle Filter Section
(6) 16 x 20
Unit Size 08
Angle Filter Section
(4) 16 x 25
20
24
24
20
24
24
24
12
20
20
12
20
Unit Size 12
Angle Filter Section
(6) 20 x 20
25
20
12
Unit Size 14
Angle Filter Section
(4) 20 x 24, (2) 20 x 20
25
25
25
12
Unit Size 17
Angle Filter Section
(12) 12 x 24
25
25
25
25
25
25
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
25
Unit Size 25
Angle Filter Section
(16) 16 x 25
Unit Size 25
Angle Filter Section
(12) 16 x 25
Unit Size 21
Angle Filter Section
(12) 16 x 25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
16
20
16
20
16
20
16
20
16
Unit Size 36
Angle Filter Section
(16) 20 x 25
16
Unit Size 40
Angle Filter Section
(24) 16 x 25
Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.
Fig. 133 — Filter Mixing Box and Angle Filter Arrangement — 2-in. or 4-in.
143
a39-4343
Unit Size 50
Angle Filter Section
(18) 16 x 20, (12) 16 x 25
Unit Size 61
Angle Filter Section
(24) 16 x 20, (16) 16 x 25
a39-4344
Unit Size 72
Angle Filter Section
(56) 16 x 20
Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.
Fig. 133 — Filter Mixing Box and Angle Filter Arrangement — 2-in. or 4-in. (cont)
144
Unit Sizes 85 and 96
Angle Filter Section
(64) 16 x 20
a39-4194
Unit Sizes 110
Angle Filter Section
(72) 16 x 20
a39-4195
Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.
Fig. 133 — Filter Mixing Box and Angle Filter Arrangement — 2-in. or 4-in. (cont)
145
24
24
12
24
24
Unit Size 03
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(1) 24 x 24
24
12
24
Unit Size 08
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(2) 24 x 24
24
Unit Size 10
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(2) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12
24
24
12
12
24
24
12
24
24
24
Unit Size 06
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(1) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12
24
24
12
Unit Size 12
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(3) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24
Unit Size 14
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(3) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24
24
24
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
24
Unit Size 17
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(3) 12 x 24, (3) 24 x 24
24
Unit Size 21
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(6) 24 x 24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
Unit Size 25
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(6) 24 x 24
Unit Size 30
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(8) 24 x 24
Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.
Fig. 134 — Side Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement
146
a39-2273
Unit Sizes 36 and 40
Bag/Cartridge Pre-Filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (8) 24 x 24
Unit Size 61
Bag/Cartridge Pre-Filter Section
(7) 12 x 24, (12) 24 x 24
a39-4202
Unit Size 50
Bag/Cartridge Pre-Filter Section
(12) 24 x 24, (3) 24 x 12
a39-4203
a39-4204
Unit Size 72
Bag/Cartridge Pre-Filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (16) 24 x 24
Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.
Fig. 134 — Side Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement (cont)
147
a39-4205
a39-4206
Unit Size 85
Bag/Cartridge Pre-Filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (20) 24 x 24
Unit Size 96
Bag/Cartridge Pre-Filter Section
(9) 12 x 24, (20) 24 x 24
a39-4207
a39-4208
Unit Size 110
Bag/Cartridge Pre-Filter Section
(6) 12 x 24, (24) 24 x 24
Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.
Fig. 134 — Side Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement (cont)
148
12
24
24
24
24
Unit Size 06
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(1) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12
24
Unit Size 10
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(2) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12
Unit Size 08
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(2) 24 x 24
Support
Baffle
24
24
12
24
24
12
12
24
24
Unit Size 14
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(3) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24
Unit Size 12
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(2) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24
24
24
12
24
24
Unit Size 03
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(1) 24 x 24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
24
Unit Size 17
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(3) 12 x 24, (3) 24 x 24
24
Unit Size 25
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(6) 24 x 24
24
Unit Size 21
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(6) 24 x 24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
Unit Size 30
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(8) 24 x 24
Fig. 135 — Front Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement
149
a39-4287
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
Unit Size 36 and 40
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (8) 24 x 24
24
24
24
12
24
24
24
24
Unit Size 50
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(12) 24 x 24, (3) 24 x 12
SUPPORT
BAFFLE
12
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
24
Unit Size 61
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(12) 24 x 24, (7) 24 x 12
a39-4288
Fig. 135 — Front Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement (cont)
150
Unit Size 72
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (16) 24 x 24
Unit Size 96
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(9) 12 x 24, (20) 24 x 24
Unit Size 85
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (20) 24 x 24
a39-4289
a39-4291
Unit Size 110
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(6) 12 x 24, (24) 24 x 24
Fig. 135 — Front Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement (cont)
151
a39-4290
a39-4292
12
24
24
24
24
Unit Size 06
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(1) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12
24
24
Unit Size 10
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(2) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12
Unit Size 08
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(2) 24 x 24
Support
Baffle
24
12
24
24
12
12
24
24
Unit Size 14
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(3) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24
Unit Size 12
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(2) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24
24
24
12
24
24
Unit Size 03
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(1) 24 x 24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
24
Unit Size 17
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(3) 12 x 24, (3) 24 x 24
24
Unit Size 25
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(6) 24 x 24
24
Unit Size 21
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(6) 24 x 24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
Unit Size 30
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(8) 24 x 24
Fig. 136 — Front Load/Cartridge/HEPA Filter Arrangement
152
a39-4287
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
Unit Size 36 and 40
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (8) 24 x 24
24
24
24
12
24
24
24
24
Unit Size 50
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(12) 24 x 24, (3) 24 x 12
SUPPORT
BAFFLE
12
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
24
Unit Size 61
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(12) 24 x 24, (7) 24 x 12
a39-4288
Fig. 136 — Front Load/Cartridge/HEPA Filter Arrangement (cont)
153
Unit Size 72
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (16) 24 x 24
Unit Size 96
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(9) 12 x 24, (20) 24 x 24
Unit Size 85
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (20) 24 x 24
a39-4289
Unit Size 110
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(6) 12 x 24, (24) 24 x 24
a39-4291
Fig. 136 — Front Load/Cartridge/HEPA Filter Arrangement (cont)
154
a39-4290
a39-4292
INTERNALLY ISOLATED UNIT — When fan discharge is
altered the motor is moved, then all isolators must be readjusted to assure proper unit isolation.
Rebalancing of the unit is recommended.
Fan and Shaft Removal — On airfoil fans, the fan
wheel and shaft may be removed through inlet side of fan
housing. See Fig. 137. On plenum fans, remove side, top, or
end panel opposite inlet, wherever ductwork is not connected. After removing panel, proceed as follows.
1. Remove drive belts as described in Fan Shaft Bearing
Removal section.
2. Block up fan wheel within housing to prevent dropping
when bearing bolts are removed.
3. Loosen bearing holddown bolts, block shaft up.
4. Loosen bearing setscrews and locking collar, and remove holddown bolts. On forward-curved fans, remove
cut-off plate. Remove fan wheel through discharge
opening.
NOTE: To facilitate easy removal of setscrew fastened
wheels, sheaves or bearings, remove the setscrew completely.
Taking care not to damage threads, insert a flat ended drift or
punch, tap lightly and carefully return the material displaced
on the shaft by the setscrew to its original place.
5. Remove bearing support channels and inlet ring from
one side.
6. Remove fan shaft and fan wheel from unit.
7. Remove fan shaft from fan wheel.
8. Replace shaft and wheel into fan in the reverse order of
their removal.
9. Inspect bearings and if serviceable, replace on shaft.
10. For airfoil and forward-curved fans, align fan wheel and
shaft assembly in fan scroll. Check cutoff location if
wheel failure damaged cutoff plate. For plenum fan,
align wheel and shaft assembly per manufacturer’s directions supplied with fan.
11. Tighten bearing holddown bolts, bearing setscrews, and
shaft setscrews.
12. Field balancing of shaft and wheel is recommended.
Lubrication
MOTORS — Lubricate in accordance with nameplate attached to motor or with manufacturer’s recommendations.
BEARINGS
Initial Fan Bearing Lubrication — Most bearings are greased
when they are manufactured and will not require additional
grease on start-up (verify specific manufacturer’s recommendations). Some seepage of grease from the seals is normal during
the initial run-in period. For safety purposes, lock out and tag
equipment and wipe up any external grease from the bearings.
Monitor bearings after they have been run for several
minutes. Check bearings for excessive noise, vibration, and
temperature. Typical operating bearing temperature range
should be 100 to 150 F. The initial temperature may be higher
than the expected steady state temperature.
Bearing Lubrication Instructions — Lithium or lithium complex base grease, conforming to NLGI (National Lubricating
Grease Institute) grade 2 consistency, and an oil viscosity of 455 to
1135 SUS (Saybolt Universal Seconds) at 100 F (100 to 250 cSt
[centistokes] at 40 C) may be used for relubrication.
Examples: Mobil Mobilith AW2
Mobil Mobilux #2
Shell Alvania #2
Texaco Multifak #2
Texaco Premium RB
Exxon Unirex N2
Amoco Amolith 2
Compatibility of grease is critical; consult with the grease
manufacturer and/or supplier for current grease specifications
to ensure compatibility.
To lube bearings, use a hand pump grease gun. Always
wipe the fitting and grease nozzle clean to avoid introducing
contamination into the bearing.
IMPORTANT: Replacement shafts must have a diameter tolerance at bearing mount of +.0000 in./-.001 in.
nominal. Carrier specified parts are recommended.
IMPORTANT: If possible, it is recommended to lubricate the bearing while it is rotating, until grease purge
is seen from the seals. If this is not an option due to
safety reasons, follow the alternate lubrication procedure below.
Motor Location — The motor and motor base must be
moved to place the motor at the front or rear of unit. The
proper location is the one that results in the longest drive centerline distance. The motor may need to be replaced since the
conduit box may need to be reversed: The conduit box (if not
on top) should always be under the fan shaft for maximum
centerline distance and motor adjustment.
For safety, lock out and tag out the fan and restrain rotating components. Add one-half the recommended amount
shown in Table 35. Start the fan and run for a few minutes.
Stop the fan and lock out and tag out the unit. Add the second
half of the recommended amount. A temperature rise after lubrication, sometimes 30° F (17° C), is normal. Bearing
should operate at temperatures less than 200 F (94 C) and
should not exceed 250 F (121 C) for intermittent operation.
For relubrication guidelines, see Table 36.
NOTE: Tables 35 and 36 state general lubrication recommendations based on experience and are intended as suggested or
starting points only. For best results, specific applications
should be monitored regularly and lubrication intervals and
amounts adjusted accordingly.
39-266d
Fig. 137 — Fan Shaft and Bearing Removal
155
MAIN FAN REPLACEMENT — The main cooling fan of
the VFD has a life span of about 60,000 operating hours at
maximum rated operating temperature and drive load. The
expected life span doubles for each 18 F drop in the fan temperature (fan temperature is a function of ambient temperatures and drive loads).
Fan failure can be predicted by the increasing noise from
fan bearings and the gradual rise in the heat sink temperature
in spite of heat sink cleaning. If the drive is operated in a critical part of a process, fan replacement is recommended once
these symptoms start appearing. Replacement fans are available from Carrier.
To replace the main fan for frame sizes R1 through R4,
perform the following (see Fig. 138):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove drive cover.
3. For frame sizes R1 and R2, press together the retaining
clips on the fan cover and lift. For frame sizes R3 and
R4, press in on the lever located on the left side of the
fan mount, and rotate the fan up and out.
4. Disconnect the fan cable.
5. Install the new fan by reversing Steps 2 to 4.
6. Restore power.
To replace the main fan for frame sizes R5 and R6, perform the following (see Fig. 139):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove the screws attaching the fan.
3. Disconnect the fan cable.
4. Install the fan in reverse order.
5. Restore power.
Table 35 — Recommended
Relubrication Grease Charge
SHAFT SIZE (in.)
1/ to 5/
2
8
3/
4
13/
16 to 1
1
1 /16 to 11/4 S
11/4 to 17/16
11/2 to 19/16
15/8 to 13/4
113/16 to 2 S
2 to 213/16
21/4 to 27/16
21/2 to 211/16
213/16 to 215/16
GREASE CHARGE (oz)
0.02
0.03
0.03
0.06
0.09
0.14
0.16
0.18
0.25
0.35
0.46
0.48
LEGEND
S — Smaller Shaft Housing Size
Table 36 — Relubrication Intervals
ENVIRONMENT TEMPERATURE (F)
Dirty
-20 to 250
-20 to 125
Clean
125 to 175
175 to 250
SPEED (%)
0-100
0-25
26-50
51-75
76-100
0-25
26-50
51-75
76-100
0-100
FREQUENCY
Daily to 1 week
4 to 10 months
1 to 4 months
1 week to 1 month
Daily to 1 week
2 to 6 weeks
1 week to 1 month
Daily to 1 week
Daily to 1 week
Daily to 1 week
LEGEND
NLGI — National Lubricating Grease Institute
NOTE: Use NLGI No. 2 Lithium or Lithium Complex Grease.
a39-2922
3
Motor and Drive Package Data — Tables 3A and
3B give motor data for forward-curved, airfoil, and plenum
fans.
Variable Frequency Drive — If installed in an appro-
3
priate environment, the VFD requires very little maintenance.
Table 37 lists the routine maintenance intervals recommended
by Carrier.
4
Table 37 — Maintenance Intervals
MAINTENANCE
Heat sink temperature check and
cleaning
Main cooling fan replacement
Capacitor change (frame size R5
and R6)
HVAC Control panel battery change
2
INTERVAL
Every 12 months (more often if
operating in a dusty environment)
Every five years
Every ten years
Every ten years
HEAT SINK — The heat sink fins accumulate dust from the
cooling air. Since a dusty heat sink is less efficient at cooling
the drive, over temperature faults become more likely. In a
normal environment check the heat sink annually, in a dusty
environment check more often.
Check the heat sink as follows (when necessary):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove the cooling fan.
3. Blow clean compressed air (not humid) from bottom to
top and simultaneously use a vacuum cleaner at the air
outlet to trap the dust. If there is a risk of the dust entering adjoining equipment, perform the cleaning in another room.
4. Replace the cooling fan.
5. Restore power.
Fig. 138 — Main Fan Replacement
(Frame Sizes R1 - R4)
156
Steam Failure Modes — The following failure modes
BOTTOM VIEW (R5)
could take as little as a weekend to damage a coil, or much
longer.
Problems occur quickly in coils using low pressure steam
(<3 psig). Water hammer can develop inside the coil at the
header end because the steam has already condensed and the
low steam pressure does not adequately clear it from the coil.
This condensate re-boils and starts up water hammer inside
the tubes. The action of this type of water hammer, which
sounds like crackling inside the coil, is many tiny bubbles impinging on the inner and outer tubes. One result is the inner
tube gets work hardened and eventually shatters. Another result is the eventual erosion of the outer tube causing pinhole
leaks.
Coils which are not properly vented will eventually load
up with noncondensable gases. Coil performance (temperature rise) drops off as the noncondensables act as insulation
inside the tubes.
The coils may also fill with condensate. The collapsing
steam causes a vacuum inside the coil when the supply valve
closes. The trapped condensate will then freeze causing the
tubes to rupture after it melts. The use of a vacuum breaker at
the condensate discharge will aid in relieving the vacuum in
the coil and promote condensate drainage.
Refer to Tables 38-40 for 39M troubleshooting information.
a39-2923
BOTTOM VIEW (R6)
3
2
a39-2924
Fig. 139 — Main Fan Replacement
(Frame Sizes R5 and R6)
CONTROL PANEL CLEANING — Use a soft damp cloth to
clean the control panel. Avoid harsh cleaners which could
scratch the display window.
BATTERY REPLACEMENT — A battery is only used in
assistant control panels that have the clock function available
and enabled. The battery keeps the clock operating in
memory during power interruptions. The expected life for the
battery is greater than ten years. To remove the battery, use a
coin to rotate the battery holder on the back of the control
panel. Replace the battery with type CR2032.
WARNING
Disconnect power and allow all rotating equipment to stop
before servicing unit. Physically secure all fans before
performing unit service. Failure to do so may result in
serious personal injury or death.
Water coil performance (when piped in parallel flow), will
be reduced by approximately 5% for each coil row on coils 2
rows deep and deeper. Coils should always be piped with the
water inlet on the leaving air side of the coil, regardless of
water connection vertical position.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Steam Coil Performance Problems — Coil capaci-
VFD Diagnostics — The drive detects error situations
and reports them using:
• the green and red LEDs on the body of the drive (located
under the keypad)
• the status LED on the control panel
• the control panel display
• The Fault Word and Alarm Word parameters bits
(parameters 0305 to 0309)
The form of the display depends on the severity of the error. The user can specify the severity for many errors by directing the drive to ignore the error situation, report the situation as an alarm, or report the situation as a fault.
FAULTS (RED LED LIT) — The VFD signals that it has
detected a severe error, or fault, by:
• enabling the red LED on the drive (LED is either steady
or flashing)
• setting an appropriate bit in a Fault Word parameter (0305
to 0307)
• overriding the control panel display with the display of a
fault code
• stopping the motor (if it was on)
• sets an appropriate bit in Fault Word parameter 0305 to
0307
The fault code on the control panel display is temporary.
Pressing the MENU, ENTER, UP button or DOWN buttons
removes the fault message. The message reappears after a
few seconds if the control panel is not touched and the fault is
still active.
ty is normally not a problem with steam coils. Low capacity
can result from blocked or plugged air side surface, an air
bound coil, or a coil which is filled with condensate because
of a non-functioning steam trap. The Carrier steam coils with
the 1-in. OD outer tube have at least twice the condensate
loading capacity of a coil with 5/8-in. OD outer tubes.
Water hammer can damage the coil and cause leaks. It is
typically caused by improper piping of the steam supply, allowing condensate to enter the coil with the steam supply; or
by accumulation of condensate in the coil which can occur
with the coils operating at partial load without a vacuum
breaking device.
Problems with temperature control can occur when a thermostatic controller or steam control valve is not functioning
properly. Temperature control problems will also occur when
the steam controls valve is oversized. Consider 1/3 to 2/3 valve
arrangements for full range control.
Problems with “water logging” of the condensate tubes
can occur when a coil with over 6-ft tubes is selected at high
air velocities, low steam pressures (below 5 psig) and high
density fin spacing (9 fins per inch or more). This high density fin spacing, while producing high levels of heating capacity, also promotes excessive condensate. Given the length of
the tubes and the low steam supply pressure, condensate can
build up faster than the drain system can carry it away. Considerations should be given for using two coils in series for
this application.
157
parameter 1604 (FAULT RESET SELECT), digital input or
serial communication could also be used to reset the drive.
When the fault has been corrected, the motor can be started.
HISTORY — For reference, the last three fault codes are
stored into parameters 0401, 0412, 0413. For the most recent
fault (identified by parameter 0401), the drive stores additional data (in parameters 0402 through 0411) to aid in troubleshooting a problem. For example, a parameter 0404 stores the
motor speed at the time of the fault. To clear the fault history
(all of Group 04, Fault History parameters), follow these
steps:
1. In the control panel, Parameters mode, select parameter
0401.
2. Press EDIT.
3. Press the UP and DOWN button simultaneously.
4. Press SAVE.
CORRECTING ALARMS — To correct alarms, first determine if the Alarm requires any corrective action (action is not
always required). Use Table 42 to find and address the root
cause of the problem.
ALARMS (GREEN LED FLASHING) — For less severe errors, called alarms, the diagnostic display is advisory. For
these situations, the drive is simply reporting that it had detected something unusual. In these situations, the drive:
• flashes the green LED on the drive (does not apply to
alarms that arise from control panel operation errors)
• sets an appropriate bit in an Alarm Word parameters
(0308 or 0309)
• overrides the control panel display with the display of an
alarm code and/or name
Alarm messages disappear from the control panel display
after a few seconds. The message returns periodically as long
as the alarm condition exists.
CORRECTING FAULTS — The recommended corrective
action for faults is shown in the fault codes listing in Table
41. The VFD can also be reset to remove the fault. If an external source for a start command is selected and is active, the
VFD may start immediately after fault reset.
To reset a fault indicated by a flashing red LED, turn off
the power for 5 minutes. To reset a fault indicated by a red
LED (not flashing), press RESET from the control panel or
turn off the power for 5 minutes. Depending on the value of
Table 38 — Magnehelic Gage Troubleshooting
SYMPTOM
CAUSE
Gage will not Indicate or is Sluggish.
Pointer Stuck — Gage Cannot be Zeroed.
REMEDY
Duplicate pressure port is not plugged.
Diaphragm is ruptured due to excessive
pressure.
Fittings or sensing lines are blocked, pinched,
or leaking.
Cover is loose or “O” ring is damaged or
missing.
Pressure sensor (static tips, Pitot tube, etc.) is
improperly located.
Ambient temperature is too low.
Metallic particles are clinging to the magnet
and interfering with helix movement.
Scale is touching pointer.
Spring/magnet assembly has shifted and is
touching helix.
Cover zero adjust shaft is broken or not
properly engaged in adjusting screw.
Plug duplicate pressure port.
Replace gage.
Repair lines and fittings.
Tighten cover and/or replace “O” ring.
Relocate pressure sensor.
For operation below 20 F, order gage with
low temperature (LT) option.
Parts used in various sub-assemblies vary
from one range of gage to another, and use
of incorrect components may cause improper
operation. Gages needing repair should be
returned to:
Dwyer Instruments Inc.
Attn: Repair Dept.
102 Indiana Highway 212
Michigan City, IN 46360
Table 39 — Humidifier Troubleshooting
SYMPTOM
Water is Spitting from the
Discharge Manifolds
Steam does not Discharge
from the Manifolds when
the Valve is Open
CAUSE
Steam trap is not functioning properly.
The header P-traps are not draining.
The steam line has been taken from
the bottom of the steam source or is
not sloped properly.
The steam main is overloaded with water.
Vertical discharge manifolds are not plumb.
Horizontal headers are not level.
Vertical discharge manifolds are
installed upside down.
Check valve sizing to maximum
manifold capacity.
Valve is not open.
There is no steam available.
There is a change in steam pressure.
Steam is not visible.
Y-strainer may be clogged.
REMEDY
Clean or replace non-functioning steam trap on the valve/trap assembly.
Clean and check that plumbing runs to gravity drain. Check that trap height
exceeds the static pressure of the duct/AHU, especially if it is under negative
pressure.
Change line to take off from the top and check proper slopes.
Locate cause and correct problem.
Make manifolds plumb.
Make headers level.
Reinstall correctly.
Resize valve within manifold capacity.
Open valve.
Verify that steam is available.
Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could
jam the valve.
Carefully place a mirror or metal object close to one of the steam discharge slots.
If it fogs, steam is discharging, but evaporating very quickly. This is not a problem.
DO NOT EVER PLACE YOUR HAND OVER OR NEAR THE STEAM DISCHARGE SLOTS.
Clean or replace Y-strainer.
AHU — Air-Handling Unit
158
Table 39 — Humidifier Troubleshooting (cont)
SYMPTOM
Steam Valve will not Open
CAUSE
There is no power.
There is no control signal.
Control polarity has been reversed.
Actuator is not working.
There is high steam pressure.
Steam Valve will not Close
Steam Valve is Leaking
Valve has been installed incorrectly.
There is no control signal.
Control polarity has been reversed.
Actuator is not working.
There is high steam pressure.
Valve has been installed incorrectly.
Control signal is not at full range.
Control polarity has been reversed.
Actuator is not working.
There is high steam pressure.
Humidity Exceeds Set Point
Control signal is not at full range.
There is no control signal.
The controller is out of calibration.
Humidity sensor is not installed properly.
Actuator is not working.
There is high steam pressure.
Boiler is not operating correctly.
Humidity Remains Below
Set Point
Control signal is not at full range.
Control polarity has been reversed.
Controller is out of calibration.
Humidity sensor is not installed properly.
Actuator is not working.
There is high steam pressure.
Boiler is not operating correctly.
There is an airflow switch fault.
Condensate in Unit
Steam leaks from P-traps
The high limit controller is not in
the correct location.
The humidifier is too small.
The humidifier is too large.
There is a high limit controller fault.
Evaporation distance is too short.
Steam valve is leaking.
The trap height is incorrect.
Valve sizing is incorrect.
There is excessively high steam pressure.
REMEDY
Verify and, if necessary, correct power or air pressure to the valve actuator.
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal or pressure range to the valve
actuator.
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.
Remove actuator to verify that it is operational. Clean or replace jammed valve.
Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could
jam the valve.
Verify proper valve orientation. Electric valves must face upward.
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal to the valve actuator.
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.
Remove actuator to verify that it is operational. Clean or replace jammed valve.
Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could
jam the valve.
Verify proper valve orientation. Electric valves must face upward.
Verify and, if necessary, correct full-range control signal to the valve actuator.
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.
Remove actuator and test to verify that it is operational. If not, clean or replace
jammed valve.
Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could
jam the valve.
Verify and, if necessary, correct compatibility of the full range control signal to the
valve actuator.
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.
Check and, if necessary, correct calibration of controller.
Ensure that humidity sensors are installed correctly and not located in drafts
(wall). If necessary, correct sensor installation.
Remove actuator and test to verify that it is operational. If not, clean or replace
jammed valve.
Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could
jam the valve.
Verify stable boiler pressure. Wide swings in pressure could affect the humidity
controls.
Verify and, if necessary, correct compatibility of the full range control signal to the
valve actuator.
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.
Check and, if necessary, correct calibration of controller.
Ensure that humidity sensors are installed correctly and not located in drafts
(wall). If necessary, correct sensor installation.
Remove actuator and test to verify that it is operational. If not, clean or replace
jammed valve.
Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could
jam the valve.
Verify stable boiler pressure. Wide swings in pressure could affect the humidity
controls.
Ensure that airflow switch is not fluttering. If necessary, correct fluttering airflow
switch.
Verify that high-limit controller is not located too close to steam discharge manifolds. If necessary, correct location of controller.
Humidifier is undersized. Check humidity load calculations.
Verify humidifier capacity versus air volume.
Verify that high limit controller is working. If necessary, correct problem.
Verify and, if necessary, correct evaporation distance to obstructions or elbows.
Verify steam valve is not leaking. If necessary, correct leaking steam valve.
Ensure that height of trap exceeds the static pressure of the duct/AHU, especially
if under negative pressure.
Check valve sizing to maximum manifold capacity. If necessary, resize valve
within manifold capacity.
Check that inlet steam pressure does not exceed humidifier capability.
AHU — Air-Handling Unit
Table 40 — Unit Troubleshooting
SYMPTOM
Motor Fails to Start
CAUSE
Power line open
Improper wiring or loose connections
Overload trip
Mechanical failure
Improper current supply
Motor Stalls
Open Phase
Overloaded motor
Low line voltage
Bearing/shaft misalignment
Shipping blocks/spacers not removed
Excessive belt tension
Drive misaligned
Grease not evenly distributed after lubrication
Over-lubrication
No lubricant
Misaligned bearing
Excessive Vibration
Bearing(s) is Hot
159
REMEDY
Reset circuit breaker.
Check wiring and connections.
Check and reset overload.
Inspect motor and drive for operation and/or damage.
Check rating plate against actual supply voltage. Contact
power provider for adjustments if needed.
Check line for open phase.
Reduce motor load or replace with larger motor.
Check supply line, correct voltage.
Check and align bearing set screws.
Remove shipping blocks/spacers.
Adjust belt tension.
Align drive.
Allow unit to cool down and restart.
Clean and purge excess grease.
Check bearings for damage and apply lubricant.
Check shaft level and reset alignment.
Table 40 — Unit Troubleshooting (cont)
SYMPTOM
Motor Does Not Run at
Full Speed
Motor Overheats
Excessive Motor Noise
Motor Runs and Then Slows
Excessive Motor Bearing Wear
Loose Fan Belt
Drive Noise
Bearing Noise
High Velocity Air Noise
Rattling or Whistling
Noise in Airstream
CFM Lower than System
Requirements
High Current Draw
(Motor)
Electric Heat Inoperative
Heater Cycles
Improper Temperature
Regulation
No Hot Water or Steam
Heat
Water Outside Condensate
Pan
CAUSE
Low voltage at motor terminals
Supply wiring to motor too small
Overloaded motor
Motor fan is clogged, preventing motor cooling
Mounting bolts loose
Rigid coupling connectors
Worn motor bearings
Fan rubbing on housing
Partial supply voltage loss
High load due to over-tensioned drive
Excessive overhung load caused by a small
diameter motor sheave
Improper motor position
Worn sheaves
Worn or damaged belt
Sheave(s) not tight on fan/motor shaft(s)
Belts contacting guard(s)
Belts too loose or too tight
Belts and sheaves mismatched
Belts not length matched (multiple belt set-up)
Misaligned sheaves
Belts worn
Belts dirty or oily
Defective bearing
Lack of lubrication
Loose bearing
Bearing misaligned
Foreign material/dirt inside bearing
Corrosion between bearing and shaft
Fan speed too high
Ductwork too restrictive
Low static pressure
Registers and grilles too restrictive
Loose dampers, grilles, or splitters
Obstructed dampers or grilles
Sharp elbows in ductwork
Sudden expansion /contraction of ductwork
Turning vanes loose or not properly installed
Fan rotating backwards
Fan speed too slow
Duct system has more resistance than designed
Diffusers closed
Motor overload
Low line voltage
REMEDY
Check supply voltage and correct voltage loss.
Rewire with properly sized wire.
Reduce motor load or replace with larger motor.
Clean motor fan.
Tighten bolts.
Replace with flexible connectors.
Replace bearings and seals.
Adjust housing.
Check for loose/dirty connections.
Verify supply voltage.
Check belt tension and load.
Replace with larger sheave.
Adjust tension.
Replace sheaves.
Check sheave alignment and replace belt(s).
Tighten sheaves.
Adjust or tighten belt guard mounts.
Adjust belt tension.
Install proper belts.
Install matched belts.
Align sheaves.
Replace belts.
Replace belts.
Repair/replace bearing.
Lubricate bearing.
Adjust bearing support or bearing on shaft.
Align bearing properly.
Inspect and clean bearing.
Clean or replace bearing as required.
Check fan speed.
Increase duct size for proper air velocity.
Decrease fan speed to obtain proper pressure.
Replace with correctly sized registers and grilles.
Adjust as needed.
Remove obstruction(s).
Install larger radius elbows.
Install proper ductwork transitions.
Tighten or adjust as needed.
Reverse any two power leads to the fan motor.
Check fan RPM.
Enlarge ductwork to match system requirements.
Open diffusers.
Reduce system load or use larger motor.
Consult power company about increasing line
voltage.
Electric heater manual reset tripped
Determine cause of cutout and reset switch.
Broken heating element
Replace element.
Electric heater fuses blown
Replace fuses.
Inoperative electric heating circuit contactor
Repair/replace as needed.
Airflow switch interlock not closed
Check airflow sensing tube location and operation in
airstream. Repair/replace as needed.
Airflow marginally insufficient
Airflow switch may chatter and cycle heater circuits off
and on. Or, automatic reset may open and close, causing
a similar situation. Check unit airflow requirements and
clean the system.
Intermittent power supply due to improper
Recheck installation procedure. Check contactor
installation
operation and safety cutout switches. Refer to heater
wiring diagram.
Erratic thermostat operation due to improper
Check thermostat installation instructions. Be certain
location or frequent resetting
that the thermostat location is not subjected to adverse
temperature changes, such as those caused by opening
doors or windows. Check for thermostat tampering.
Air system characteristics are not in accordance
Check the supply-air fan is delivering adequate volume
with the job requirements
and velocity. Check air system balance. Be certain that
heating coils are operating.
Defective hot water or steam valve actuator motor
Repair/replace as needed.
Broken control linkage from actuator to valve assembly Repair/replace as needed.
Defective hot water or steam control valve
Repair/replace as needed.
Plugged or improper condensate drain.
Ensure drain properly installed and clean.
Coil blowoff
— Excessive airflow
Ensure airside system has been properly balanced.
— Dirty coil
Check evaporator coil for cleanliness and wettability.
— Improper coil reversal.
Ensure coil short fin faces upstream.
— Ingestion through intake or exhaust.
Ensure louvers or hoods are properly installed.
— Unit has been torn down and reassembled.
Look at reassembly points for lack of seals or poor reassembly.
— Lack of diffuser on blow-through coil
Provide diffuser.
application.
— Condensate from 39M coil header.*
Splash baffles with rubber seal installed (SMB04-0040).*
For 39MW only:
Coil connection housing field joints.
Ensure joints between housing and curbs and housing of unit have
been properly flashed and gasketed.
Leakage between access panels and frame.
Ensure all retainers and latches closed.
Replace leaking panels or doors.
*May be serial number specific.
160
Table 41 — Fault Codes
FAULT CODE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
FAULT NAME IN PANEL
DESCRIPTION AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION
OVERCURRENT
Output current is excessive. Check for excessive motor load, insufficient acceleration time
(parameters 2202 ACCELER TIME 1, default 30 seconds), or faulty motor, motor cables or
connections.
DC OVERVOLT
Intermediate circuit DC voltage is excessive. Check for static or transient over voltages in
the input power supply, insufficient deceleration time (parameters 2203 DECELER TIME 1,
default 30 seconds), or undersized brake chopper (if present).
DEV OVERTEMP
Drive heat sink is overheated. Temperature is at or above 115 C (239 F). Check for fan failure, obstructions in the airflow, dirt or dust coating on the heat sink, excessive ambient
temperature, or excessive motor load.
SHORT CIRC
Fault current. Check for short-circuit in the motor cable(s) or motor or supply disturbances.
OVERLOAD
Inverter overload condition. The drive output current exceeds the ratings.
DC UNDERVOLT
Intermediate circuit DC voltage is not sufficient. Check for missing phase in the input
power supply, blown fuse, or under voltage on main circuit.
AI1 LOSS
Analog input 1 loss. Analog input value is less than AI1 FLT LIMIT (3021). Check source
and connection for analog input and parameter settings for AI1 FLT LIMIT (3021) and 3001
AI<MIN FUNCTION.
AI2 LOSS
Analog input 2 loss. Analog input value is less than AI2 FLT LIMIT (3022). Check source
and connection for analog input and parameter settings for AI2 FLT LIMIT (3022) and 3001
AI<MIN FUNCTION.
MOT OVERTEMP
Motor is too hot, as estimated by the drive. Check for overloaded motor. Adjust the parameters used for the estimate (3005 through 3009). Check the temperature sensors and
Group 35 parameters.
PANEL LOSS
Panel communication is lost and either drive is in local control mode (the control panel displays LOC), or drive is in remote control mode (REM) and is parameterized to accept start/
stop, direction or reference from the control panel. To correct, check the communication
lines and connections. Check parameter 3002 PANEL COMM ERROR, parameters in
Group 10: Command Inputs and Group 11: Reference Select (if drive operation is REM).
ID RUN FAIL
The motor ID run was not completed successfully. Check motor connections.
MOTOR STALL
Motor or process stall. Motor is operating in the stall region. Check for excessive load or
insufficient motor power. Check parameters 3010 through 3012.
RESERVED
Not used.
EXT FAULT 1
Digital input defined to report first external fault is active. See parameter 3003 EXTERNAL
FAULT 1.
EXT FAULT 2
Digital input defined to report second external fault is active. See parameter 3004 EXTERNAL FAULT 1.
EARTH FAULT
The load on the input power system is out of balance. Check for faults in the motor or
motor cable. Verify that motor cable does not exceed maximum specified length.
UNDERLOAD
Motor load is lower than expected. Check for disconnected load. Check parameters 3013
UNDERLOAD FUNCTION through 3015 UNDERLOAD CURVE.
THERM FAIL
Internal fault. The thermistor measuring the internal temperature of the drive is open or
shorted. Contact Carrier.
OPEX LINK
Internal fault. A communication-related problem has been detected between the OMIO
and OINT boards. Contact Carrier.
OPEX PWR
Internal fault. Low voltage condition detected on the OINT board. Contact Carrier.
CURR MEAS
Internal fault. Current measurement is out of range. Contact Carrier.
SUPPLY PHASE
Ripple voltage in the DC link is too high. Check for missing main phase or blown fuse.
RESERVED
Not used.
OVERSPEED
Motor speed is greater than 120% of the larger (in magnitude) of 2001 MINIMUM SPEED
or 2002 MAXIMUM SPEED parameters. Check parameter settings for 2001 and 2002.
Check adequacy of motor braking torque. Check applicability of torque control. Check
brake chopper and resistor.
RESERVED
Not used.
DRIVE ID
Internal fault. Configuration block drive ID is not valid.
CONFIG FILE
Internal configuration file has an error. Contact Carrier.
161
Table 41 — Fault Codes (cont)
FAULT CODE
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
101-105
201-206
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
FAULT NAME IN PANEL
DESCRIPTION AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION
SERIAL 1 ERR
Field bus communication has timed out. Check fault setup (3018 COMM FAULT FUNC and
3019 COMM FAULT TIME). Check communication settings (Group 51 or 53 as appropriate).
Check for poor connections and/or noise on line.
EFB CON FILE
Error in reading the configuration file for the field bus adapter.
FORCE TRIP
Fault trip forced by the field bus. See the field bus reference literature.
EFB1
Fault code reserved for the EFB (Embedded Field Bus) protocol application. The meaning is
protocol dependent.
EFB2
Fault code reserved for the EFB protocol application. The meaning is protocol dependent.
EFB3
Fault code reserved for the EFB protocol application. The meaning is protocol dependent.
MOTOR PHASE
Fault in the motor circuit. One of the motor phases is lost. Check for motor fault, motor cable
fault, thermal relay fault (if used), or internal fault.
OUTP WIRING
Error in power wiring suspected. Check that input power wired to drive output. Check for
ground faults.
SYSTEM ERROR
Error internal to the drive. Contact Carrier and report the error number.
SYSTEM ERROR
Error internal to the drive. Contact Carrier and report the error number.
PAR HZRPM
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check for any of the following:
2001 MINIMUM SPEED > 2002 MAXIMUM SPEED
2007 MINIMUM FREQ > 2008 MAXIMUM FREQ
2001 MINIMUM SPEED / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED is outside of the range: –128 to +128
2002 MAXIMUM SPEED / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED is outside of the range: –128 to +128
2007 MINIMUM FREQ / 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ is outside of the range: –128 to +128
2008 MAXIMUM FREQ / 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ is outside of the range: –128 to +128
PAR PFA REFNG
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that 2007 MINIMUM FREQ is negative, when
8123 PFA ENABLE is active.
PAR PFA IOCNF
Parameter values are inconsistent. The number of programmed PFA relays does not match
with Interlock configuration, when 8123 PFA ENABLE is active. Check consistency of RELAY
OUTPUT parameters 1401 through 1403, and 1410 through 1412. Check 8117 NR OF AUX
MOTORS, 8118 AUTOCHANGE INTERV, and 8120 INTERLOCKS.
PAR AI SCALE
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that parameter 1301 AI MIN > 1302 AI 1 MAX and
that parameter 1304 AI 2 MIN > 1305 AI 2 MAX.
PAR AO SCALE
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that parameter 1504 AO 1 MIN > 1505 AO 1 MAX
and that parameter 1510 AO 2 MIN > 1511 AO 2 MAX.
PAR PCU 2
Parameter values for power control are inconsistent: Improper motor nominal kVA or motor
nominal power. Check the following parameters:
1.1 < (9906 MOTOR NOM CURR * 9905 MOTOR NOM VOLT * 1.73 / PN) < 2.6
Where: PN = 1000 * 9909 MOTOR NOM POWER (if units are kW) or PN = 746 * 9909
MOTOR NOM POWER (if units are HP, e.g., in U.S.A.)
PAR EXT RO
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check the extension relay module for connection and
1410 through 1412 RELAY OUTPUTS 4 through 6 have non-zero values.
PAR FBUS
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that a parameter is set for field bus control (e.g.,
1001 EXT1 COMMANDS = 10 (COMM)), but 9802 COMM PROT SEL = 0.
PAR PFA MODE
Parameter values are inconsistent. The 9904 MOTOR CTRL MODE must be = 3 (SCALAR
SPEED), when 8123 PFA ENABLE is activated.
PAR PCU 1
Parameter values for power control are inconsistent or improper motor nominal frequency or
speed. Check for both of the following:
1 < (60 * 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED < 16 0.8 < 9908 MOTOR
NOM SPEED / (120 * 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ / Motor poles) < 0.992
OVERRIDE/PFA
Override mode is enabled and PFA is activated at the same time. This cannot be done
CONFLICT
because PFA interlocks cannot be observed in the override mode.
162
Table 42 — Alarm Codes
ALARM CODE
2001
2002
2003
2004
ALARM NAME IN PANEL
—
—
—
DIR LOCK
2005
I/O COMM
2006
AI1 LOSS
2007
AI2 LOSS
2008
PANEL LOSS
2009
2010
—
MOT OVERTEMP
2011
UNDERLOAD
2012
MOTOR STALL
2013*
AUTORESET
2014*
AUTOCHANGE
2015
PFA INTERLOCK
2016
2017*
2018*
—
OFF BUTTON
PID SLEEP
2019
2020
2021
ID RUN
OVERRIDE
START ENABLE 1
MISSING
2022
START ENABLE 2
MISSING
2023
EMERGENCY STOP
DESCRIPTION AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
The change in direction being attempted is not allowed. Do not attempt to change the direction of motor rotation, or Change parameter 1003 DIRECTION to allow direction change (if
reverse operation is safe).
Field bus communication has timed out. Check fault setup (3018 COMM FAULT FUNC and
3019 COMM FAULT TIME). Check communication settings (Group 51 or 53 as appropriate).
Check for poor connections and/or noise on line.
Analog input 1 is lost, or value is less than the minimum setting. Check input source and connections. Check the parameter that sets the minimum (3021) and the parameter that sets the
Alarm/Fault operation (3001).
Analog input 2 is lost, or value is less than the minimum setting. Check input source and connections. Check the parameter that sets the minimum (3022) and the parameter that sets the
Alarm/Fault operation (3001).
Panel communication is lost and either the VFD is in local control mode (the control panel
displays HAND), or the VFD is in remote control mode (AUTO) and is parameterized to
accept start/stop, direction or reference from the control panel. To correct, check the communication lines and connections, Parameter 3002 PANEL LOSS, and parameters in groups 10
COMMAND INPUTS and 11 REFERENCE SELECT (if drive operation is REM).
Reserved
Motor is hot, based on either the VFD estimate or on temperature feedback. This alarm
warns that a Motor Overload fault trip may be near. Check for overloaded motor. Adjust the
parameters used for the estimate (3005 through 3009). Check the temperature sensors and
Group 35 parameters.
Motor load is lower than expected. This alarm warns that a Motor Underload fault trip may be
near. Check that the motor and drive ratings match (motor is NOT undersized for the drive).
Check the settings on parameters 3013 to 3015.
Motor is operating in the stall region. This alarm warns that a Motor Stall fault trip may be
near.
This alarm warns that the drive is about to perform an automatic fault reset, which may start
the motor. To control automatic reset, use parameter group 31 (AUTOMATIC RESET).
This alarm warns that the PFA autochange function is active. To control PFA, use parameter
group 81 (PFA) and the Pump Alternation macro.
This alarm warns that the PFA interlocks are active, which means that the drive cannot start
any motor (when Autochange is used), or a speed regulated motor (when Autochange is not
used).
Reserved
This alarm indicates that the OFF button has been pressed.
This alarm warns that the PID sleep function is active, which means that the motor could
accelerate when the PID sleep function ends. To control PID sleep, use parameters 4022
through 4026 or 4122 through 4126.
The VFD is performing an ID run.
Override mode is activated.
This alarm warns that the Start Enable 1 signal is missing. To control Start Enable 1 function,
use parameter 1608. To correct, check the digital input configuration and the communication
settings.
This alarm warns that the Start Enable 2 signal is missing. To control Start Enable 2 function,
use parameter 1609. To correct, check the digital input configuration and the communication
settings.
Emergency stop is activated.
*This alarm is not indicated by a relay output, even when the relay output is configured to indicate alarm
conditions (parameter 1401 RELAY OUTPUT = 5 [ALARM] or 16 [FLT/ALARM]).
163
INDEX
Alarm codes 163
Cleaning unit interior/exterior 131
Coil
Changing coil hand 134
Cleaning 131
Connection housing 70
Connection sizes, steam 30, 31
Connection sizes, water 30
Data 20
Freeze-up protection 82
Installation 78
Piping recommentaions, steam 79
Piping recommendations, water 79
Removal 132
Volume 32
Weights 33,34
Component weights and lengths 14,15
Condensate drain 89
Direct-expansion circuiting data
Large face area coils 27-29
Medium face area coils 24-26
Direct expansion coil 31, 83
Disconnect 93
Distributor nozzle change-out 84
Drain positioning 45
Drive package data 156
Duct connections 50
Electric heaters 103, 126
Energy recovery ventilation
sections 121, 127
Energy recovery wheel 125
Exhaust box sections 62
External vibration isolation 46
Face and bypass dampers 56
Fan drive centerline distances in inches
Airfoil 39-42
Forward-curved 35-38
Plenum 43,44
Fan drives 67
Fan motors 67
Fan motor replacement 126
Fan motor starter 93
Fan motor wiring recommendations 90
Fan removal 155
Fan shaft bearing 138
Fan sled
Dimensions 64
Disassembly 64
Fault codes 161
Filters 135
Filter drier 84
Hot gas bypass 86
Piping 88
Wiring 88
Gas furnaces, duct
Installation 111
Start-up 124
Service 126
Gas furnaces, rack system
Installation 118
Start-up 125
Service 126
Humidifier 75
Indoor and outdoor unit shipping
split 48
Inspection 45
Installation 48-121
Integral face and bypass coil connection
sizes, steam 31
Integral face and bypass coil connection
sizes, hot water 31
Internal vibration isolation 46
Introduction 2
Lubrication 155
Magnehelic gage 137
Mixing box/filter mixing box damper
linkage 59
Mixing box damper actuators 62
Motor nameplate data 92
Motor package data 156
Motor location 155
Motor power wiring 67
Motor weights 34
Nomenclature
28M coil 6-9
28MK humidifier 5
39M unit 5
Carel strainer part number 76
Gas-fired furnace 11
Motor 10
Outdoor hoods and louvers 69
Panel cutting 56
Physical data
Fan offerings by unit size and type 17
Fan data by wheel diameter and type 18
Pier or beam mount 47
Pre-installation 45-48
Refrigerant piping 83
Return fan 62
Rigging and handling 45
Roof curb 46
Safety considerations 2,3
Service 126-157
Service clearance 45
Shaft removal 155
Sheaves 67
Stacked supply fan 62
Start-up 121-126
Start-up checklist 121, CL-1 to CL-6
Steam coil 157
Storage, long-term 45
Troubleshooting 157-163
TXV
Bulb
Installation 85
Location 85
Expansion valve adjustment 86
External equalizer connection 85
Location 85
Oil return connection 86
Solder techniques 84
Unit and component identification 4-44
Unit suspension 45
V-Belts 68
Valve location 85
Variable frequency drive 156
Vertical draw-thru units 62
Vertical manifold assembly 77
VFD 93
VFD configuration 101
VFD diagnostics 157
VFD modes 101
VFD with bypass 94
Winter shutdown 132
Zone damper section 59
© Carrier Corporation 2013
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No. 04-53390014-01
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 39M-16SI
Pg 164
10-13
Replaces: 39M-14SI
START-UP CHECKLIST — 39MN INDOOR AHU UNITS
I. PRELIMINARY INFORMATION
MODEL NO. _________________________________ JOB NAME _____________________________________________
SERIAL NO. _________________________________ ADDRESS _____________________________________________
START-UP DATE ______________________________
______________________________________________________
TECHNICIAN NAME ___________________________
ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
II. PRE-START-UP
CONTROLS
Are thermostat(s) and indoor fan control wiring connections made and checked?
Are all wiring terminals tight? (including power to fan motors, heaters, etc.)
(Y/N) _____
(Pg 93)
(Y/N) _____
AIR HANDLER
Remove packaging and any construction debris.
Inspect for shipping and/or handling damage, make claims as required.
(Y/N) _____
(Pg 45)
Inspect all panel flanges for damage. Panel flanges should be smooth with no sharp bends.
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
Are all corner connectors and frame to channel joints smooth with no cracks, large bumps
or depressions in the caulk?
(Y/N) _____
Are any door latches loose or damaged? If so, tighten or replace
(Y/N) _____
Release fan holddown bolts.
(Pg 46, Fig. 7)
(Y/N) _____
Check fan bearings and shaft(s) for tightness.
(Pg 121)
(Y/N) _____
Hand turn fan to ensure no rubbing with housing.
Have fan and motor pulleys been checked for proper alignment?
(Y/N) _____
(Pg 67)
(Y/N) _____
Do the fan belts have proper tension?
(Pg 68)
(Y/N) _____
Are proper air filters in place?
(Pg 135-154)
(Y/N) _____
Are all wiring terminals to fan motors and heaters tight?
(Pg 67)
(Y/N) _____
Has water been placed in drain pan to confirm proper drainage?
Is duct connected to unit?
(Y/N) _____
(Pg 50)
(Y/N) _____
Verify wiring is correct for application (voltage, etc.) per component label.
(Y/N) _____
Are field wiring penetrations into 39M properly sealed for air and water leaks (includes conduit inside box)?
(Y/N) _____
PIPING
Have leak checks been made at chillers, boilers, valves, and indoor coils?
(Y/N) _____
Has air been bled from system?
(Y/N) _____
Is freeze protection provided (if required)?
(Pg 82)
(Y/N) _____
For DX system, has system been charged with refrigerant?
(Pg 83)
(Y/N) _____
Locate, repair, and report any leaks.
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No. 04-53390014-01
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 39M-16SI
Pg CL-1
10-13
Replaces: 39M-14SI
III. START-UP
If this unit is to be used for construction conditioning without ductwork, ensure balancing is redone and filters replaced once
construction is complete.
Verify wiring is correct for application (voltage, etc.) per component label.
(Y/N) _____
If fan is direct drive, ensure that the VFD has been properly programmed for maximum frequency output to limit fan speed to maximum (pg 93)
Ensure correct fan rotation.
(Y/N) _____
After air and water balance is complete, are pulleys aligned?
(Y/N) _____
If the fan sheaves were changed during the air balance, the assembly must be rebalanced.
Were the sheaves changed?
(pg 67)
Was a dynamic balance performed on the fan assembly?
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
After air and water balance and at least 10 minutes running time, record the following measurements:
Check indoor fan speed and record:
Fan RPM=
__________
Entering air db temp
__________
Unit entering air wb temp
__________
Leaving air db temp
__________
Leaving air wb temp
__________
Entering water temp
__________
Leaving water temp
__________
Ensure all water inside air handler is in condensate pan.
(Y/N) _____
Ensure fixed pitch pulleys have been installed.
(Y/N) _____
Check for vibration levels.
(Y/N) _____
If electric heater is supplied, ensure heater airflow switch closes at design airflow (see page 102)
(Y/N) _____
NOTES:
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
SIGNATURE:_______________________________________________________ DATE:_______________________________
CL-2
START-UP CHECKLIST — 39MW OUTDOOR AHU UNITS
Once Start-up is complete, send a completed copy of this checklist to the applicable
Sales Engineer and Post Sale Product Marketing at [email protected]
I. PRELIMINARY INFORMATION
MODEL NO. _________________________________ JOB NAME _____________________________________________
SERIAL NO. _________________________________ ADDRESS _____________________________________________
START-UP DATE ______________________________
______________________________________________________
TECHNICIAN NAME ___________________________
ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
II. PRE-START-UP
CONTROLS
Are control(s) and indoor fan control wiring connections made and checked?
Are all wiring terminals tight? (including power to fan motors, heaters, etc.)
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Pg 93)
AIR HANDLER
Remove packaging and any construction debris.
Inspect for shipping and/or handling damage, make claims as required.
(Pg 45)
Inspect all panel flanges for damage. Panel flanges should be smooth with no sharp bends.
Are all corner connectors and frame to channel joints smooth with no cracks, large bumps
or depressions in the caulk?
Are any door latches loose or damaged? If so, tighten or replace
At each section joint, verify:
Is roof slider installed on top of
roof?
Is end roof bracket mounted and
gasketed to each side of roof
joint?
Are base rails bolted on both
sides?
Are upper side top brackets under
roof bolted and tightened?
Are both section to section joints
uniformly gasketed?
Is gasket compressed and a
section-to-section split caulked
along entire length of seam?
If CCH attached, verify CCH to
unit seals:
Is roof bracket slider installed on
top of roof?
Are side flashings installed on
both sides?
Is CCH to unit base joint caulked
per instructions?
Joint 1
Joint 2
Joint 3
Joint 4
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
Joint 5
Joint 6
(pg 50)
(Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____
(pg 50)
(Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____
(pg 47-48) (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____
(pg 50)
(Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____
(pg 47)
(Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____
CCH 1
CCH 2
CCH 3
(pg 72)
(Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____
(pg 71)
(Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____
(pg 72)
(Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____ (Y/N) _____
Release fan holddown bolts and shipping brackets.
(Pg 46, Fig. 7)
Check fan bearings and shaft(s) for tightness
(Pg 121)
Fan bearings are lubricated from the factory. Remove zerk fitting to verify. Do not overgrease!
Turn fan by hand to ensure no rubbing with housing.
Have fan and motor pulleys been checked for proper alignment?
(Pg 67)
Do the fan belts have proper tension?
(Pg 68)
Are proper air filters in place?
(Pg 135-154)
Are all wiring terminals to fan motors and heaters tight?
(Pg 67)
Has water been placed in drain pan to confirm proper drainage?
Is duct connected directly to the unit?
(Pg 50)
Verify wiring is correct for application (voltage, etc.) per component label.
Are field wiring penetrations into 39M properly sealed for air and water leaks (includes conduit inside box)?
CL-3
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
PIPING
Have leak checks been made at chillers, boilers, valves, and indoor coils?
Has air been bled from system?
Is freeze protection provided (if required)?
For DX system, has system been charged with refrigerant?
Locate, repair, and report any leaks.
(Pg 82)
(Pg 83)
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
III. START-UP
If this unit is to used for construction conditioning without ductwork, ensure balancing is redone and filters replaced once
construction is complete.
Verify wiring is correct for application (voltage, etc.) per component label.
(Y/N) _____
If fan is direct drive, ensure that the VFD has been properly programmed for maximum frequency output to limit fan speed to maximum (pg 92)
Ensure correct fan rotation.
After air and water balance is complete, are pulleys aligned?
If the sheaves were changed during the air balance, the assembly must be rebalanced.
Were the sheaves changed?
(pg 67)
Was a dynamic balance performed on the fan assembly?
After air and water balance and at least 10 minutes running time, record the following measurements:
Check indoor fan speed and record:
Fan RPM=
Entering air db temp
Unit entering air wb temp
Leaving air db temp
Leaving air wb temp
Entering water temp
Leaving water temp
Ensure all water inside air handler is in condensate pan.
Ensure fixed pitch pulleys have been installed.
Check for vibration levels.
If electric heater is supplied, ensure heater airflow switch closes at design airflow
(see pg 103)
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
NOTES:
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
SIGNATURE:_______________________________________________________ DATE:_______________________________
CL-4
START-UP CHECKLIST — CARRIER 39M GAS-FIRED DUCT FURNACE
I. PRELIMINARY INFORMATION
FURNACE SERIAL NO(S)._______________________________________________________________________________
CARRIER MODEL NO. _________________________ SERIAL NO._____________________________________________
START-UP DATE ______________________________ START-UP CONTRACTOR__________________________________
TECHNICIAN NAME ___________________________ PHONE_________________________________________________
TYPE OF GAS _______________________________
GAS PRESSURE AT INLET (BURNERS OFF)___________________________________________________________IN. WG
SUPPLY VOLTAGE AT JUNCTION BOX __________________________________________________________________VAC
II. OPERATING SET-UP
SINGLE UNIT
OPERATING SET-UP DATA
LOW FIRE (0v DC)
HIGH FIRE (10v DC)
2 UNITS IN SERIES —
SECONDARY HEATER
HIGH FIRE (10v DC)
Gas Press. at Train Inlet
___________in. wg
___________in. wg
___________in. wg
Gas Press. at Burner Manifold
___________in. wg
___________in. wg
___________in. wg
Gas Input Rate
____________Btuh
____________Btuh
____________Btuh
CO2 in Flue Gas
_______________%
_______________%
_______________%
CO in Flue Gas
_____________ppm
_____________ppm
_____________ppm
Flue Gas Temp at Discharge
______________°F
______________°F
______________°F
Temperature Rise
______________°F
______________°F
______________°F
III. OPERATION CHECKLIST
All gas lines and connections checked for leaks
Adequate combustion air
Condensate drain lines installed
Any system deficiencies noted
(Pg 116)
(Pg 112)
(Pg 111)
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
DESCRIBE:
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
SIGNATURE:_______________________________________________________ DATE:_______________________________
CL-5
I. PRELIMINARY INFORMATION
FURNACE SERIAL NO(S)._______________________________________________________________________________
CARRIER MODEL NO._________________________ SERIAL NO._____________________________________________
START-UP DATE ______________________________ START-UP CONTRACTOR__________________________________
TECHNICIAN NAME___________________________ PHONE_________________________________________________
TYPE OF GAS _______________________________
GAS PRESSURE AT INLET (BURNERS OFF)___________________________________________________________IN. WG
SUPPLY VOLTAGE AT JUNCTION BOX __________________________________________________________________VAC
II. OPERATING SET-UP
HIGH FIRE (10v DC)
2 RACKED FURNACES IN
SERIES — SECONDARY
SYSTEM
HIGH FIRE (10v DC)
SINGLE UNIT
OPERATING SET-UP DATA
LOW FIRE (0v DC)
Gas Press. at Supply Inlet
___________in. wg
___________in. wg
___________in. wg
Gas Input Rate
____________Btuh
____________Btuh
____________Btuh
Measurements at Common Header Discharge
CO2 in Flue Gas
_______________%
_______________%
_______________%
CO in Flue Gas
_____________ppm
_____________ppm
_____________ppm
Flue Gas Temp at Discharge
______________°F
______________°F
______________°F
Temperature Rise
______________°F
______________°F
______________°F
III. OPERATION CHECKLIST
All gas lines and connections checked for leaks
Adequate combustion air
Condensate drain lines installed
Any system deficiencies noted
(Pg 120)
(Pg 119)
(Pg 118)
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
DESCRIBE:
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
SIGNATURE:_______________________________________________________ DATE:_______________________________
© Carrier Corporation 2013
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No. 04-53390014-01
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 39M-16SI
Pg CL-6
11-13A 10-13
Replaces: 39M-14SI
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
START-UP CHECKLIST — CARRIER 39M GAS-FIRED FURNACE RACK ASSEMBLY
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement